WO2017105715A1 - Instructions and logic for set-multiple-vector-elements operations - Google Patents
Instructions and logic for set-multiple-vector-elements operations Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2017105715A1 WO2017105715A1 PCT/US2016/061958 US2016061958W WO2017105715A1 WO 2017105715 A1 WO2017105715 A1 WO 2017105715A1 US 2016061958 W US2016061958 W US 2016061958W WO 2017105715 A1 WO2017105715 A1 WO 2017105715A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- instruction
- data elements
- vector register
- data
- source vector
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 1053
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 83
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 99
- 230000000873 masking effect Effects 0.000 claims description 53
- 101100043929 Arabidopsis thaliana SUVH2 gene Proteins 0.000 abstract description 8
- 101100043931 Chlamydomonas reinhardtii SUVH3 gene Proteins 0.000 abstract description 8
- 101150057295 SET3 gene Proteins 0.000 abstract description 8
- 101100002926 Arabidopsis thaliana ASHR3 gene Proteins 0.000 abstract description 6
- 101100042374 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) SET4 gene Proteins 0.000 abstract description 6
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 description 151
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 68
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 41
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 35
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 32
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 24
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 16
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 101000651201 Homo sapiens N-sulphoglucosamine sulphohydrolase Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 102100027661 N-sulphoglucosamine sulphohydrolase Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 3
- 101100285899 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) SSE2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006837 decompression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000329 molecular dynamics simulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052754 neon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GKAOGPIIYCISHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N neon atom Chemical compound [Ne] GKAOGPIIYCISHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 101000912503 Homo sapiens Tyrosine-protein kinase Fgr Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100496858 Mus musculus Colec12 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001332 SRC Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060006706 SRC Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100026150 Tyrosine-protein kinase Fgr Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012938 design process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005065 mining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008521 reorganization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/30—Arrangements for executing machine instructions, e.g. instruction decode
- G06F9/30003—Arrangements for executing specific machine instructions
- G06F9/30007—Arrangements for executing specific machine instructions to perform operations on data operands
- G06F9/30032—Movement instructions, e.g. MOVE, SHIFT, ROTATE, SHUFFLE
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/30—Arrangements for executing machine instructions, e.g. instruction decode
- G06F9/30003—Arrangements for executing specific machine instructions
- G06F9/30007—Arrangements for executing specific machine instructions to perform operations on data operands
- G06F9/30036—Instructions to perform operations on packed data, e.g. vector, tile or matrix operations
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/30—Arrangements for executing machine instructions, e.g. instruction decode
- G06F9/30003—Arrangements for executing specific machine instructions
- G06F9/30007—Arrangements for executing specific machine instructions to perform operations on data operands
- G06F9/30036—Instructions to perform operations on packed data, e.g. vector, tile or matrix operations
- G06F9/30038—Instructions to perform operations on packed data, e.g. vector, tile or matrix operations using a mask
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/30—Arrangements for executing machine instructions, e.g. instruction decode
- G06F9/38—Concurrent instruction execution, e.g. pipeline or look ahead
- G06F9/3885—Concurrent instruction execution, e.g. pipeline or look ahead using a plurality of independent parallel functional units
- G06F9/3887—Concurrent instruction execution, e.g. pipeline or look ahead using a plurality of independent parallel functional units controlled by a single instruction for multiple data lanes [SIMD]
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/30—Arrangements for executing machine instructions, e.g. instruction decode
- G06F9/38—Concurrent instruction execution, e.g. pipeline or look ahead
- G06F9/3885—Concurrent instruction execution, e.g. pipeline or look ahead using a plurality of independent parallel functional units
- G06F9/3887—Concurrent instruction execution, e.g. pipeline or look ahead using a plurality of independent parallel functional units controlled by a single instruction for multiple data lanes [SIMD]
- G06F9/38873—Iterative single instructions for multiple data lanes [SIMD]
Definitions
- the present disclosure pertains to the field of processing logic, microprocessors, and associated instruction set architecture that, when executed by the processor or other processing logic, perform logical, mathematical, or other functional operations. DESCRIPTION OF RELATED ART
- Multiprocessor systems are becoming more and more common. Applications of multiprocessor systems include dynamic domain partitioning all the way down to desktop computing. In order to take advantage of multiprocessor systems, code to be executed may be separated into multiple threads for execution by various processing entities. Each thread may be executed in parallel with one another. Instructions as they are received on a processor may be decoded into terms or instruction words that are native, or more native, for execution on the processor. Processors may be implemented in a system on chip. Data structures that are organized in tuples of three or four elements may be used in media applications, High Performance Computing applications, and molecular dynamics applications.
- FIGURE 1A is a block diagram of an exemplary computer system formed with a processor that may include execution units to execute an instruction, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE IB illustrates a data processing system, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 1C illustrates other embodiments of a data processing system for performing text string comparison operations
- FIGURE 2 is a block diagram of the micro-architecture for a processor that may include logic circuits to perform instructions, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 3A illustrates various packed data type representations in multimedia registers, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 3B illustrates possible in-register data storage formats, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 3C illustrates various signed and unsigned packed data type representations in multimedia registers, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 3D illustrates an embodiment of an operation encoding format
- FIGURE 3E illustrates another possible operation encoding format having forty or more bits, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 3F illustrates yet another possible operation encoding format, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 4A is a block diagram illustrating an in-order pipeline and a register renaming stage, out-of-order issue/execution pipeline, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 4B is a block diagram illustrating an in-order architecture core and a register renaming logic, out-of-order issue/execution logic to be included in a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 5A is a block diagram of a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIGURE 5B is a block diagram of an example implementation of a core, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIGURE 6 is a block diagram of a system, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIGURE 7 is a block diagram of a second system, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIGURE 8 is a block diagram of a third system in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIGURE 9 is a block diagram of a system-on-a-chip, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIGURE 10 illustrates a processor containing a central processing unit and a graphics processing unit which may perform at least one instruction, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 11 is a block diagram illustrating the development of IP cores, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIGURE 12 illustrates how an instruction of a first type may be emulated by a processor of a different type, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 13 illustrates a block diagram contrasting the use of a software instruction converter to convert binary instructions in a source instruction set to binary instructions in a target instruction set, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 14 is a block diagram of an instruction set architecture of a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIGURE 15 is a more detailed block diagram of an instruction set architecture of a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIGURE 16 is a block diagram of an execution pipeline for an instruction set architecture of a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 17 is a block diagram of an electronic device for utilizing a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIGURE 18 is an illustration of an example system for instructions and logic for vector operations to set multiple data elements of different types in a vector containing tuples of elements of different types, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 19 is a block diagram illustrating a processor core to execute extended vector instructions, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 20 is a block diagram illustrating an example extended vector register file, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 21A is an illustration of an operation to perform a vector SET operation to set multiple data elements of different types in a vector containing tuples of three elements of different types, according to embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 2 IB is an illustration of an operation to perform a vector SET operation to set multiple data elements of different types in a vector containing tuples of four elements of different types, according to embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURES 22A - 22E illustrate the operation of respective forms of VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 23 illustrates an example method for setting data elements of three types in vectors containing multiple three-element tuples, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURES 24A and 24B illustrate an example method for utilizing multiple vector SET3 operations to obtain and permute the data elements of multiple three- element data structures from different sources, according to embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURE 25 illustrates an example method for setting data elements of two types in vectors each containing half of the data elements of a four-element tuple, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure
- FIGURES 26A and 26B illustrate an example method for utilizing multiple vector SET4 operations to obtain and permute the data elements of multiple four- element data structures from different sources, according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
- a processing apparatus may include an out-of-order processor.
- numerous specific details such as processing logic, processor types, microarchitectural conditions, events, enablement mechanisms, and the like are set forth in order to provide a more thorough understanding of embodiments of the present disclosure. It will be appreciated, however, by one skilled in the art that the embodiments may be practiced without such specific details. Additionally, some well- known structures, circuits, and the like have not been shown in detail to avoid unnecessarily obscuring embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Embodiments of the present disclosure may be provided as a computer program product or software which may include a machine or computer-readable medium having stored thereon instructions which may be used to program a computer (or other electronic devices) to perform one or more operations according to embodiments of the present disclosure. Furthermore, steps of embodiments of the present disclosure might be performed by specific hardware components that contain fixed-function logic for performing the steps, or by any combination of programmed computer components and fixed-function hardware components.
- Instructions used to program logic to perform embodiments of the present disclosure may be stored within a memory in the system, such as DRAM, cache, flash memory, or other storage. Furthermore, the instructions may be distributed via a network or by way of other computer-readable media.
- a machine-readable medium may include any mechanism for storing or transmitting information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a computer), but is not limited to, floppy diskettes, optical disks, Compact Disc, Read-Only Memory (CD-ROMs), and magneto-optical disks, Read-Only Memory (ROMs), Random Access Memory (RAM), Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EPROM), Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EEPROM), magnetic or optical cards, flash memory, or a tangible, machine-readable storage used in the transmission of information over the Internet via electrical, optical, acoustical or other forms of propagated signals (e.g., carrier waves, infrared signals, digital signals, etc.).
- the computer- readable medium may include any type of tangible machine-readable medium suitable for storing or transmitting electronic instructions or information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a computer).
- a design may go through various stages, from creation to simulation to fabrication.
- Data representing a design may represent the design in a number of manners.
- the hardware may be represented using a hardware description language or another functional description language.
- a circuit level model with logic and/or transistor gates may be produced at some stages of the design process.
- designs, at some stage may reach a level of data representing the physical placement of various devices in the hardware model.
- the data representing the hardware model may be the data specifying the presence or absence of various features on different mask layers for masks used to produce the integrated circuit.
- the data may be stored in any form of a machine-readable medium.
- a memory or a magnetic or optical storage such as a disc may be the machine-readable medium to store information transmitted via optical or electrical wave modulated or otherwise generated to transmit such information.
- an electrical carrier wave indicating or carrying the code or design is transmitted, to the extent that copying, buffering, or retransmission of the electrical signal is performed, a new copy may be made.
- a communication provider or a network provider may store on a tangible, machine-readable medium, at least temporarily, an article, such as information encoded into a carrier wave, embodying techniques of embodiments of the present disclosure.
- an instruction set may be associated with one or more computer architectures, including data types, instructions, register architecture, addressing modes, memory architecture, interrupt and exception handling, and external input and output (I/O).
- computer architectures including data types, instructions, register architecture, addressing modes, memory architecture, interrupt and exception handling, and external input and output (I/O).
- the instruction set architecture may be implemented by one or more micro-architectures, which may include processor logic and circuits used to implement one or more instruction sets. Accordingly, processors with different micro-architectures may share at least a portion of a common instruction set. For example, Intel® Pentium 4 processors, Intel® CoreTM processors, and processors from Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. of Sunnyvale CA implement nearly identical versions of the x86 instruction set (with some extensions that have been added with newer versions), but have different internal designs. Similarly, processors designed by other processor development companies, such as ARM Holdings, Ltd., MIPS, or their licensees or adopters, may share at least a portion of a common instruction set, but may include different processor designs.
- registers may include one or more registers, register architectures, register files, or other register sets that may or may not be addressable by a software programmer.
- An instruction may include one or more instruction formats.
- an instruction format may indicate various fields (number of bits, location of bits, etc.) to specify, among other things, the operation to be performed and the operands on which that operation will be performed.
- some instruction formats may be further defined by instruction templates (or sub-formats).
- the instruction templates of a given instruction format may be defined to have different subsets of the instruction format's fields and/or defined to have a given field interpreted differently.
- an instruction may be expressed using an instruction format (and, if defined, in a given one of the instruction templates of that instruction format) and specifies or indicates the operation and the operands upon which the operation will operate.
- SIMD Single Instruction Multiple Data
- processors may logically divide the bits in a register into a number of fixed-sized or variable-sized data elements, each of which represents a separate value.
- the bits in a 64-bit register may be organized as a source operand containing four separate 16-bit data elements, each of which represents a separate 16-bit value.
- This type of data may be referred to as 'packed' data type or 'vector' data type, and operands of this data type may be referred to as packed data operands or vector operands.
- a packed data item or vector may be a sequence of packed data elements stored within a single register, and a packed data operand or a vector operand may a source or destination operand of a SEVID instruction (or 'packed data instruction' or a 'vector instruction').
- a SEVID instruction specifies a single vector operation to be performed on two source vector operands to generate a destination vector operand (also referred to as a result vector operand) of the same or different size, with the same or different number of data elements, and in the same or different data element order.
- SEVID technology such as that employed by the Intel® CoreTM processors having an instruction set including x86, MMXTM, Streaming SIMD Extensions (SSE), SSE2, SSE3, SSE4.1, and SSE4.2 instructions
- ARM processors such as the ARM Cortex® family of processors having an instruction set including the Vector Floating Point (VFP) and/or NEON instructions
- MIPS processors such as the Loongson family of processors developed by the Institute of Computing Technology (ICT) of the Chinese Academy of Sciences, has enabled a significant improvement in application performance (CoreTM and MMXTM are registered trademarks or trademarks of Intel Corporation of Santa Clara, Calif).
- destination and source registers/data may be generic terms to represent the source and destination of the corresponding data or operation. In some embodiments, they may be implemented by registers, memory, or other storage areas having other names or functions than those depicted. For example, in one embodiment, "DEST1" may be a temporary storage register or other storage area, whereas “SRCl” and “SRC2” may be a first and second source storage register or other storage area, and so forth. In other embodiments, two or more of the SRC and DEST storage areas may correspond to different data storage elements within the same storage area (e.g., a SIMD register). In one embodiment, one of the source registers may also act as a destination register by, for example, writing back the result of an operation performed on the first and second source data to one of the two source registers serving as a destination registers.
- FIGURE 1A is a block diagram of an exemplary computer system formed with a processor that may include execution units to execute an instruction, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- System 100 may include a component, such as a processor 102 to employ execution units including logic to perform algorithms for process data, in accordance with the present disclosure, such as in the embodiment described herein.
- System 100 may be representative of processing systems based on the PENTIUM ® III, PENTIUM ® 4, XeonTM, Itanium ® , XScaleTM and/or StrongARMTM microprocessors available from Intel Corporation of Santa Clara, California, although other systems (including PCs having other microprocessors, engineering workstations, set-top boxes and the like) may also be used.
- sample system 100 may execute a version of the WINDOWSTM operating system available from Microsoft Corporation of Redmond, Washington, although other operating systems (UNIX and Linux for example), embedded software, and/or graphical user interfaces, may also be used.
- WINDOWSTM operating system available from Microsoft Corporation of Redmond, Washington, although other operating systems (UNIX and Linux for example), embedded software, and/or graphical user interfaces, may also be used.
- embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited to any specific combination of hardware circuitry and software.
- Embodiments are not limited to computer systems. Embodiments of the present disclosure may be used in other devices such as handheld devices and embedded applications. Some examples of handheld devices include cellular phones, Internet Protocol devices, digital cameras, personal digital assistants (PDAs), and handheld PCs. Embedded applications may include a micro controller, a digital signal processor (DSP), system on a chip, network computers (NetPC), set-top boxes, network hubs, wide area network (WAN) switches, or any other system that may perform one or more instructions in accordance with at least one embodiment.
- DSP digital signal processor
- NetPC network computers
- Set-top boxes network hubs
- WAN wide area network
- Computer system 100 may include a processor 102 that may include one or more execution units 108 to perform an algorithm to perform at least one instruction in accordance with one embodiment of the present disclosure.
- System 100 may be an example of a 'hub' system architecture.
- System 100 may include a processor 102 for processing data signals.
- Processor 102 may include a complex instruction set computer (CISC) microprocessor, a reduced instruction set computing (RISC) microprocessor, a very long instruction word (VLIW) microprocessor, a processor implementing a combination of instruction sets, or any other processor device, such as a digital signal processor, for example.
- processor 102 may be coupled to a processor bus 110 that may transmit data signals between processor 102 and other components in system 100.
- the elements of system 100 may perform conventional functions that are well known to those familiar with the art.
- processor 102 may include a Level 1 (LI) internal cache memory 104.
- the processor 102 may have a single internal cache or multiple levels of internal cache.
- the cache memory may reside external to processor 102.
- Other embodiments may also include a combination of both internal and external caches depending on the particular implementation and needs.
- Register file 106 may store different types of data in various registers including integer registers, floating point registers, status registers, and instruction pointer register.
- Execution unit 108 including logic to perform integer and floating point operations, also resides in processor 102.
- Processor 102 may also include a microcode (ucode) ROM that stores microcode for certain macroinstructions.
- execution unit 108 may include logic to handle a packed instruction set 109.
- the operations used by many multimedia applications may be performed using packed data in a general-purpose processor 102.
- many multimedia applications may be accelerated and executed more efficiently by using the full width of a processor's data bus for performing operations on packed data. This may eliminate the need to transfer smaller units of data across the processor's data bus to perform one or more operations one data element at a time.
- Embodiments of an execution unit 108 may also be used in micro controllers, embedded processors, graphics devices, DSPs, and other types of logic circuits.
- System 100 may include a memory 120.
- Memory 120 may be implemented as a dynamic random access memory (DRAM) device, a static random access memory (SRAM) device, flash memory device, or other memory device.
- Memory 120 may store instructions 119 and/or data 121 represented by data signals that may be executed by processor 102.
- a system logic chip 116 may be coupled to processor bus 110 and memory 120.
- System logic chip 116 may include a memory controller hub (MCH).
- Processor 102 may communicate with MCH 116 via a processor bus 110.
- MCH 1 16 may provide a high bandwidth memory path 118 to memory 120 for storage of instructions 119 and data 121 and for storage of graphics commands, data and textures.
- MCH 116 may direct data signals between processor 102, memory 120, and other components in system 100 and to bridge the data signals between processor bus 110, memory 120, and system I/O 122.
- the system logic chip 116 may provide a graphics port for coupling to a graphics controller 112.
- MCH 116 may be coupled to memory 120 through a memory interface 118.
- Graphics card 112 may be coupled to MCH 116 through an Accelerated Graphics Port (AGP) interconnect 114.
- AGP Accelerated Graphics Port
- System 100 may use a proprietary hub interface bus 122 to couple MCH 116 to I/O controller hub (ICH) 130.
- ICH 130 may provide direct connections to some I/O devices via a local I/O bus.
- the local I/O bus may include a high-speed I/O bus for connecting peripherals to memory 120, chipset, and processor 102. Examples may include the audio controller 129, firmware hub (flash BIOS) 128, wireless transceiver 126, data storage 124, legacy I/O controller 123 containing user input interface 125 (which may include a keyboard interface), a serial expansion port 127 such as Universal Serial Bus (USB), and a network controller 134.
- Data storage device 124 may comprise a hard disk drive, a floppy disk drive, a CD-ROM device, a flash memory device, or other mass storage device.
- an instruction in accordance with one embodiment may be used with a system on a chip.
- a system on a chip comprises of a processor and a memory.
- the memory for one such system may include a flash memory.
- the flash memory may be located on the same die as the processor and other system components. Additionally, other logic blocks such as a memory controller or graphics controller may also be located on a system on a chip.
- FIGURE IB illustrates a data processing system 140 which implements the principles of embodiments of the present disclosure. It will be readily appreciated by one of skill in the art that the embodiments described herein may operate with alternative processing systems without departure from the scope of embodiments of the disclosure.
- Computer system 140 comprises a processing core 159 for performing at least one instruction in accordance with one embodiment.
- processing core 159 represents a processing unit of any type of architecture, including but not limited to a CISC, a RISC or a VLIW type architecture.
- Processing core 159 may also be suitable for manufacture in one or more process technologies and by being represented on a machine-readable media in sufficient detail, may be suitable to facilitate said manufacture.
- Processing core 159 comprises an execution unit 142, a set of register files 145, and a decoder 144. Processing core 159 may also include additional circuitry (not shown) which may be unnecessary to the understanding of embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Execution unit 142 may execute instructions received by processing core 159. In addition to performing typical processor instructions, execution unit 142 may perform instructions in packed instruction set 143 for performing operations on packed data formats. Packed instruction set 143 may include instructions for performing embodiments of the disclosure and other packed instructions.
- Execution unit 142 may be coupled to register file 145 by an internal bus.
- Register file 145 may represent a storage area on processing core 159 for storing information, including data. As previously mentioned, it is understood that the storage area may store the packed data might not be critical.
- Execution unit 142 may be coupled to decoder 144. Decoder 144 may decode instructions received by processing core 159 into control signals and/or microcode entry points. In response to these control signals and/or microcode entry points, execution unit 142 performs the appropriate operations. In one embodiment, the decoder may interpret the opcode of the instruction, which will indicate what operation should be performed on the corresponding data indicated within the instruction.
- Processing core 159 may be coupled with bus 141 for communicating with various other system devices, which may include but are not limited to, for example, synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM) control 146, static random access memory (SRAM) control 147, burst flash memory interface 148, personal computer memory card international association (PCMCIA)/compact flash (CF) card control 149, liquid crystal display (LCD) control 150, direct memory access (DMA) controller 151, and alternative bus master interface 152.
- data processing system 140 may also comprise an I/O bridge 154 for communicating with various I/O devices via an I/O bus 153.
- I/O devices may include but are not limited to, for example, universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (UART) 155, universal serial bus (USB) 156, Bluetooth wireless UART 157 and I/O expansion interface 158.
- UART universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter
- USB universal serial bus
- Bluetooth wireless UART 157 and I/O expansion interface 158.
- One embodiment of data processing system 140 provides for mobile, network and/or wireless communications and a processing core 159 that may perform SIMD operations including a text string comparison operation.
- Processing core 159 may be programmed with various audio, video, imaging and communications algorithms including discrete transformations such as a Walsh-Hadamard transform, a fast Fourier transform (FFT), a discrete cosine transform (DCT), and their respective inverse transforms; compression/decompression techniques such as color space transformation, video encode motion estimation or video decode motion compensation; and modulation/demodulation (MODEM) functions such as pulse coded modulation (PCM).
- discrete transformations such as a Walsh-Hadamard transform, a fast Fourier transform (FFT), a discrete cosine transform (DCT), and their respective inverse transforms
- compression/decompression techniques such as color space transformation, video encode motion estimation or video decode motion compensation
- MODEM modulation/demodulation
- PCM pulse coded modulation
- FIGURE 1C illustrates other embodiments of a data processing system that performs SFMD text string comparison operations.
- data processing system 160 may include a main processor 166, a SIMD coprocessor 161, a cache memory 167, and an input/output system 168.
- Input/output system 168 may optionally be coupled to a wireless interface 169.
- SIMD coprocessor 161 may perform operations including instructions in accordance with one embodiment.
- processing core 170 may be suitable for manufacture in one or more process technologies and by being represented on a machine-readable media in sufficient detail, may be suitable to facilitate the manufacture of all or part of data processing system 160 including processing core 170.
- SIMD coprocessor 161 comprises an execution unit 162 and a set of register files 164.
- main processor 166 comprises a decoder 165 to recognize instructions of instruction set 163 including instructions in accordance with one embodiment for execution by execution unit 162.
- SIMD coprocessor 161 also comprises at least part of decoder 165 (shown as 165B) to decode instructions of instruction set 163.
- Processing core 170 may also include additional circuitry (not shown) which may be unnecessary to the understanding of embodiments of the present disclosure.
- main processor 166 executes a stream of data processing instructions that control data processing operations of a general type including interactions with cache memory 167, and input/output system 168. Embedded within the stream of data processing instructions may be SIMD coprocessor instructions. Decoder 165 of main processor 166 recognizes these SIMD coprocessor instructions as being of a type that should be executed by an attached SIMD coprocessor 161. Accordingly, main processor 166 issues these SIMD coprocessor instructions (or control signals representing SIMD coprocessor instructions) on the coprocessor bus 166. From coprocessor bus 171, these instructions may be received by any attached SIMD coprocessors. In this case, SIMD coprocessor 161 may accept and execute any received SIMD coprocessor instructions intended for it.
- Data may be received via wireless interface 169 for processing by the SIMD coprocessor instructions.
- voice communication may be received in the form of a digital signal, which may be processed by the SFMD coprocessor instructions to regenerate digital audio samples representative of the voice communications.
- compressed audio and/or video may be received in the form of a digital bit stream, which may be processed by the SIMD coprocessor instructions to regenerate digital audio samples and/or motion video frames.
- processing core 170, main processor 166, and a SFMD coprocessor 161 may be integrated into a single processing core 170 comprising an execution unit 162, a set of register files 164, and a decoder 165 to recognize instructions of instruction set 163 including instructions in accordance with one embodiment.
- FIGURE 2 is a block diagram of the micro-architecture for a processor 200 that may include logic circuits to perform instructions, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- an instruction in accordance with one embodiment may be implemented to operate on data elements having sizes of byte, word, doubleword, quadword, etc., as well as datatypes, such as single and double precision integer and floating point datatypes.
- in-order front end 201 may implement a part of processor 200 that may fetch instructions to be executed and prepares the instructions to be used later in the processor pipeline. Front end 201 may include several units.
- instruction prefetcher 226 fetches instructions from memory and feeds the instructions to an instruction decoder 228 which in turn decodes or interprets the instructions.
- the decoder decodes a received instruction into one or more operations called "microinstructions" or “micro-operations” (also called micro op or uops) that the machine may execute.
- the decoder parses the instruction into an opcode and corresponding data and control fields that may be used by the micro-architecture to perform operations in accordance with one embodiment.
- trace cache 230 may assemble decoded uops into program ordered sequences or traces in uop queue 234 for execution. When trace cache 230 encounters a complex instruction, microcode ROM 232 provides the uops needed to complete the operation.
- Some instructions may be converted into a single micro-op, whereas others need several micro-ops to complete the full operation.
- decoder 228 may access microcode ROM 232 to perform the instruction.
- an instruction may be decoded into a small number of micro ops for processing at instruction decoder 228.
- an instruction may be stored within microcode ROM 232 should a number of micro-ops be needed to accomplish the operation.
- Trace cache 230 refers to an entry point programmable logic array (PLA) to determine a correct microinstruction pointer for reading the micro-code sequences to complete one or more instructions in accordance with one embodiment from micro-code ROM 232. After microcode ROM 232 finishes sequencing micro-ops for an instruction, front end 201 of the machine may resume fetching micro-ops from trace cache 230.
- PDA programmable logic array
- Out-of-order execution engine 203 may prepare instructions for execution.
- the out-of-order execution logic has a number of buffers to smooth out and re-order the flow of instructions to optimize performance as they go down the pipeline and get scheduled for execution.
- the allocator logic in allocator/register renamer 215 allocates the machine buffers and resources that each uop needs in order to execute.
- the register renaming logic in allocator/register renamer 215 renames logic registers onto entries in a register file.
- the allocator 215 also allocates an entry for each uop in one of the two uop queues, one for memory operations (memory uop queue 207) and one for non- memory operations (integer/floating point uop queue 205), in front of the instruction schedulers: memory scheduler 209, fast scheduler 202, slow/general floating point scheduler 204, and simple floating point scheduler 206.
- Uop schedulers 202, 204, 206 determine when a uop is ready to execute based on the readiness of their dependent input register operand sources and the availability of the execution resources the uops need to complete their operation.
- Fast scheduler 202 of one embodiment may schedule on each half of the main clock cycle while the other schedulers may only schedule once per main processor clock cycle. The schedulers arbitrate for the dispatch ports to schedule uops for execution.
- Register files 208, 210 may be arranged between schedulers 202, 204, 206, and execution units 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 224 in execution block 211. Each of register files 208, 210 perform integer and floating point operations, respectively. Each register file 208, 210, may include a bypass network that may bypass or forward just completed results that have not yet been written into the register file to new dependent uops. Integer register file 208 and floating point register file 210 may communicate data with the other. In one embodiment, integer register file 208 may be split into two separate register files, one register file for low-order thirty-two bits of data and a second register file for high order thirty-two bits of data. Floating point register file 210 may include 128-bit wide entries because floating point instructions typically have operands from 64 to 128 bits in width.
- Execution block 211 may contain execution units 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 224. Execution units 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 224 may execute the instructions. Execution block 211 may include register files 208, 210 that store the integer and floating point data operand values that the micro-instructions need to execute. In one embodiment, processor 200 may comprise a number of execution units: address generation unit (AGU) 212, AGU 214, fast ALU 216, fast ALU 218, slow ALU 220, floating point ALU 222, floating point move unit 224.
- AGU address generation unit
- floating point execution blocks 222, 224 may execute floating point, MMX, SIMD, and SSE, or other operations.
- floating point ALU 222 may include a 64-bit by 64-bit floating point divider to execute divide, square root, and remainder micro-ops.
- instructions involving a floating point value may be handled with the floating point hardware.
- ALU operations may be passed to high-speed ALU execution units 216, 218. High-speed ALUs 216, 218 may execute fast operations with an effective latency of half a clock cycle.
- most complex integer operations go to slow ALU 220 as slow ALU 220 may include integer execution hardware for long-latency type of operations, such as a multiplier, shifts, flag logic, and branch processing.
- Memory load/store operations may be executed by AGUs 212, 214.
- integer ALUs 216, 218, 220 may perform integer operations on 64-bit data operands.
- ALUs 216, 218, 220 may be implemented to support a variety of data bit sizes including sixteen, thirty-two, 128, 256, etc.
- floating point units 222, 224 may be implemented to support a range of operands having bits of various widths. In one embodiment, floating point units 222, 224, may operate on 128-bit wide packed data operands in conjunction with SIMD and multimedia instructions.
- uops schedulers 202, 204, 206 dispatch dependent operations before the parent load has finished executing.
- processor 200 may also include logic to handle memory misses. If a data load misses in the data cache, there may be dependent operations in flight in the pipeline that have left the scheduler with temporarily incorrect data.
- a replay mechanism tracks and re-executes instructions that use incorrect data. Only the dependent operations might need to be replayed and the independent ones may be allowed to complete.
- the schedulers and replay mechanism of one embodiment of a processor may also be designed to catch instruction sequences for text string comparison operations.
- registers may refer to the on-board processor storage locations that may be used as part of instructions to identify operands. In other words, registers may be those that may be usable from the outside of the processor (from a programmer's perspective). However, in some embodiments registers might not be limited to a particular type of circuit. Rather, a register may store data, provide data, and perform the functions described herein. The registers described herein may be implemented by circuitry within a processor using any number of different techniques, such as dedicated physical registers, dynamically allocated physical registers using register renaming, combinations of dedicated and dynamically allocated physical registers, etc. In one embodiment, integer registers store 32-bit integer data. A register file of one embodiment also contains eight multimedia SIMD registers for packed data.
- the registers may be understood to be data registers designed to hold packed data, such as 64-bit wide MMXTM registers (also referred to as 'mm' registers in some instances) in microprocessors enabled with MMX technology from Intel Corporation of Santa Clara, California. These MMX registers, available in both integer and floating point forms, may operate with packed data elements that accompany SIMD and SSE instructions. Similarly, 128-bit wide XMM registers relating to SSE2, SSE3, SSE4, or beyond (referred to generically as "SSEx”) technology may hold such packed data operands.
- SSEx 128-bit wide XMM registers relating to SSE2, SSE3, SSE4, or beyond
- the registers do not need to differentiate between the two data types.
- integer and floating point data may be contained in the same register file or different register files.
- floating point and integer data may be stored in different registers or the same registers.
- FIGURE 3A illustrates various packed data type representations in multimedia registers, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIGURE 3 A illustrates data types for a packed byte 310, a packed word 320, and a packed doubleword (dword) 330 for 128-bit wide operands.
- Packed byte format 310 of this example may be 128 bits long and contains sixteen packed byte data elements.
- a byte may be defined, for example, as eight bits of data.
- Information for each byte data element may be stored in bit 7 through bit 0 for byte 0, bit 15 through bit 8 for byte 1, bit 23 through bit 16 for byte 2, and finally bit 120 through bit 127 for byte 15.
- This storage arrangement increases the storage efficiency of the processor.
- sixteen data elements accessed one operation may now be performed on sixteen data elements in parallel.
- a data element may include an individual piece of data that is stored in a single register or memory location with other data elements of the same length.
- the number of data elements stored in a XMM register may be 128 bits divided by the length in bits of an individual data element.
- the number of data elements stored in an MMX register may be 64 bits divided by the length in bits of an individual data element.
- the data types illustrated in FIGURE 3A may be 128 bits long, embodiments of the present disclosure may also operate with 64-bit wide or other sized operands.
- Packed word format 320 of this example may be 128 bits long and contains eight packed word data elements.
- Each packed word contains sixteen bits of information.
- Packed doubleword format 330 of FIGURE 3A may be 128 bits long and contains four packed doubleword data elements. Each packed doubleword data element contains thirty-two bits of information.
- a packed quadword may be 128 bits long and contain two packed quad-word data elements.
- FIGURE 3B illustrates possible in-register data storage formats, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Each packed data may include more than one independent data element.
- Three packed data formats are illustrated; packed half 341, packed single 342, and packed double 343.
- packed half 341, packed single 342, and packed double 343 contain fixed-point data elements.
- one or more of packed half 341, packed single 342, and packed double 343 may contain floating-point data elements.
- One embodiment of packed half 341 may be 128 bits long containing eight 16-bit data elements.
- One embodiment of packed single 342 may be 128 bits long and contains four 32-bit data elements.
- One embodiment of packed double 343 may be 128 bits long and contains two 64-bit data elements. It will be appreciated that such packed data formats may be further extended to other register lengths, for example, to 96-bits, 160-bits, 192-bits, 224-bits, 256-bits or more.
- FIGURE 3C illustrates various signed and unsigned packed data type representations in multimedia registers, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Unsigned packed byte representation 344 illustrates the storage of an unsigned packed byte in a SIMD register. Information for each byte data element may be stored in bit 7 through bit 0 for byte 0, bit 15 through bit 8 for byte 1, bit 23 through bit 16 for byte 2, and finally bit 120 through bit 127 for byte 15. Thus, all available bits may be used in the register. This storage arrangement may increase the storage efficiency of the processor. As well, with sixteen data elements accessed, one operation may now be performed on sixteen data elements in a parallel fashion.
- Signed packed byte representation 345 illustrates the storage of a signed packed byte.
- Unsigned packed word representation 346 illustrates how word seven through word zero may be stored in a SIMD register. Signed packed word representation 347 may be similar to the unsigned packed word in-register representation 346. Note that the sixteenth bit of each word data element may be the sign indicator. Unsigned packed doubleword representation 348 shows how doubleword data elements are stored. Signed packed doubleword representation 349 may be similar to unsigned packed doubleword in- register representation 348. Note that the necessary sign bit may be the thirty-second bit of each doubleword data element.
- FIGURE 3D illustrates an embodiment of an operation encoding (opcode).
- format 360 may include register/memory operand addressing modes corresponding with a type of opcode format described in the "IA-32 Intel Architecture Software Developer's Manual Volume 2: Instruction Set Reference," which is available from Intel Corporation, Santa Clara, CA on the world-wide-web (www) at intel.com/design/litcentr.
- an instruction may be encoded by one or more of fields 361 and 362. Up to two operand locations per instruction may be identified, including up to two source operand identifiers 364 and 365.
- destination operand identifier 366 may be the same as source operand identifier 364, whereas in other embodiments they may be different. In another embodiment, destination operand identifier 366 may be the same as source operand identifier 365, whereas in other embodiments they may be different. In one embodiment, one of the source operands identified by source operand identifiers 364 and 365 may be overwritten by the results of the text string comparison operations, whereas in other embodiments identifier 364 corresponds to a source register element and identifier 365 corresponds to a destination register element. In one embodiment, operand identifiers 364 and 365 may identify 32-bit or 64-bit source and destination operands.
- FIGURE 3E illustrates another possible operation encoding (opcode) format 370, having forty or more bits, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Opcode format 370 corresponds with opcode format 360 and comprises an optional prefix byte 378.
- An instruction according to one embodiment may be encoded by one or more of fields 378, 371, and 372. Up to two operand locations per instruction may be identified by source operand identifiers 374 and 375 and by prefix byte 378.
- prefix byte 378 may be used to identify 32-bit or 64-bit source and destination operands.
- destination operand identifier 376 may be the same as source operand identifier 374, whereas in other embodiments they may be different.
- destination operand identifier 376 may be the same as source operand identifier 375, whereas in other embodiments they may be different.
- an instruction operates on one or more of the operands identified by operand identifiers 374 and 375 and one or more operands identified by operand identifiers 374 and 375 may be overwritten by the results of the instruction, whereas in other embodiments, operands identified by identifiers 374 and 375 may be written to another data element in another register.
- Opcode formats 360 and 370 allow register to register, memory to register, register by memory, register by register, register by immediate, register to memory addressing specified in part by MOD fields 363 and 373 and by optional scale-index-base and displacement bytes.
- FIGURE 3F illustrates yet another possible operation encoding (opcode) format, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- 64-bit single instruction multiple data (SIMD) arithmetic operations may be performed through a coprocessor data processing (CDP) instruction.
- Operation encoding (opcode) format 380 depicts one such CDP instruction having CDP opcode fields 382 and 389.
- the type of CDP instruction for another embodiment, operations may be encoded by one or more of fields 383, 384, 387, and 388. Up to three operand locations per instruction may be identified, including up to two source operand identifiers 385 and 390 and one destination operand identifier 386.
- One embodiment of the coprocessor may operate on eight, sixteen, thirty-two, and 64-bit values.
- an instruction may be performed on integer data elements.
- an instruction may be executed conditionally, using condition field 381.
- source data sizes may be encoded by field 383.
- Zero (Z), negative (N), carry (C), and overflow (V) detection may be done on SIMD fields.
- the type of saturation may be encoded by field 384.
- FIGURE 4A is a block diagram illustrating an in-order pipeline and a register renaming stage, out-of-order issue/execution pipeline, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- FIGURE 4B is a block diagram illustrating an in-order architecture core and a register renaming logic, out-of-order issue/execution logic to be included in a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- the solid lined boxes in FIGURE 4A illustrate the in-order pipeline, while the dashed lined boxes illustrates the register renaming, out-of-order issue/execution pipeline.
- the solid lined boxes in FIGURE 4B illustrate the in-order architecture logic, while the dashed lined boxes illustrates the register renaming logic and out-of-order issue/execution logic.
- a processor pipeline 400 may include a fetch stage 402, a length decode stage 404, a decode stage 406, an allocation stage 408, a renaming stage 410, a scheduling (also known as a dispatch or issue) stage 412, a register read/memory read stage 414, an execute stage 416, a write-back/mem ory -write stage 418, an exception handling stage 422, and a commit stage 424.
- FIGURE 4B arrows denote a coupling between two or more units and the direction of the arrow indicates a direction of data flow between those units.
- FIGURE 4B shows processor core 490 including a front end unit 430 coupled to an execution engine unit 450, and both may be coupled to a memory unit 470.
- Core 490 may be a reduced instruction set computing (RISC) core, a complex instruction set computing (CISC) core, a very long instruction word (VLIW) core, or a hybrid or alternative core type.
- core 490 may be a special-purpose core, such as, for example, a network or communication core, compression engine, graphics core, or the like.
- Front end unit 430 may include a branch prediction unit 432 coupled to an instruction cache unit 434.
- Instruction cache unit 434 may be coupled to an instruction translation lookaside buffer (TLB) 436.
- TLB 436 may be coupled to an instruction fetch unit 438, which is coupled to a decode unit 440.
- Decode unit 440 may decode instructions, and generate as an output one or more micro-operations, micro-code entry points, microinstructions, other instructions, or other control signals, which may be decoded from, or which otherwise reflect, or may be derived from, the original instructions.
- the decoder may be implemented using various different mechanisms.
- instruction cache unit 434 may be further coupled to a level 2 (L2) cache unit 476 in memory unit 470.
- L2 cache unit 476 in memory unit 470.
- Decode unit 440 may be coupled to a rename/allocator unit 452 in execution engine unit 450.
- Execution engine unit 450 may include rename/allocator unit 452 coupled to a retirement unit 454 and a set of one or more scheduler units 456.
- Scheduler units 456 represent any number of different schedulers, including reservations stations, central instruction window, etc.
- Scheduler units 456 may be coupled to physical register file units 458.
- Each of physical register file units 458 represents one or more physical register files, different ones of which store one or more different data types, such as scalar integer, scalar floating point, packed integer, packed floating point, vector integer, vector floating point, etc., status (e.g., an instruction pointer that is the address of the next instruction to be executed), etc.
- Physical register file units 458 may be overlapped by retirement unit 454 to illustrate various ways in which register renaming and out-of-order execution may be implemented (e.g., using one or more reorder buffers and one or more retirement register files, using one or more future files, one or more history buffers, and one or more retirement register files; using register maps and a pool of registers; etc.).
- the architectural registers may be visible from the outside of the processor or from a programmer's perspective.
- the registers might not be limited to any known particular type of circuit.
- Various different types of registers may be suitable as long as they store and provide data as described herein.
- Retirement unit 454 and physical register file units 458 may be coupled to execution clusters 460.
- Execution clusters 460 may include a set of one or more execution units 462 and a set of one or more memory access units 464.
- Execution units 462 may perform various operations (e.g., shifts, addition, subtraction, multiplication) and on various types of data (e.g., scalar floating point, packed integer, packed floating point, vector integer, vector floating point).
- Scheduler units 456, physical register file units 458, and execution clusters 460 are shown as being possibly plural because certain embodiments create separate pipelines for certain types of data/operations (e.g., a scalar integer pipeline, a scalar floating point/packed integer/packed floating point/vector integer/vector floating point pipeline, and/or a memory access pipeline that each have their own scheduler unit, physical register file unit, and/or execution cluster - and in the case of a separate memory access pipeline, certain embodiments may be implemented in which only the execution cluster of this pipeline has memory access units 464). It should also be understood that where separate pipelines are used, one or more of these pipelines may be out-of-order issue/execution and the rest in-order.
- the set of memory access units 464 may be coupled to memory unit 470, which may include a data TLB unit 472 coupled to a data cache unit 474 coupled to a level 2 (L2) cache unit 476.
- memory access units 464 may include a load unit, a store address unit, and a store data unit, each of which may be coupled to data TLB unit 472 in memory unit 470.
- L2 cache unit 476 may be coupled to one or more other levels of cache and eventually to a main memory.
- the exemplary register renaming, out-of-order issue/execution core architecture may implement pipeline 400 as follows: 1) instruction fetch 438 may perform fetch and length decoding stages 402 and 404; 2) decode unit 440 may perform decode stage 406; 3) rename/allocator unit 452 may perform allocation stage 408 and renaming stage 410; 4) scheduler units 456 may perform schedule stage 412; 5) physical register file units 458 and memory unit 470 may perform register read/memory read stage 414; execution cluster 460 may perform execute stage 416; 6) memory unit 470 and physical register file units 458 may perform write-back/memory -write stage 418; 7) various units may be involved in the performance of exception handling stage 422; and 8) retirement unit 454 and physical register file units 458 may perform commit stage 424.
- Core 490 may support one or more instructions sets (e.g., the x86 instruction set (with some extensions that have been added with newer versions); the MIPS instruction set of MIPS Technologies of Sunnyvale, CA; the ARM instruction set (with optional additional extensions such as NEON) of ARM Holdings of Sunnyvale, CA).
- the x86 instruction set (with some extensions that have been added with newer versions); the MIPS instruction set of MIPS Technologies of Sunnyvale, CA; the ARM instruction set (with optional additional extensions such as NEON) of ARM Holdings of Sunnyvale, CA).
- the core may support multithreading (executing two or more parallel sets of operations or threads) in a variety of manners.
- Multithreading support may be performed by, for example, including time sliced multithreading, simultaneous multithreading (where a single physical core provides a logical core for each of the threads that physical core is simultaneously multithreading), or a combination thereof.
- Such a combination may include, for example, time sliced fetching and decoding and simultaneous multithreading thereafter such as in the Intel® Hyperthreading technology.
- register renaming may be described in the context of out-of-order execution, it should be understood that register renaming may be used in an in-order architecture.
- the illustrated embodiment of the processor may also include a separate instruction and data cache units 434/474 and a shared L2 cache unit 476, other embodiments may have a single internal cache for both instructions and data, such as, for example, a Level 1 (LI) internal cache, or multiple levels of internal cache.
- the system may include a combination of an internal cache and an external cache that may be external to the core and/or the processor. In other embodiments, all of the caches may be external to the core and/or the processor.
- FIGURE 5A is a block diagram of a processor 500, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- processor 500 may include a multicore processor.
- Processor 500 may include a system agent 510 communicatively coupled to one or more cores 502.
- cores 502 and system agent 510 may be communicatively coupled to one or more caches 506.
- Cores 502, system agent 510, and caches 506 may be communicatively coupled via one or more memory control units 552.
- cores 502, system agent 510, and caches 506 may be communicatively coupled to a graphics module 560 via memory control units 552.
- Processor 500 may include any suitable mechanism for interconnecting cores 502, system agent 510, and caches 506, and graphics module 560.
- processor 500 may include a ring-based interconnect unit 508 to interconnect cores 502, system agent 510, and caches 506, and graphics module 560.
- processor 500 may include any number of well-known techniques for interconnecting such units.
- Ring-based interconnect unit 508 may utilize memory control units 552 to facilitate interconnections.
- Processor 500 may include a memory hierarchy comprising one or more levels of caches within the cores, one or more shared cache units such as caches 506, or external memory (not shown) coupled to the set of integrated memory controller units 552.
- Caches 506 may include any suitable cache.
- caches 506 may include one or more mid-level caches, such as level 2 (L2), level 3 (L3), level 4 (L4), or other levels of cache, a last level cache (LLC), and/or combinations thereof.
- LLC last level cache
- System agent 510 may include components for coordinating and operating cores 502.
- System agent unit 510 may include for example a power control unit (PCU).
- the PCU may be or include logic and components needed for regulating the power state of cores 502.
- System agent 510 may include a display engine 512 for driving one or more externally connected displays or graphics module 560.
- System agent 510 may include an interface 514 for communications busses for graphics.
- interface 514 may be implemented by PCI Express (PCIe).
- interface 514 may be implemented by PCI Express Graphics (PEG).
- System agent 510 may include a direct media interface (DMI) 516.
- PCIe PCI Express
- PEG PCI Express Graphics
- DMI direct media interface
- DMI 516 may provide links between different bridges on a motherboard or other portion of a computer system.
- System agent 510 may include a PCIe bridge 518 for providing PCIe links to other elements of a computing system.
- PCIe bridge 518 may be implemented using a memory controller 520 and coherence logic 522.
- Cores 502 may be implemented in any suitable manner. Cores 502 may be homogenous or heterogeneous in terms of architecture and/or instruction set. In one embodiment, some of cores 502 may be in-order while others may be out-of-order. In another embodiment, two or more of cores 502 may execute the same instruction set, while others may execute only a subset of that instruction set or a different instruction set.
- Processor 500 may include a general-purpose processor, such as a CoreTM i3, i5, i7, 2 Duo and Quad, XeonTM, ItaniumTM, XScaleTM or StrongARMTM processor, which may be available from Intel Corporation, of Santa Clara, Calif. Processor 500 may be provided from another company, such as ARM Holdings, Ltd, MIPS, etc. Processor 500 may be a special-purpose processor, such as, for example, a network or communication processor, compression engine, graphics processor, co-processor, embedded processor, or the like. Processor 500 may be implemented on one or more chips.
- a general-purpose processor such as a CoreTM i3, i5, i7, 2 Duo and Quad, XeonTM, ItaniumTM, XScaleTM or StrongARMTM processor, which may be available from Intel Corporation, of Santa Clara, Calif. Processor 500 may be provided from another company, such as ARM Holdings, Ltd, MIPS, etc. Processor 500 may be a special-
- Processor 500 may be a part of and/or may be implemented on one or more substrates using any of a number of process technologies, such as, for example, BiCMOS, CMOS, or MOS.
- a given one of caches 506 may be shared by multiple ones of cores 502.
- a given one of caches 506 may be dedicated to one of cores 502.
- the assignment of caches 506 to cores 502 may be handled by a cache controller or other suitable mechanism.
- a given one of caches 506 may be shared by two or more cores 502 by implementing time-slices of a given cache 506.
- Graphics module 560 may implement an integrated graphics processing subsystem.
- graphics module 560 may include a graphics processor.
- graphics module 560 may include a media engine 565.
- Media engine 565 may provide media encoding and video decoding.
- FIGURE 5B is a block diagram of an example implementation of a core 502, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Core 502 may include a front end 570 communicatively coupled to an out-of-order engine 580.
- Core 502 may be communicatively coupled to other portions of processor 500 through cache hierarchy 503.
- Front end 570 may be implemented in any suitable manner, such as fully or in part by front end 201 as described above. In one embodiment, front end 570 may communicate with other portions of processor 500 through cache hierarchy 503. In a further embodiment, front end 570 may fetch instructions from portions of processor 500 and prepare the instructions to be used later in the processor pipeline as they are passed to out-of-order execution engine 580.
- Out-of-order execution engine 580 may be implemented in any suitable manner, such as fully or in part by out-of-order execution engine 203 as described above. Out-of-order execution engine 580 may prepare instructions received from front end 570 for execution. Out-of-order execution engine 580 may include an allocate module 582. In one embodiment, allocate module 582 may allocate resources of processor 500 or other resources, such as registers or buffers, to execute a given instruction. Allocate module 582 may make allocations in schedulers, such as a memory scheduler, fast scheduler, or floating point scheduler. Such schedulers may be represented in FIGURE 5B by resource schedulers 584. Allocate module 582 may be implemented fully or in part by the allocation logic described in conjunction with FIGURE 2.
- Resource schedulers 584 may determine when an instruction is ready to execute based on the readiness of a given resource's sources and the availability of execution resources needed to execute an instruction. Resource schedulers 584 may be implemented by, for example, schedulers 202, 204, 206 as discussed above. Resource schedulers 584 may schedule the execution of instructions upon one or more resources. In one embodiment, such resources may be internal to core 502, and may be illustrated, for example, as resources 586. In another embodiment, such resources may be external to core 502 and may be accessible by, for example, cache hierarchy 503. Resources may include, for example, memory, caches, register files, or registers. Resources internal to core 502 may be represented by resources 586 in FIGURE 5B.
- values written to or read from resources 586 may be coordinated with other portions of processor 500 through, for example, cache hierarchy 503.
- instructions may be placed into a reorder buffer 588.
- Reorder buffer 588 may track instructions as they are executed and may selectively reorder their execution based upon any suitable criteria of processor 500.
- reorder buffer 588 may identify instructions or a series of instructions that may be executed independently. Such instructions or a series of instructions may be executed in parallel from other such instructions.
- Parallel execution in core 502 may be performed by any suitable number of separate execution blocks or virtual processors.
- shared resources such as memory, registers, and caches— may be accessible to multiple virtual processors within a given core 502. In other embodiments, shared resources may be accessible to multiple processing entities within processor 500.
- Cache hierarchy 503 may be implemented in any suitable manner.
- cache hierarchy 503 may include one or more lower or mid-level caches, such as caches 572, 574.
- cache hierarchy 503 may include an LLC 595 communicatively coupled to caches 572, 574.
- LLC 595 may be implemented in a module 590 accessible to all processing entities of processor 500.
- module 590 may be implemented in an uncore module of processors from Intel, Inc. Module 590 may include portions or subsystems of processor 500 necessary for the execution of core 502 but might not be implemented within core 502.
- Module 590 may include, for example, hardware interfaces, memory coherency coordinators, interprocessor interconnects, instruction pipelines, or memory controllers. Access to RAM 599 available to processor 500 may be made through module 590 and, more specifically, LLC 595. Furthermore, other instances of core 502 may similarly access module 590. Coordination of the instances of core 502 may be facilitated in part through module 590.
- FIGURES 6-8 may illustrate exemplary systems suitable for including processor 500
- FIGURE 9 may illustrate an exemplary system on a chip (SoC) that may include one or more of cores 502.
- SoC system on a chip
- DSPs digital signal processors
- graphics devices video game devices
- set- top boxes micro controllers
- micro controllers cell phones
- portable media players hand held devices
- various other electronic devices may also be suitable.
- a huge variety of systems or electronic devices that incorporate a processor and/or other execution logic as disclosed herein may be generally suitable.
- FIGURE 6 illustrates a block diagram of a system 600, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- System 600 may include one or more processors 610, 615, which may be coupled to graphics memory controller hub (GMCH) 620.
- GMCH graphics memory controller hub
- the optional nature of additional processors 615 is denoted in FIGURE 6 with broken lines.
- Each processor 610,615 may be some version of processor 500. However, it should be noted that integrated graphics logic and integrated memory control units might not exist in processors 610,615.
- FIGURE 6 illustrates that GMCH 620 may be coupled to a memory 640 that may be, for example, a dynamic random access memory (DRAM).
- the DRAM may, for at least one embodiment, be associated with a nonvolatile cache.
- GMCH 620 may be a chipset, or a portion of a chipset. GMCH 620 may communicate with processors 610, 615 and control interaction between processors 610, 615 and memory 640. GMCH 620 may also act as an accelerated bus interface between the processors 610, 615 and other elements of system 600. In one embodiment, GMCH 620 communicates with processors 610, 615 via a multi-drop bus, such as a frontside bus (FSB) 695.
- FFB frontside bus
- GMCH 620 may be coupled to a display 645 (such as a flat panel display).
- GMCH 620 may include an integrated graphics accelerator.
- GMCH 620 may be further coupled to an input/output (I/O) controller hub (ICH) 650, which may be used to couple various peripheral devices to system 600.
- I/O controller hub ICH
- External graphics device 660 may include a discrete graphics device coupled to ICH 650 along with another peripheral device 670.
- additional processors 610, 615 may include additional processors that may be the same as processor 610, additional processors that may be heterogeneous or asymmetric to processor 610, accelerators (such as, e.g., graphics accelerators or digital signal processing (DSP) units), field programmable gate arrays, or any other processor.
- accelerators such as, e.g., graphics accelerators or digital signal processing (DSP) units
- DSP digital signal processing
- FIGURE 7 illustrates a block diagram of a second system 700, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- multiprocessor system 700 may include a point-to-point interconnect system, and may include a first processor 770 and a second processor 780 coupled via a point-to-point interconnect 750.
- processors 770 and 780 may be some version of processor 500 as one or more of processors 610,615.
- FIGURE 7 may illustrate two processors 770, 780, it is to be understood that the scope of the present disclosure is not so limited. In other embodiments, one or more additional processors may be present in a given processor.
- Processors 770 and 780 are shown including integrated memory controller units 772 and 782, respectively.
- Processor 770 may also include as part of its bus controller units point-to-point (P-P) interfaces 776 and 778; similarly, second processor 780 may include P-P interfaces 786 and 788.
- Processors 770, 780 may exchange information via a point-to-point (P-P) interface 750 using P-P interface circuits 778, 788.
- IMCs 772 and 782 may couple the processors to respective memories, namely a memory 732 and a memory 734, which in one embodiment may be portions of main memory locally attached to the respective processors.
- Processors 770, 780 may each exchange information with a chipset 790 via individual P-P interfaces 752, 754 using point to point interface circuits 776, 794, 786, 798.
- chipset 790 may also exchange information with a high- performance graphics circuit 738 via a high-performance graphics interface 739.
- a shared cache (not shown) may be included in either processor or outside of both processors, yet connected with the processors via P-P interconnect, such that either or both processors' local cache information may be stored in the shared cache if a processor is placed into a low power mode.
- first bus 716 may be a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) bus, or a bus such as a PCI Express bus or another third generation I/O interconnect bus, although the scope of the present disclosure is not so limited.
- PCI Peripheral Component Interconnect
- first bus 716 may be a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) bus, or a bus such as a PCI Express bus or another third generation I/O interconnect bus, although the scope of the present disclosure is not so limited.
- PCI Peripheral Component Interconnect
- various I/O devices 714 may be coupled to first bus 716, along with a bus bridge 718 which couples first bus 716 to a second bus 720.
- second bus 720 may be a low pin count (LPC) bus.
- Various devices may be coupled to second bus 720 including, for example, a keyboard and/or mouse 722, communication devices 727 and a storage unit 728 such as a disk drive or other mass storage device which may include instructions/code and data 730, in one embodiment.
- an audio I/O 724 may be coupled to second bus 720.
- Note that other architectures may be possible. For example, instead of the point-to-point architecture of FIGURE 7, a system may implement a multi-drop bus or other such architecture.
- FIGURE 8 illustrates a block diagram of a third system 800 in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. Like elements in FIGURES 7 and 8 bear like reference numerals, and certain aspects of FIGURE 7 have been omitted from FIGURE 8 in order to avoid obscuring other aspects of FIGURE 8.
- FIGURE 8 illustrates that processors 770, 780 may include integrated memory and I/O control logic ("CL") 872 and 882, respectively.
- CL 872, 882 may include integrated memory controller units such as that described above in connection with FIGURES 5 and 7.
- CL 872, 882 may also include I/O control logic.
- FIGURE 8 illustrates that not only memories 732, 734 may be coupled to CL 872, 882, but also that I/O devices 814 may also be coupled to control logic 872, 882.
- Legacy I/O devices 815 may be coupled to chipset 790.
- FIGURE 9 illustrates a block diagram of a SoC 900, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. Similar elements in FIGURE 5 bear like reference numerals. Also, dashed lined boxes may represent optional features on more advanced SoCs.
- An interconnect units 902 may be coupled to: an application processor 910 which may include a set of one or more cores 502A-N and shared cache units 506; a system agent unit 510; a bus controller units 916; an integrated memory controller units 914; a set or one or more media processors 920 which may include integrated graphics logic 908, an image processor 924 for providing still and/or video camera functionality, an audio processor 926 for providing hardware audio acceleration, and a video processor 928 for providing video encode/decode acceleration; an static random access memory (SRAM) unit 930; a direct memory access (DMA) unit 932; and a display unit 940 for coupling to one or more external displays.
- an application processor 910 which may include a set of one or more cores 502A-N
- FIGURE 10 illustrates a processor containing a central processing unit (CPU) and a graphics processing unit (GPU), which may perform at least one instruction, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- an instruction to perform operations according to at least one embodiment could be performed by the CPU.
- the instruction could be performed by the GPU.
- the instruction may be performed through a combination of operations performed by the GPU and the CPU.
- an instruction in accordance with one embodiment may be received and decoded for execution on the GPU.
- one or more operations within the decoded instruction may be performed by a CPU and the result returned to the GPU for final retirement of the instruction.
- the CPU may act as the primary processor and the GPU as the co-processor.
- instructions that benefit from highly parallel, throughput processors may be performed by the GPU, while instructions that benefit from the performance of processors that benefit from deeply pipelined architectures may be performed by the CPU.
- graphics, scientific applications, financial applications and other parallel workloads may benefit from the performance of the GPU and be executed accordingly, whereas more sequential applications, such as operating system kernel or application code may be better suited for the CPU.
- processor 1000 includes a CPU 1005, GPU 1010, image processor 1015, video processor 1020, USB controller 1025, UART controller 1030, SPI/SDIO controller 1035, display device 1040, memory interface controller 1045, MIPI controller 1050, flash memory controller 1055, dual data rate (DDR) controller 1060, security engine 1065, and I 2 S/I 2 C controller 1070.
- Other logic and circuits may be included in the processor of FIGURE 10, including more CPUs or GPUs and other peripheral interface controllers.
- IP cores may be stored on a tangible, machine-readable medium ("tape") and supplied to various customers or manufacturing facilities to load into the fabrication machines that actually make the logic or processor.
- Tape a tangible, machine-readable medium
- IP cores such as the CortexTM family of processors developed by ARM Holdings, Ltd.
- Loongson IP cores developed the Institute of Computing Technology (ICT) of the Chinese Academy of Sciences may be licensed or sold to various customers or licensees, such as Texas Instruments, Qualcomm, Apple, or Samsung and implemented in processors produced by these customers or licensees.
- FIGURE 11 illustrates a block diagram illustrating the development of IP cores, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Storage 1100 may include simulation software 1120 and/or hardware or software model 1110.
- the data representing the IP core design may be provided to storage 1100 via memory 1140 (e.g., hard disk), wired connection (e.g., internet) 1150 or wireless connection 1160.
- the IP core information generated by the simulation tool and model may then be transmitted to a fabrication facility 1165 where it may be fabricated by a 3 rd party to perform at least one instruction in accordance with at least one embodiment.
- one or more instructions may correspond to a first type or architecture (e.g., x86) and be translated or emulated on a processor of a different type or architecture (e.g., ARM).
- An instruction may therefore be performed on any processor or processor type, including ARM, x86, MIPS, a GPU, or other processor type or architecture.
- FIGURE 12 illustrates how an instruction of a first type may be emulated by a processor of a different type, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- program 1205 contains some instructions that may perform the same or substantially the same function as an instruction according to one embodiment.
- the instructions of program 1205 may be of a type and/or format that is different from or incompatible with processor 1215, meaning the instructions of the type in program 1205 may not be able to execute natively by the processor 1215.
- the instructions of program 1205 may be translated into instructions that may be natively be executed by the processor 1215.
- the emulation logic may be embodied in hardware.
- the emulation logic may be embodied in a tangible, machine-readable medium containing software to translate instructions of the type in program 1205 into the type natively executable by processor 1215.
- emulation logic may be a combination of fixed-function or programmable hardware and a program stored on a tangible, machine-readable medium.
- the processor contains the emulation logic, whereas in other embodiments, the emulation logic exists outside of the processor and may be provided by a third party.
- the processor may load the emulation logic embodied in a tangible, machine-readable medium containing software by executing microcode or firmware contained in or associated with the processor.
- FIGURE 13 illustrates a block diagram contrasting the use of a software instruction converter to convert binary instructions in a source instruction set to binary instructions in a target instruction set, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- the instruction converter may be a software instruction converter, although the instruction converter may be implemented in software, firmware, hardware, or various combinations thereof.
- FIGURE 13 shows a program in a high level language 1302 may be compiled using an x86 compiler 1304 to generate x86 binary code 1306 that may be natively executed by a processor with at least one x86 instruction set core 1316.
- the processor with at least one x86 instruction set core 1316 represents any processor that may perform substantially the same functions as an Intel processor with at least one x86 instruction set core by compatibly executing or otherwise processing (1) a substantial portion of the instruction set of the Intel x86 instruction set core or (2) object code versions of applications or other software targeted to run on an Intel processor with at least one x86 instruction set core, in order to achieve substantially the same result as an Intel processor with at least one x86 instruction set core.
- x86 compiler 1304 represents a compiler that may be operable to generate x86 binary code 1306 (e.g., object code) that may, with or without additional linkage processing, be executed on the processor with at least one x86 instruction set core 1316.
- FIGURE 13 shows the program in high level language 1302 may be compiled using an alternative instruction set compiler 1308 to generate alternative instruction set binary code 1310 that may be natively executed by a processor without at least one x86 instruction set core 1314 (e.g., a processor with cores that execute the MIPS instruction set of MIPS Technologies of Sunnyvale, CA and/or that execute the ARM instruction set of ARM Holdings of Sunnyvale, CA).
- Instruction converter 1312 may be used to convert x86 binary code 1306 into code that may be natively executed by the processor without an x86 instruction set core 1314. This converted code might not be the same as alternative instruction set binary code 1310; however, the converted code will accomplish the general operation and be made up of instructions from the alternative instruction set.
- instruction converter 1312 represents software, firmware, hardware, or a combination thereof that, through emulation, simulation or any other process, allows a processor or other electronic device that does not have an x86 instruction set processor or core to execute x86 binary code 1306.
- FIGURE 14 is a block diagram of an instruction set architecture 1400 of a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Instruction set architecture 1400 may include any suitable number or kind of components.
- instruction set architecture 1400 may include processing entities such as one or more cores 1406, 1407 and a graphics processing unit 1415.
- Cores 1406, 1407 may be communicatively coupled to the rest of instruction set architecture 1400 through any suitable mechanism, such as through a bus or cache.
- cores 1406, 1407 may be communicatively coupled through an L2 cache control 1408, which may include a bus interface unit 1409 and an L2 cache 1411.
- Cores 1406, 1407 and graphics processing unit 1415 may be communicatively coupled to each other and to the remainder of instruction set architecture 1400 through interconnect 1410.
- graphics processing unit 1415 may use a video code 1420 defining the manner in which particular video signals will be encoded and decoded for output.
- Instruction set architecture 1400 may also include any number or kind of interfaces, controllers, or other mechanisms for interfacing or communicating with other portions of an electronic device or system. Such mechanisms may facilitate interaction with, for example, peripherals, communications devices, other processors, or memory.
- instruction set architecture 1400 may include a liquid crystal display (LCD) video interface 1425, a subscriber interface module (SIM) interface 1430, a boot ROM interface 1435, a synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM) controller 1440, a flash controller 1445, and a serial peripheral interface (SPI) master unit 1450.
- LCD video interface 1425 may provide output of video signals from, for example, GPU 1415 and through, for example, a mobile industry processor interface (MIPI) 1490 or a high-definition multimedia interface (HDMI) 1495 to a display.
- MIPI mobile industry processor interface
- HDMI high-definition multimedia interface
- SIM interface 1430 may provide access to or from a SIM card or device.
- SDRAM controller 1440 may provide access to or from memory such as an SDRAM chip or module 1460.
- Flash controller 1445 may provide access to or from memory such as flash memory 1465 or other instances of RAM.
- SPI master unit 1450 may provide access to or from communications modules, such as a Bluetooth module 1470, highspeed 3G modem 1475, global positioning system module 1480, or wireless module 1485 implementing a communications standard such as 802.11.
- FIGURE 15 is a more detailed block diagram of an instruction set architecture 1500 of a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Instruction architecture 1500 may implement one or more aspects of instruction set architecture 1400.
- instruction set architecture 1500 may illustrate modules and mechanisms for the execution of instructions within a processor.
- Instruction architecture 1500 may include a memory system 1540 communicatively coupled to one or more execution entities 1565. Furthermore, instruction architecture 1500 may include a caching and bus interface unit such as unit 1510 communicatively coupled to execution entities 1565 and memory system 1540. In one embodiment, loading of instructions into execution entities 1565 may be performed by one or more stages of execution. Such stages may include, for example, instruction prefetch stage 1530, dual instruction decode stage 1550, register rename stage 1555, issue stage 1560, and writeback stage 1570.
- memory system 1540 may include an executed instruction pointer 1580.
- Executed instruction pointer 1580 may store a value identifying the oldest, undispatched instruction within a batch of instructions. The oldest instruction may correspond to the lowest Program Order (PO) value.
- a PO may include a unique number of an instruction. Such an instruction may be a single instruction within a thread represented by multiple strands.
- a PO may be used in ordering instructions to ensure correct execution semantics of code.
- a PO may be reconstructed by mechanisms such as evaluating increments to PO encoded in the instruction rather than an absolute value. Such a reconstructed PO may be known as an "RPO.” Although a PO may be referenced herein, such a PO may be used interchangeably with an RPO.
- a strand may include a sequence of instructions that are data dependent upon each other.
- the strand may be arranged by a binary translator at compilation time.
- Hardware executing a strand may execute the instructions of a given strand in order according to the PO of the various instructions.
- a thread may include multiple strands such that instructions of different strands may depend upon each other.
- a PO of a given strand may be the PO of the oldest instruction in the strand which has not yet been dispatched to execution from an issue stage. Accordingly, given a thread of multiple strands, each strand including instructions ordered by PO, executed instruction pointer 1580 may store the oldest— illustrated by the lowest number— PO in the thread.
- memory system 1540 may include a retirement pointer 1582.
- Retirement pointer 1582 may store a value identifying the PO of the last retired instruction. Retirement pointer 1582 may be set by, for example, retirement unit 454. If no instructions have yet been retired, retirement pointer 1582 may include a null value.
- Execution entities 1565 may include any suitable number and kind of mechanisms by which a processor may execute instructions.
- execution entities 1565 may include ALU/multiplication units (MUL) 1566, ALUs 1567, and floating point units (FPU) 1568.
- MUL ALU/multiplication units
- FPU floating point units
- such entities may make use of information contained within a given address 1569.
- Execution entities 1565 in combination with stages 1530, 1550, 1555, 1560, 1570 may collectively form an execution unit.
- Unit 1510 may be implemented in any suitable manner.
- unit 1510 may perform cache control.
- unit 1510 may thus include a cache 1525.
- Cache 1525 may be implemented, in a further embodiment, as an L2 unified cache with any suitable size, such as zero, 128k, 256k, 512k, 1M, or 2M bytes of memory.
- cache 1525 may be implemented in error-correcting code memory.
- unit 1510 may perform bus interfacing to other portions of a processor or electronic device.
- unit 1510 may thus include a bus interface unit 1520 for communicating over an interconnect, intraprocessor bus, interprocessor bus, or other communication bus, port, or line.
- Bus interface unit 1520 may provide interfacing in order to perform, for example, generation of the memory and input/output addresses for the transfer of data between execution entities 1565 and the portions of a system external to instruction architecture 1500.
- bus interface unit 1520 may include an interrupt control and distribution unit 1511 for generating interrupts and other communications to other portions of a processor or electronic device.
- bus interface unit 1520 may include a snoop control unit 1512 that handles cache access and coherency for multiple processing cores.
- snoop control unit 1512 may include a cache-to-cache transfer unit that handles information exchanges between different caches.
- snoop control unit 1512 may include one or more snoop filters 1514 that monitors the coherency of other caches (not shown) so that a cache controller, such as unit 1510, does not have to perform such monitoring directly.
- Unit 1510 may include any suitable number of timers 1515 for synchronizing the actions of instruction architecture 1500. Also, unit 1510 may include an AC port 1516. [00141] Memory system 1540 may include any suitable number and kind of mechanisms for storing information for the processing needs of instruction architecture 1500. In one embodiment, memory system 1540 may include a load store unit 1546 for storing information such as buffers written to or read back from memory or registers. In another embodiment, memory system 1540 may include a translation lookaside buffer (TLB) 1545 that provides look-up of address values between physical and virtual addresses. In yet another embodiment, memory system 1540 may include a memory management unit (MMU) 1544 for facilitating access to virtual memory. In still yet another embodiment, memory system 1540 may include a prefetcher 1543 for requesting instructions from memory before such instructions are actually needed to be executed, in order to reduce latency.
- TLB translation lookaside buffer
- MMU memory management unit
- instruction architecture 1500 to execute an instruction may be performed through different stages. For example, using unit 1510 instruction prefetch stage 1530 may access an instruction through prefetcher 1543. Instructions retrieved may be stored in instruction cache 1532. Prefetch stage 1530 may enable an option 1531 for fast-loop mode, wherein a series of instructions forming a loop that is small enough to fit within a given cache are executed. In one embodiment, such an execution may be performed without needing to access additional instructions from, for example, instruction cache 1532.
- Determination of what instructions to prefetch may be made by, for example, branch prediction unit 1535, which may access indications of execution in global history 1536, indications of target addresses 1537, or contents of a return stack 1538 to determine which of branches 1557 of code will be executed next. Such branches may be possibly prefetched as a result. Branches 1557 may be produced through other stages of operation as described below. Instruction prefetch stage 1530 may provide instructions as well as any predictions about future instructions to dual instruction decode stage 1550.
- Dual instruction decode stage 1550 may translate a received instruction into microcode-based instructions that may be executed. Dual instruction decode stage 1550 may simultaneously decode two instructions per clock cycle. Furthermore, dual instruction decode stage 1550 may pass its results to register rename stage 1555. In addition, dual instruction decode stage 1550 may determine any resulting branches from its decoding and eventual execution of the microcode. Such results may be input into branches 1557.
- Register rename stage 1555 may translate references to virtual registers or other resources into references to physical registers or resources. Register rename stage 1555 may include indications of such mapping in a register pool 1556. Register rename stage 1555 may alter the instructions as received and send the result to issue stage 1560.
- Issue stage 1560 may issue or dispatch commands to execution entities 1565. Such issuance may be performed in an out-of-order fashion. In one embodiment, multiple instructions may be held at issue stage 1560 before being executed. Issue stage 1560 may include an instruction queue 1561 for holding such multiple commands. Instructions may be issued by issue stage 1560 to a particular processing entity 1565 based upon any acceptable criteria, such as availability or suitability of resources for execution of a given instruction. In one embodiment, issue stage 1560 may reorder the instructions within instruction queue 1561 such that the first instructions received might not be the first instructions executed. Based upon the ordering of instruction queue 1561, additional branching information may be provided to branches 1557. Issue stage 1560 may pass instructions to executing entities 1565 for execution.
- writeback stage 1570 may write data into registers, queues, or other structures of instruction set architecture 1500 to communicate the completion of a given command. Depending upon the order of instructions arranged in issue stage 1560, the operation of writeback stage 1570 may enable additional instructions to be executed. Performance of instruction set architecture 1500 may be monitored or debugged by trace unit 1575.
- FIGURE 16 is a block diagram of an execution pipeline 1600 for an instruction set architecture of a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Execution pipeline 1600 may illustrate operation of, for example, instruction architecture 1500 of FIGURE 15.
- Execution pipeline 1600 may include any suitable combination of steps or operations.
- predictions of the branch that is to be executed next may be made. In one embodiment, such predictions may be based upon previous executions of instructions and the results thereof.
- instructions corresponding to the predicted branch of execution may be loaded into an instruction cache.
- one or more such instructions in the instruction cache may be fetched for execution.
- the instructions that have been fetched may be decoded into microcode or more specific machine language. In one embodiment, multiple instructions may be simultaneously decoded.
- references to registers or other resources within the decoded instructions may be reassigned. For example, references to virtual registers may be replaced with references to corresponding physical registers.
- the instructions may be dispatched to queues for execution.
- the instructions may be executed. Such execution may be performed in any suitable manner.
- the instructions may be issued to a suitable execution entity. The manner in which the instruction is executed may depend upon the specific entity executing the instruction. For example, at 1655, an ALU may perform arithmetic functions. The ALU may utilize a single clock cycle for its operation, as well as two shifters. In one embodiment, two ALUs may be employed, and thus two instructions may be executed at 1655.
- a determination of a resulting branch may be made. A program counter may be used to designate the destination to which the branch will be made. 1660 may be executed within a single clock cycle.
- floating point arithmetic may be performed by one or more FPUs.
- the floating point operation may require multiple clock cycles to execute, such as two to ten cycles.
- multiplication and division operations may be performed. Such operations may be performed in four clock cycles.
- loading and storing operations to registers or other portions of pipeline 1600 may be performed. The operations may include loading and storing addresses. Such operations may be performed in four clock cycles.
- write-back operations may be performed as required by the resulting operations of 1655-1675.
- FIGURE 17 is a block diagram of an electronic device 1700 for utilizing a processor 1710, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Electronic device 1700 may include, for example, a notebook, an ultrabook, a computer, a tower server, a rack server, a blade server, a laptop, a desktop, a tablet, a mobile device, a phone, an embedded computer, or any other suitable electronic device.
- Electronic device 1700 may include processor 1710 communicatively coupled to any suitable number or kind of components, peripherals, modules, or devices. Such coupling may be accomplished by any suitable kind of bus or interface, such as I 2 C bus, system management bus (SMBus), low pin count (LPC) bus, SPI, high definition audio (HDA) bus, Serial Advance Technology Attachment (SATA) bus, USB bus (versions 1, 2, 3), or Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) bus.
- I 2 C bus system management bus (SMBus), low pin count (LPC) bus, SPI, high definition audio (HDA) bus, Serial Advance Technology Attachment (SATA) bus, USB bus (versions 1, 2, 3), or Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) bus.
- SMB system management bus
- LPC low pin count
- HDA high definition audio
- SATA Serial Advance Technology Attachment
- USB bus versions 1, 2, 3
- UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter
- Such components may include, for example, a display 1724, a touch screen 1725, a touch pad 1730, a near field communications (NFC) unit 1745, a sensor hub 1740, a thermal sensor 1746, an express chipset (EC) 1735, a trusted platform module (TPM) 1738, BlOS/firmware/flash memory 1722, a digital signal processor 1760, a drive 1720 such as a solid state disk (SSD) or a hard disk drive (HDD), a wireless local area network (WLAN) unit 1750, a Bluetooth unit 1752, a wireless wide area network (WW AN) unit 1756, a global positioning system (GPS) 1775, a camera 1754 such as a USB 3.0 camera, or a low power double data rate (LPDDR) memory unit 1715 implemented in, for example, the LPDDR3 standard.
- SSD solid state disk
- HDD hard disk drive
- WLAN wireless local area network
- WLAN wireless local area network
- WW AN wireless wide area
- processor 1710 may be communicatively coupled to processor 1710 through the components discussed above.
- an accelerometer 1741, ambient light sensor (ALS) 1742, compass 1743, and gyroscope 1744 may be communicatively coupled to sensor hub 1740.
- a thermal sensor 1739, fan 1737, keyboard 1736, and touch pad 1730 may be communicatively coupled to EC 1735.
- Speakers 1763, headphones 1764, and a microphone 1765 may be communicatively coupled to an audio unit 1762, which may in turn be communicatively coupled to DSP 1760.
- Audio unit 1762 may include, for example, an audio codec and a class D amplifier.
- a SEVI card 1757 may be communicatively coupled to WW AN unit 1756.
- Components such as WLAN unit 1750 and Bluetooth unit 1752, as well as WW AN unit 1756 may be implemented in a next generation form factor (NGFF).
- NGFF next generation form factor
- Embodiments of the present disclosure involve instructions and processing logic for executing one or more vector operations that target vector registers, at least some of which operate on structures stored in the vector registers that contain multiple elements.
- FIGURE 18 is an illustration of an example system 1800 for instructions and logic for operations to set multiple data elements of different types in a vector containing tuples of elements of different types, according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Data structures used in some applications may include tuples of elements that can be accessed individually. In some cases, these types of data structures may be organized as arrays. In embodiments of the present disclosure, multiple ones of these data structures may be stored in a single vector register. For example, each data structure may include multiple data elements of different types, and each of the data structures may be stored in a different "lane" within a vector register. In this context, the term "lane" may refer to a fixed-width portion of a vector register that holds multiple data elements. For example, a 512-bit vector register may include four 128-bit lanes. In some cases, the individual data elements within such data structures may be re-organized into multiple separate vectors of like elements in order to operate on like elements in the same manner.
- one or more instructions may be executed to extract like elements from the data structures and to store them together in respective destination vectors. After operating on at least some of the data elements, one or more other instructions may be called to permute the data elements in the separate vectors back into their original data structures of tuples.
- one or more "SET multiple vector elements" instructions may be executed to set multiple data elements of different types, and coming from different sources, in a vector that stores multiple data structures containing data elements of different types.
- System 1800 may include a processor, SoC, integrated circuit, or other mechanism.
- system 1800 may include processor 1804.
- processor 1804 is shown and described as an example in FIGURE 18, any suitable mechanism may be used.
- Processor 1804 may include any suitable mechanisms for executing vector operations that target vector registers, including those that operate on structures stored in the vector registers that contain multiple elements. In one embodiment, such mechanisms may be implemented in hardware.
- Processor 1804 may be implemented fully or in part by the elements described in FIGURES 1-17.
- Instructions to be executed on processor 1804 may be included in instruction stream 1802.
- Instruction stream 1802 may be generated by, for example, a compiler, just-in-time interpreter, or other suitable mechanism (which might or might not be included in system 1800), or may be designated by a drafter of code resulting in instruction stream 1802.
- a compiler may take application code and generate executable code in the form of instruction stream 1802.
- Instructions may be received by processor 1804 from instruction stream 1802.
- Instruction stream 1802 may be loaded to processor 1804 in any suitable manner. For example, instructions to be executed by processor 1804 may be loaded from storage, from other machines, or from other memory, such as memory system 1830.
- the instructions may arrive and be available in resident memory, such as RAM, wherein instructions are fetched from storage to be executed by processor 1804.
- the instructions may be fetched from resident memory by, for example, a prefetcher or fetch unit (such as instruction fetch unit 1808).
- instruction stream 1802 may include an instruction to perform an operation to set multiple data elements of different types, and coming from different sources, in a vector storing data structures containing data elements of different types.
- instruction stream 1802 may include one or more "VPSET3" type instructions to extract data elements of three different types from different source vector registers, to reorganize them into multiple three- element tuples or three-element data structures that include data elements of each of the three types, and to store them in a single destination vector register.
- instruction stream 1802 may include one or more "VPSET4"type instructions to extract data elements of two different types from different source vector registers, to reorganize them as two data elements within multiple four-element tuples or four-element data structures that include data elements of each of the four types, and to store them in even or odd numbered positions within a single destination vector register.
- instruction stream 1802 may include instructions other than those that perform vector operations.
- Processor 1804 may include a front end 1806, which may include an instruction fetch pipeline stage (such as instruction fetch unit 1808) and a decode pipeline stage (such as decide unit 1810). Front end 1806 may receive and decode instructions from instruction stream 1802 using decode unit 1810. The decoded instructions may be dispatched, allocated, and scheduled for execution by an allocation stage of a pipeline (such as allocator 1814) and allocated to specific execution units 1816 for execution.
- One or more specific instructions to be executed by processor 1804 may be included in a library defined for execution by processor 1804. In another embodiment, specific instructions may be targeted by particular portions of processor 1804. For example, processor 1804 may recognize an attempt in instruction stream 1802 to execute a vector operation in software and may issue the instruction to a particular one of execution units 1816.
- Memory subsystem 1820 may include, for example, memory, RAM, or a cache hierarchy, which may include one or more Level 1 (LI) caches 1822 or Level 2 (L2) caches 1824, some of which may be shared by multiple cores 1812 or processors 1804.
- LI Level 1
- L2 Level 2
- An execution unit 1816 that executes vector instructions may be implemented in any suitable manner.
- an execution unit 1816 may include or may be communicatively coupled to memory elements to store information necessary to perform one or more vector operations.
- an execution unit 1816 may include circuitry to perform operations to set multiple data elements of different types, and coming from different sources, in a vector storing data structures containing data elements of different types.
- an execution unit 1816 may include circuitry to implement one or more forms of a "VPSET3" type instruction.
- an execution unit 1816 may include circuitry to implement one or more forms of a "VPSET4" instruction. Example implementations of these instructions are described in more detail below.
- the instruction set architecture of processor 1804 may implement one or more extended vector instructions that are defined as Intel® Advanced Vector Extensions 512 (Intel® AVX-512) instructions. Processor 1804 may recognize, either implicitly or through decoding and execution of specific instructions, that one of these extended vector operations is to be performed. In such cases, the extended vector operation may be directed to a particular one of the execution units 1816 for execution of the instruction.
- the instruction set architecture may include support for 512-bit SIMD operations.
- the instruction set architecture implemented by an execution unit 1816 may include 32 vector registers, each of which is 512 bits wide, and support for vectors that are up to 512 bits wide.
- the instruction set architecture implemented by an execution unit 1816 may include eight dedicated mask registers for conditional execution and efficient merging of destination operands.
- At least some extended vector instructions may include support for broadcasting. At least some extended vector instructions may include support for embedded masking to enable predication.
- At least some extended vector instructions may apply the same operation to each element of a vector stored in a vector register at the same time.
- Other extended vector instructions may apply the same operation to corresponding elements in multiple source vector registers.
- the same operation may be applied to each of the individual data elements of a packed data item stored in a vector register by an extended vector instruction.
- an extended vector instruction may specify a single vector operation to be performed on the respective data elements of two source vector operands to generate a destination vector operand.
- At least some extended vector instructions may be executed by a SIMD coprocessor within a processor core.
- one or more of execution units 1816 within a core 1812 may implement the functionality of a SFMD coprocessor.
- the SIMD coprocessor may be implemented fully or in part by the elements described in FIGURES 1-17.
- extended vector instructions that are received by processor 1804 within instruction stream 1802 may be directed to an execution unit 1816 that implements the functionality of a SFMD coprocessor.
- a VPSET3 type instruction may include an ⁇ X/Y/Z ⁇ parameter that, along with other parameters, may indicate which data elements are to be extracted from the source vector registers for assembly into three-element tuples by the instruction.
- a VPSET3 type instruction may also include a ⁇ size ⁇ parameter indicating the size of the data elements to be included in each data structure.
- all of the data elements to be extracted from the source vector registers and set into one of the data structures may be the same size.
- a VPSET3 type instruction may include three REG parameters that identify three source vector registers for the instruction, one of which is also the destination vector register for the instruction.
- the first source destination vector register may also serve as the destination vector register for the instruction.
- a VPSET3 type instruction may include an immediate parameter whose value indicates which iteration of a three-iteration sequence of VPSET3 instructions is being executed when the instruction is called.
- this iteration parameter value may be used in combination with the ⁇ X/Y/Z ⁇ parameter to determine the starting point for extracting data elements from the source vector registers.
- a sequence of three VPSET3 type instructions may be executed to reorganize sixteen X, Y, and Z components that are stored separately in three different source vector registers into multiple tuples stored in three destination vector registers, each tuple containing an X component, a Y component, and a Z component.
- This example sequence of instructions is illustrated in FIGURES 24A and 24B and described below.
- a VPSET3 type instruction may include a ⁇ k n ⁇ parameter that identifies a particular mask register, if masking is to be applied. If masking is to be applied, the VPSET3 type instruction may include a ⁇ z ⁇ parameter that specifies a masking type. In one embodiment, if the ⁇ z ⁇ parameter is included for the instruction, this may indicate that zero-masking is to be applied when writing the results of the instruction to its destination vector register. If the ⁇ z ⁇ parameter is not included for the instruction, this may indicate that merging-masking is to be applied when writing the results of the instruction to its destination vector register. Examples of the use of zero-masking and merging-masking are described in more detail below.
- a VPSET4 type instruction may include an ⁇ EVEN/ODD ⁇ parameter indicating whether the extracted data elements are to be stored in even or odd numbered locations in the destination vector register.
- a VPSET4 type instruction may also include a ⁇ size ⁇ parameter indicating the size of the data elements to be included in each data structure. In one embodiment, all of the data elements to be extracted from the source vector registers and set into one of the data structures may be the same size.
- a VPSET4 type instruction may include three REG parameters, two of which identify two source vector registers for the instruction, and one of which identifies a destination vector register for the instruction.
- a VPSET4 type instruction may include an immediate parameter whose value represents an offset for determining the starting point for extracting data elements from the source vector registers.
- a VPSET4 type instruction may include a ⁇ k n ⁇ parameter that identifies a particular mask register, if masking is to be applied. If masking is to be applied, the VPSET4 type instruction may include a ⁇ z ⁇ parameter that specifies a masking type. In one embodiment, if the ⁇ z ⁇ parameter is included for the instruction, this may indicate that zero-masking is to be applied when writing the results of the instruction to its destination vector register. If the ⁇ z ⁇ parameter is not included for the instruction, this may indicate that merging-masking is to be applied when writing the results of the instruction to its destination vector register. Examples of the use of zero-masking and merging-masking are described in more detail below.
- One or more of the parameters of the VPSET3 and VPSET4 type instructions shown in FIGURE 18 may be inherent for the instruction. For example, in different embodiments, any combination of these parameters may be encoded in a bit or field of the opcode format for the instruction, In other embodiments, one or more of the parameters of the VPSET3 and VPSET4 type instructions shown in FIGURE 18 may be optional for the instruction. For example, in different embodiments, any combination of these parameters may be specified when the instruction is called.
- FIGURE 19 illustrates an example processor core 1900 of a data processing system that performs SIMD operations, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Processor 1900 may be implemented fully or in part by the elements described in FIGURES 1-18.
- processor core 1900 may include a main processor 1920 and a SIMD coprocessor 1910.
- SIMD coprocessor 1910 may be implemented fully or in part by the elements described in FIGURES 1-17.
- SIMD coprocessor 1910 may implement at least a portion of one of the execution units 1816 illustrated in FIGURE 18.
- SIMD coprocessor 1910 may include a SIMD execution unit 1912 and an extended vector register file 1914.
- SIMD coprocessor 1910 may perform operations of extended SIMD instruction set 1916.
- Extended SIMD instruction set 1916 may include one or more extended vector instructions. These extended vector instructions may control data processing operations that include interactions with data resident in extended vector register file 1914.
- main processor 1920 may include a decoder 1922 to recognize instructions of extended SIMD instruction set 1916 for execution by SIMD coprocessor 1910.
- SIMD coprocessor 1910 may include at least part of decoder (not shown) to decode instructions of extended SIMD instruction set 1916.
- Processor core 1900 may also include additional circuitry (not shown) which may be unnecessary to the understanding of embodiments of the present disclosure.
- main processor 1920 may execute a stream of data processing instructions that control data processing operations of a general type, including interactions with cache(s) 1924 and/or register file 1926. Embedded within the stream of data processing instructions may be SIMD coprocessor instructions of extended SIMD instruction set 1916. Decoder 1922 of main processor 1920 may recognize these SIMD coprocessor instructions as being of a type that should be executed by an attached SIMD coprocessor 1910. Accordingly, main processor 1920 may issue these SIMD coprocessor instructions (or control signals representing SIMD coprocessor instructions) on the coprocessor bus 1915. From coprocessor bus 1915, these instructions may be received by any attached SIMD coprocessor. In the example embodiment illustrated in FIGURE 19, SIMD coprocessor 1910 may accept and execute any received SIMD coprocessor instructions intended for execution on SFMD coprocessor 1910.
- main processor 1920 and SFMD coprocessor 1920 may be integrated into a single processor core 1900 that includes an execution unit, a set of register files, and a decoder to recognize instructions of extended SIMD instruction set 1916.
- FIGURES 18 and 19 The example implementations depicted in FIGURES 18 and 19 are merely illustrative and are not meant to be limiting on the implementation of the mechanisms described herein for performing extended vector operations.
- FIGURE 20 is a block diagram illustrating an example extended vector register file 1914, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Extended vector register file 1914 may include 32 SIMD registers (ZMMO - ZMM31), each of which is 512-bit wide.
- the lower 256 bits of each of the ZMM registers are aliased to a respective 256-bit YMM register.
- the lower 128 bits of each of the YMM registers are aliased to a respective 128-bit XMM register.
- bits 255 to 0 of register ZMMO shown as 2001
- bits 127 to 0 of register ZMMO are aliased to register XMM0.
- bits 255 to 0 of register ZMM1 are aliased to register YMM1
- bits 127 to 0 of register ZMM1 are aliased to register XMM1
- bits 255 to 0 of register ZMM2 are aliased to register YMM2
- bits 127 to 0 of the register ZMM2 are aliased to register XMM2, and so on.
- extended vector instructions in extended SIMD instruction set 1916 may operate on any of the registers in extended vector register file 1914, including registers ZMMO - ZMM31, registers YMMO - YMM 15, and registers XMM0 - XMM7.
- legacy SFMD instructions implemented prior to the development of the Intel® AVX-512 instruction set architecture may operate on a subset of the YMM or XMM registers in extended vector register file 1914. For example, access by some legacy SIMD instructions may be limited to registers YMMO - YMM15 or to registers XMM0 - XMM7, in some embodiments.
- the instruction set architecture may support extended vector instructions that access up to four instruction operands.
- the extended vector instructions may access any of 32 extended vector registers ZMMO - ZMM31 shown in FIGURE 20 as source or destination operands.
- the extended vector instructions may access any one of eight dedicated mask registers.
- the extended vector instructions may access any of sixteen general-purpose registers as source or destination operands.
- encodings of the extended vector instructions may include an opcode specifying a particular vector operation to be performed.
- Encodings of the extended vector instructions may include an encoding identifying any of eight dedicated mask registers, kO - k7. Each bit of the identified mask register may govern the behavior of a vector operation as it is applied to a respective source vector element or destination vector element. For example, in one embodiment, seven of these mask registers (kl - k7) may be used to conditionally govern the per-data-element computational operation of an extended vector instruction. In this example, the operation is not performed for a given vector element if the corresponding mask bit is not set. In another embodiment, mask registers kl - k7 may be used to conditionally govern the per-element updates to the destination operand of an extended vector instruction. In this example, a given destination element is not updated with the result of the operation if the corresponding mask bit is not set.
- encodings of the extended vector instructions may include an encoding specifying the type of masking to be applied to the destination (result) vector of an extended vector instruction. For example, this encoding may specify whether merging-masking or zero-masking is applied to the execution of a vector operation. If this encoding specifies merging-masking, the value of any destination vector element whose corresponding bit in the mask register is not set may be preserved in the destination vector. If this encoding specifies zero-masking, the value of any destination vector element whose corresponding bit in the mask register is not set may be replaced with a value of zero in the destination vector. In one example embodiment, mask register kO is not used as a predicate operand for a vector operation.
- mask register kO may be used for any instruction that takes one or more mask registers as a source or destination operand.
- the instruction shown above would apply a vector addition operation to all of the elements of the source vector registers zmm2 and zmm3. In one embodiment, the instruction shown above would store the result vector in destination vector register zmml .
- an instruction to conditionally apply a vector operation is shown below:
- the instruction would apply a vector addition operation to the elements of the source vector registers zmm2 and zmm3 for which the corresponding bit in mask register kl is set.
- the ⁇ z ⁇ modifier is set, the values of the elements of the result vector stored in destination vector register zmml corresponding to bits in mask register kl that are not set may be replaced with a value of zero. Otherwise, if the ⁇ z ⁇ modifier is not set, or if no ⁇ z ⁇ modifier is specified, the values of the elements of the result vector stored in destination vector register zmml corresponding to bits in mask register kl that are not set may be preserved.
- encodings of some extended vector instructions may include an encoding to specify the use of embedded broadcast. If an encoding specifying the use of embedded broadcast is included for an instruction that loads data from memory and performs some computational or data movement operation, a single source element from memory may be broadcast across all elements of the effective source operand. For example, embedded broadcast may be specified for a vector instruction when the same scalar operand is to be used in a computation that is applied to all of the elements of a source vector.
- encodings of the extended vector instructions may include an encoding specifying the size of the data elements that are packed into a source vector register or that are to be packed into a destination vector register.
- the encoding may specify that each data element is a byte, word, doubleword, or quadword, etc.
- encodings of the extended vector instructions may include an encoding specifying the data type of the data elements that are packed into a source vector register or that are to be packed into a destination vector register.
- the encoding may specify that the data represents single or double precision integers, or any of multiple supported floating point data types.
- encodings of the extended vector instructions may include an encoding specifying a memory address or memory addressing mode with which to access a source or destination operand.
- encodings of the extended vector instructions may include an encoding specifying a scalar integer or a scalar floating point number that is an operand of the instruction. While several specific extended vector instructions and their encodings are described herein, these are merely examples of the extended vector instructions that may be implemented in embodiments of the present disclosure. In other embodiments, more fewer, or different extended vector instructions may be implemented in the instruction set architecture and their encodings may include more, less, or different information to control their execution.
- RGB Red- Green-Blue
- a data structure storing this type of information may consist of three data elements (an R component, a G component, and a B component), which are stored contiguously and are the same size (for example, they may all be 32-bit integers).
- a format that is common for encoding data in High Performance Computing applications includes two or more coordinate values that collectively represent a position within a multidimensional space.
- a data structure may store X and Y coordinates representing a position within a 2D space or may store X, Y, and Z coordinates representing a position within a 3D space.
- Other common data structures having a higher number of elements may appear in these and other types of applications.
- these types of data structures may be organized as arrays.
- multiple ones of these data structures may be stored in a single vector register, such as one of the XMM, YMM, or ZMM vector registers described above.
- the individual data elements within such data structures may be re-organized into vectors of like elements that can then be used in SIMD loops, as these elements might not be stored next to each other in the data structures themselves.
- An application may include instructions to operate on all of the data elements of one type in the same way and instructions to operate on all of the data elements of a different type in a different way.
- a different computational operation may be applied to the R components in each of the rows of the array (each data structures) than a computational operation that is applied to the G components or the B components in each of the rows of the array.
- one or more instructions may be used to extract the R values, G values, and B values from the array of RGB data structures into separate vectors that contain elements of the same type.
- one of the vectors may include all of the R values, one may include all of the G values, and one may include all of the B values.
- an application may include instructions that operate on the RGB data structures as a whole. For example, after updating at least some of the R, G, or B values in the separate vectors, the application may include instructions that access one of the data structures to retrieve or operate on an RGB data structure as a whole.
- one or more vector SET3 instructions may be called in order to store the RGB values back in their original format.
- each of the data structures may include an X component, a Y component, a Z component, and a W component.
- one or more instructions may be used to extract the X values, Y values, Z values, and W values from the array of XYZW data structures into separate vectors that contain elements of the same type.
- one of the vectors may include all of the X values, one may include all of the Y values, one may include all of the Z values, and one may include all of the W values.
- an application may include instructions that operate on the XYZW data structures as a whole. For example, after updating at least some of the X, Y, Z, or W values in the separate vectors, the application may include instructions that access one of the data structures to retrieve or operate on an XYZW data structure as a whole.
- one or more vector SET4 instructions may be called in order to store the XYZW values back in their original format.
- the instructions for performing extended vector operations may include an instruction to perform a vector operation to set multiple data elements of different types, and coming from different sources, in a vector storing data structures each containing data elements of different types.
- these instructions may include one or more "VPSET3" or "VPSET4" instructions.
- these VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions may be used to extract data elements of different types from different sources and to assemble them into tuples or data structures that include elements of multiple types.
- the VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions may store the extracted data elements into respective vectors containing the data elements of multiple tuples or data structures, each of which contains multiple data elements of different types, in a destination vector register.
- these instructions may be used to store the data elements of assembled tuples or data structures together in contiguous locations within one or more destination vector registers, or in successive even or odd numbered positions within one or more destination vector registers.
- each of the resulting multiple-element data structures may represent a row of an array.
- data elements of different types that collectively represent the components of multiple three-element data structures may be stored in three separate vector registers.
- one extended vector register e.g., a first ZMM register
- a second extended vector register e.g., a second ZMM register
- a third extended vector register e.g., a third ZMM register
- a "VPSET3" type instruction may be used to store multiple XYZ-type data structures, each containing an element from one of these source ZMM registers, to a destination vector register.
- the VPSET3 instruction may permute a subset of the data from the ZMM source registers, putting it back in XYZ order, and may store it in the destination vector register in XYZ order.
- each VPSET3 type instruction may be used to extract a subset of the X, Y, and Z components from the three source ZMM registers.
- the VPSET3 type instruction may assemble a subset of the data structures that are collectively represented in the three source vector registers, dependent on size of the data elements and the capacity of the source and destination vector registers.
- the VPSET3 type instruction may store the assembled data structures in a destination vector register that is specified for the instruction.
- one of the source vector registers may also serve as the destination vector register.
- the source data in the dual-purpose vector register may be overwritten with the results of the instruction, including data elements representing multiple complete and/or partial data structures.
- the destination vector register may be another extended vector register such as another ZMM register.
- the VPSET3 type instruction may permute the data elements extracted from the source ZMM registers to create a destination vector.
- each VPSET3 type instruction may be used to extract data elements from each of the three source vector registers, as space in the destination vector register allows, and to group them in as many tuples of ordered XYZ components as possible.
- the ⁇ X/Y/Z ⁇ parameter of each instance of a VPSET3 type instruction may indicate the source vector register from which the instruction should begin extracting data elements for the tuples.
- a VPSET3X form of the instruction may extract its first data element (an X component) from the first source vector register identified in the instruction, followed by a Y component from the second source vector register, a Z component from the third source vector register, a second X component from the first source vector register, a second Y component from the second source vector register, and so on, until the destination vector register is full.
- a VPSET3Y form of the instruction may extract its first data element (a Y component) from the second source vector register, followed by a Z component from the third source vector register, an X component from the first source vector register, a second Y component from the second source vector register, and so on, until the destination vector register is full.
- a VPSET3Z form of the instruction may extract its first data element (a Z component) from the third source vector register, followed by an X component from the first source vector register, a Y component from the second source vector register, a second Z component from the third source vector register, and so on, until the destination vector register is full.
- a Z component first data element
- the iteration parameter value specified for each instance of a VPSET3 type instruction may control the respective position within each source vector register at which the extraction of data elements begins.
- the position at which extraction begins in each iteration, and for each source vector register may be dependent on which position stores the next available data element to be extracted assuming 0, 1, or 2 previous iterations have been performed.
- extraction may begin with the first X component in the first source vector register, the first Y component in the second source vector register and the first Z component in the third source vector register, as these are the next (first) available components for extraction in each source vector register.
- extraction may begin with the sixth Y component in the second source vector register, the sixth Z component in the third source vector register, and the seventh X component from the first source vector register, as these would be the next available components for extraction in each source vector register, assuming that a VPSET3 type instruction specifying the first iteration has already been performed.
- extraction may begin with the eleventh Z component in the third source vector register, the twelfth X component from the first source vector register, and the twelfth Y component in the second source vector register, as these would be the next available components for extraction in each source vector register, assuming that respective VPSET3 type instructions specifying the first iteration and the second iteration have already been performed.
- FIGURE 21A is an illustration of an operation to perform a vector SET operation to set multiple data elements of different types in a vector containing tuples of three elements of different types, according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
- system 1800 may execute an instruction to perform a vector SET operation.
- a VPSET3 instruction may be executed.
- a call of a VPSET3 instruction may reference three source vector registers. Each of the source vector registers may be an extended vector register that contains packed data representing multiple data elements of the same type.
- a call of a VPSET3 instruction may also reference a destination vector register.
- the destination vector register may be an extended vector register into which data elements of different types may be stored after being extracted from the source vector registers and assembled into multiple three-element data structures by the instruction.
- the first referenced source vector register also serves as the destination vector register for the instruction.
- execution of the VPSET3 instruction may cause data elements in the same positions within each of the source vector registers to be written to contiguous locations in the destination vector register referenced in the call of the VPSET3 instruction as a three-element tuple or data structure.
- a call of a VPSET3 instruction may specify the size of the data elements represented by the data stored in the source vector registers.
- a call of a VPSET3 instruction may specify the position within the source vector registers from which extraction of the data elements should begin.
- a call of VPSET3 instruction may include a parameter specifying whether the VPSET3 instruction is the first, second, or third instance of the VPSET3 instruction in a sequence of three VPSET3 instructions that may be called to reorganize all of the data elements from the source vector registers back into their original XYZ forms.
- a call of a VPSET3 instruction may specify a mask register to be applied to the result of the execution when writing it to the destination vector register.
- a call of a VPSET3 instruction may specify the type of masking to be applied to the result, such as merging-masking or zero-masking.
- more, fewer, or different parameters may be referenced in a call of a VPSET3 instruction.
- the VPSET3 instruction and its parameters may be received by SIMD execution unit 1912.
- the VPSET3 instruction may be issued to SIMD execution unit 1912 within a SIMD coprocessor 1910 by an allocator 1814 within a core 1812, in one embodiment.
- the VPSET3 instruction may be issued to SFMD execution unit 1912 within a SIMD coprocessor 1910 by a decoder 1922 of a main processor 1920.
- the VPSET3 instruction may be executed logically by SIMD execution unit 1912.
- packed data representing data elements of a first type may be stored in a first source vector register 2101.
- packed data representing data elements of a second type may be stored in a second source vector register 2102
- packed data representing data elements of a third type may be stored in a third source vector register 2103 within extended vector register file 1914.
- the first source vector register 2101 also serves as the destination vector register for the instruction.
- Execution of the VPSET3 instruction by SIMD execution unit 1912 may include, at (2) obtaining a data element of the first type from the first source vector register 2101 in extended vector register file 1914.
- a parameter of the VPSET3 instruction may identify an extended vector register 2101 as the first source of the data to be operated on by the VPSET3 instruction, and SIMD execution unit 1912 may extract the data element from the packed data that was stored in the identified first source vector register.
- Execution of the VPSET3 instruction by SIMD execution unit 1912 may include, at (3) obtaining a data element of the second type from the second source vector register 2102 in extended vector register file 1914.
- a parameter of the VPSET3 instruction may identify an extended vector register 2102 as the second source of the data to be operated on by the VPSET3 instruction, and SFMD execution unit 1912 may extract the data element from the packed data that was stored in the identified second source vector register.
- Execution of the VPSET3 instruction by SFMD execution unit 1912 may include, at (4) obtaining a data element of the third type from the third source vector register 2103 in extended vector register file 1914.
- a parameter of the VPSET3 instruction may identify an extended vector register 2103 as the third source of the data to be operated on by the VPSET3 instruction, and SIMD execution unit 1912 may extract the data element from the packed data that was stored in the identified third source vector register.
- Execution of the VPSET3 instruction by SIMD execution unit 1912 may include, at (5) permuting the source data of three different types that was obtained from the three identified source vector registers to include in a destination vector.
- permuting the data obtained by a VPSET3 instruction may include assembling the three data elements of different types that were extracted from the three source registers next to each other for inclusion in the destination vector. For example, the data element that was extracted from the second source vector register and the data element that was extract from the first source vector register may be placed next to each other in the destination vector.
- execution of the VPSET3 instruction may include repeating any or all of steps of the operations illustrated in FIGURE 21 A for each of the data structures in the subset of data structures whose data elements are to be stored in the source/destination vector register 2101.
- the number of complete or partial data structures whose data is stored to the destination vector register may be dependent on the size of the data elements and the capacity of the destination vector register.
- additional data elements that were extracted from three source vector registers for the remaining data structures in the first subset of data structures may be placed next to each other in the destination vector.
- steps (2), (3), (4), and (5) may be performed once for each of the data structures in the subset of data structures whose data elements are to be stored in the source/destination vector register 2101.
- SIMD execution unit 1912 may extract the data elements for another data structure from the three source vector registers and assemble them next to each other for inclusion in the destination vector.
- execution of the VPSET3 instruction may include, at (6), writing the destination vector to a destination vector register in extended vector register file 1914 that was identified by a parameter of the VPSET3 instruction, after which the VPSET3 instruction may be retired.
- the vector register identified as the first source vector register (2101) also serves as the destination (result) vector register for this instruction. Therefore, at least some of the source data stored in vector register 2101 may be overwritten by the data in the destination vector (dependent on whether or not masking is applied to the destination vector).
- a parameter of the VPSET3 instruction may identify another extended vector register ZMMn as the destination (result) vector register for the VPSET3 instruction, and SIMD execution unit 1912 may store the data elements extracted from the three source vector registers (2101, 2102, 2103) to the identified destination vector register as three-element tuples or data structures.
- writing the destination vector to the destination vector register may include applying a merging-masking operation to the destination vector, if such a masking operation is specified in the call of the VPSET3 instruction.
- writing the destination vector to the destination vector register may include applying a zero-masking operation to the destination vector, if such a masking operation is specified in the call of the VPSET3 instruction.
- data elements of different types that collectively represent the components of multiple four-element data structures may be stored in four separate vector registers.
- one extended vector register e.g., a first ZMM register
- a second extended vector register (e.g., a second ZMM register) may store all of the 32-bit Y values for the sixteen three-element data structures
- a third extended vector register (e.g., a third ZMM register) may store all of the 32-bit Z values for the sixteen three-element data structures
- a fourth extended vector register (e.g., a fourth ZMM register) may store all of the 32-bit W values for the sixteen three- element data structures.
- a "VPSET4D" instruction may be used to store two of the four data elements of consecutive XYZW-type data structures, each extracted from one of two identified source ZMM registers, to the even or odd numbered locations in a destination vector register.
- a first VPSET4D instruction (e.g., a VP SET4E END instruction) may be used to extract a first subset of data structure components from the source ZMM registers.
- the subset to be extracted may be dependent on the ⁇ EVEN/ODD ⁇ encoding for the instruction and on the value of the offset parameter (0, 4, 8, or 12).
- a VPSET4EVEND instruction with an offset parameter value of 0 may extract the first four X and Z components from the source vector registers.
- the VPSET4EVEND instruction may assemble the extracted data elements as subsets of the data structures that are collectively represented in the four source vector registers, each subset including half of the components of a respective data structure.
- the VPSET4EVE D instruction may store the data elements in the assembled data structure subsets in the first four even numbered positions within the identified destination vector register.
- a second VPSET4D instruction e.g., a VPSET40DDD instruction
- the subset to be extracted may be dependent on the ⁇ EVEN/ODD ⁇ encoding for the instruction and on the value of the offset parameter (0, 4, 8, or 12).
- a VPSET40DDD instruction with an offset parameter value of 0 may extract the first four Y and W components from the source vector registers.
- the VPSET40DDD instruction may assemble the extracted data elements as subsets of the data structures that are collectively represented in the four source vector registers, each subset including half of the components of a respective data structure.
- the VPSET40DDD instruction may store the data elements in the assembled data structure subsets in the first four odd numbered positions within the identified destination vector register.
- a VPSETEVEN/VPSETODD pair of instructions may be executed to extract all of the data elements for a subset of the data structures represented in the four source vector register.
- Each instruction in the pair may extract data elements from two of the four source vector registers to assemble half of the data elements for each data structure.
- the results of the two instructions may be stored in the same destination ZMM register, with each instruction contributing half of the data elements for the result.
- a destination vector register may include four XYZW data structures.
- three additional VPSETEVEN/VPSETODD pairs may be used to assemble the remaining data structures that are collectively represented in the source vector registers.
- Each additional VPSETEVEN/VPSETODD pair may store the data elements for additional subsets of the sixteen data structures that are collectively represented in the source vector registers in respective destination vector registers specified by each of the instructions.
- FIGURE 2 IB is an illustration of an operation to perform a vector SET operation to set multiple data elements of different types in a vector containing data elements for tuples of four different types, according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
- system 1800 may execute an instruction to perform a vector SET operation.
- a VPSET4 instruction may be executed.
- a call of a VPSET4 instruction may reference two source vector registers.
- the two source vector registers may be extended vector registers that contain packed data, each representing multiple data elements of the same type.
- a call of a VPSET4 instruction may also reference a destination vector register.
- the destination vector register may be an extended vector register into which data elements of different types may be stored after being extracted from the source vector registers.
- Each pair of data elements extracted from the two source vector registers may be assembled as two data elements of a four-element data structure by the instruction.
- execution of the VPSET4 instruction may cause data elements in the same positions within two of the source vector registers to be written to alternate locations in the destination vector register referenced in the call of the VPSET4 instruction as two date elements of a four- element tuple or data structure.
- a call of a VPSET4 instruction may specify whether the extracted data elements should be stored to even numbered locations within the destination vector register or to odd numbered location within the destination vector register.
- each VPSET4 instruction may extract two data elements for each data structure in a subset of the data structures that are represented, collectively, by the data elements in four source vector registers.
- a call of a VPSET4 instruction may specify the size of the data elements represented by the data stored in the source vector registers.
- a call of a VPSET4 instruction may specify the position within the source vector registers from which extraction of the data elements should begin.
- a call of a VPSET4 instruction may include an offset parameter indicating starting the position within the source vector registers at which data elements should be extracted by the VPSET4 instruction.
- a call of a first VPSET4EVEN instruction in a sequence of VPSET4EVEN and VPSET40DD instructions that may be executed to reorganize all of the data elements from the source vector registers back into their original XYZW forms may include a parameter specifying an offset of 0 for the first VPSET4EVEN instruction.
- a call of a first VPSET40DD instruction in the sequence of VPSET4EVEN and VPSET40DD instructions may include a parameter specifying an offset of 0 for the first VPSET40DD instruction. This may indicate that these instructions are to begin extracting data elements at the first position (position 0) in the source vector registers.
- three additional pairs of VPSET4EVEN and VPSET40DD instructions in the sequence may include parameters specifying offsets of 4, 8, or 12 positions, respectively. These parameter values may indicate that the instructions are to begin extracting data elements at the fourth, eighth, or twelfth positions in each of the source vector registers.
- a call of a VPSET4 instruction may specify a mask register to be applied to the result of the execution when writing it to the destination vector register.
- a call of a VPSET4 instruction may specify the type of masking to be applied to the result, such as merging-masking or zero-masking.
- more, fewer, or different parameters may be referenced in a call of a VPSET4 instruction.
- the VPSET4 instruction and its parameters may be received by SIMD execution unit 1912.
- the VPSET4 instruction may be issued to SEVID execution unit 1912 within a SEVID coprocessor 1910 by an allocator 1814 within a core 1812, in one embodiment.
- the VPSET4 instruction may be issued to SIMD execution unit 1912 within a SIMD coprocessor 1910 by a decoder 1922 of a main processor 1920.
- the VPSET4 instruction may be executed logically by SIMD execution unit 1912.
- packed data representing data elements of a first type may be stored in the first identified source vector register 2102 within extended vector register file 1914.
- packed data representing data elements of a second type may be stored in the second identified source vector register 2103 within extended vector register file 1914.
- portions of the destination vector register 2101 that are not written to by a particular VPSET4 instruction may be preserved.
- the results of the second instruction in the pair may be interleaved with the results of the first instruction in the pair. For example, the first instruction in the pair may write to the even numbered positions in the destination register, and the second instruction in the pair may write to the odd numbered positions in the destination register.
- Execution of the VPSET4 instruction by SIMD execution unit 1912 may include, at (2) obtaining a data element of the first type from the first source vector register 2102 in extended vector register file 1914.
- a parameter of the VPSET4 instruction may identify an extended vector register 2102 as the first source of the data to be operated on by the VPSET4 instruction, and SIMD execution unit 1912 may extract the data element from the packed data that was stored in the identified first source vector register.
- Execution of the VPSET4 instruction by SIMD execution unit 1912 may include, at (3) obtaining a data element of the second type from the second source vector register 2103 in extended vector register file 1914.
- a parameter of the VPSET4 instruction may identify an extended vector register 2102 as the second source of the data to be operated on by the VPSET4 instruction, and SFMD execution unit 1912 may extract the data element from the packed data that was stored in the identified second source vector register.
- Execution of the VPSET4 instruction by SIMD execution unit 1912 may include, at (4) permuting the source data of two different types that was obtained from the two identified source vector registers to include in a destination vector.
- permuting the data obtained by a VPSET4 instruction may include assembling the two data elements of different types that were extracted from the two source registers in alternate locations in the destination vector. For example, the data elements that were extracted from the two source vector registers may be placed in two consecutive even numbered locations or in two consecutive odd numbered locations in the destination vector.
- execution of the VPSET4 instruction may include repeating any or all of steps of the operations illustrated in FIGURE 2 IB for each of the data elements in the subset of data elements for data structures whose data elements are to be stored in the destination vector register 2101.
- the number of data structures for which data elements are stored to the destination vector register may be dependent on the size of the data elements and the capacity of the destination vector register.
- additional pairs of data elements that were extracted from two source vector registers for the remaining data structures in the first subset of data structures may be placed in consecutive alternate locations the destination vector.
- steps (2), (3), and (4) may be performed once for each of the data structures in the subset of data structures whose data elements are to be stored in the destination vector register 2101.
- SIMD execution unit 1912 may extract two data elements for another data structure from the two source vector registers and assemble them in alternate locations in the destination vector.
- execution of the VPSET4 instruction may include, at (5), writing the destination vector to a destination vector register 2101 in extended vector register file 1914 that was identified by a parameter of the VPSET4 instruction, after which the VPSET4 instruction may be retired.
- writing the destination vector to the destination vector register may include applying a merging-masking operation to the destination vector, if such a masking operation is specified in the call of the VPSET4 instruction.
- writing the destination vector to the destination vector register may include applying a zero-masking operation to the destination vector, if such a masking operation is specified in the call of the VPSET4 instruction.
- data elements are extracted from the source vector registers by a VPSET3 or VPSET4 instruction, and assembled into respective tuples or data structures, they may be stored to the destination vector register. For example, once a first collection of specified data elements has been extracted from the source vector registers and has been assembled in the destination vector by one of these instructions, these assembled data elements may be written to locations in the destination vector register that are dependent on the parameters and encodings for the instruction. Subsequently, once a second collection of specified data elements has been extracted from the source vector registers and has been assembled in the destination vector by one of these instructions, the additional assembled data elements may be written to locations in the destination vector register that are dependent on the parameters and encodings for the instruction, and so on.
- the encodings for the VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions may include some or all of the same fields, and these common fields may be populated in the same ways for similar variants of these instructions.
- the value of a single bit or field in the encodings of the VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions may indicate whether the data structures for which data elements are to be extracted by the instruction contain three or four data elements.
- the VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions may share an opcode, and an instruction parameter included in the call of the instruction may indicate whether the data structures for which data elements are to be extracted by the instruction contain three or four data elements.
- the extended SIMD instruction set architecture may implement multiple versions or forms of an operation to set multiple data elements of different types, coming from different sources, in a vector that stores multiple data structures containing data elements of different types.
- These instruction forms may include, for example, those shown below:
- the first REG parameter may identify an extended vector register that serves as the first source vector register for the instruction and also as the destination vector register for the instruction.
- the second REG parameter may identify the second source vector register for the VPSET3 instruction and the third REG parameter may identify the third source vector register for the VPSET3 instruction.
- the immediate parameter value for the VPSET3 instruction may represent an iteration parameter value for a sequence of VPSET3 instructions.
- the ⁇ X/Y/Z ⁇ encoding for the VPSET3 instruction may indicate the type of the first data element to be extracted from one of the source vector registers by the instruction.
- this encoding may be used in conjunction with the immediate (iteration) parameter to identify the source vector register and the location within the source vector register at which the VPSET3 instruction should begin extracting data elements. For example, in a first iteration, extraction may begin with the first position in the source vector register that contains the X components for all of the three-element data structures. In a second iteration, extraction may begin with the sixth position in the source vector register that contains the Y components for all of the three-element data structures. In a third iteration, extraction may begin with the eleventh position in the source vector register that contains the Z components for all of the three-element data structures.
- the first REG parameter may identify an extended vector register that serves as the destination vector register for the instruction.
- the second REG parameter may identify the first source vector register for the VPSET4 instruction and the third REG parameter may identify the second source vector register for the VPSET4 instruction.
- the immediate parameter value for the VPSET4 instruction may specify an offset value for the VPSET4 instruction indicating the starting position within the source vector registers at which data elements should be extracted by the VPSET4 instruction.
- the destination offset parameter may have a value of 0, 4, 8, or 12.
- the ⁇ EVEN/ODD ⁇ encoding for the VPSET4 instruction may indicate whether the data elements extracted from the source vector registers by the instruction are to be written to even numbered locations or to odd numbered locations in the destination vector register.
- the "size" modifier may specify the size and/or type of the data elements in the source vector registers. This may correspond to the size and/or type of the data elements in each data structure represented by the packed data stored in the source vector registers.
- the specified size/type may be one of ⁇ B/W/D/Q/PS/PD ⁇ .
- the optional instruction parameter "k n " may identify a particular one of multiple mask registers. This parameter may be specified when masking is to be applied to the destination (result) vector for the VPSET3 or VPSET4 instruction.
- the optional instruction parameter "z" may indicate whether or not zeroing-masking should be applied. In one embodiment, zero-masking may be applied if this optional parameter is set, and merging-masking may be applied if this optional parameter is not set or if this optional parameter is omitted. In other embodiments (not shown), a VPSET3 or VPSET4 instruction may include a parameter indicating the number of tuples or data structures for which data elements are stored in each of the source vector registers.
- FIGURES 22A - 22E illustrate the operation of respective forms of VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. More specifically, FIGURES 22A - 22C illustrate the operation of example VPSET3 instructions with and without masking.
- packed data stored collectively in a three source vector registers (e.g., ZMMn registers) 2101, 2102, and 2103 includes the data elements for sixteen data structures, each of which includes three 32-bit doublewords.
- each of the data structures may represent a row of an array.
- Each data structure (or row) may include an X component, a Y component, and a Z component, each of which is a 32-bit doubleword.
- FIGURES 22A - 22C it is assumed that the data elements of each type have been loaded into separate ones of the source vector registers prior to the execution of an example VPSET3 instruction.
- the first source vector register 2101 stores all of the X components for the sixteen data structures
- the second source vector register 2102 stores all of the Y components for the sixteen data structures
- the third source vector register 2103 stores all of the Z components for the sixteen data structures, as illustrated in FIGURE 22A.
- FIGURE 22A illustrates the operation of an example VPSET3 instruction with an iteration parameter value of 1 and no masking specified (specifically, a "VPSET3XD (REG, REG, REG, 1)" instruction), in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- the "VPSET3XD (REG, REG, REG, 1)" instruction may be used to extract respective data elements representing the first five XYZ-type data structures stored collectively in the three source vector registers, and an additional data element (the X component of the sixth data structure) from the three source vector registers, at which point the destination vector register will be full.
- the first source vector register 2101 also serves as the destination vector register for the VPSET3XD instruction.
- Execution of the VPSET3XD instruction may cause these extracted data elements to be stored to contiguous locations in the source/destination vector register 2101 beginning at the lowest-order position in the register.
- the data elements making up the first data structure (XI, Yl, Zl) are stored to the lowest-order 96 bits in the source/destination vector register 2101
- the data elements making up the second data structure (X2, Y2, Z2) are stored to the next lowest-order 96 bits in the source/destination vector register 2101, and so on.
- the X component of the sixth data structure is stored to the highest-order 32 bits in the source/destination vector register 2101.
- the results of the execution of the "VPSET3XD (REG, REG, REG, 1)" instruction may be written out to memory (not shown).
- additional VPSET3 type instructions such as VPSET3 type instructions specifying the second or third iteration
- the first source vector register may be reloaded with the data elements representing the sixteen X components.
- FIGURE 22B illustrates the operation of an example VPSET3YD instruction with an iteration parameter value of 2 and with masking specified (specifically, a "VPSET3YD k n z (REG, REG, REG, 2)" instruction), in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- the source vector registers for the VPSET3YD instruction are the same source vector registers 2101, 2102, and 2103 illustrated in FIGURE 22A.
- this VPSET3YD instruction may be used to extract, from the three source vector registers, respective data elements representing the Y and Z components of the sixth data structure stored collectively in the three source vector registers, the data elements of the next four XYZ- type data structures, and the X and Y components of the eleventh data structure, at which point the destination vector would be full.
- the extracted elements are assembled in a destination vector 2207 prior to being stored to source/destination vector register 2101.
- a zero-masking operation may be applied to the destination vector 2207 prior to storing the data structures assembled into it to contiguous locations in the destination vector register 2101.
- the specified mask register 2208 includes a zero in the seventh and tenth positions (e.g., bits 6 and 9). Therefore, rather than storing the data elements for the seventh and tenth data structures in destination vector 2207 to the destination vector register 2101, zeros may be written into the corresponding positions in the destination vector register 2101 that would otherwise have stored the data elements of the seventh and tenth data structures.
- the results of the execution of the "VPSET3YD k n z (REG, REG, REG, 2" instruction may be written out to memory (not shown).
- the first source vector register may be reloaded with the data elements representing the sixteen X components.
- FIGURE 22C illustrates the operation of an example VPSET3 instruction with an iteration parameter value of 3 and with no masking specified (specifically, a "VPSET3ZD (REG, REG, REG, 3)" instruction), in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- the source vector registers for the VPSET3ZD instruction are the same source vector registers 2101, 2102, and 2103 illustrated in FIGURE 22A.
- this VPSET3ZD instruction may be used to extract, from the three source vector registers, respective data elements representing the Z component of the eleventh data structure stored collectively in the three source vector registers, and the data elements of the highest-order five XYZ-type data structures stored collectively in the three source vector registers (the twelfth through sixteenth data structures).
- the extracted data elements may be stored in contiguous locations in source/destination vector register 2101 by the VPSET3ZD instruction, beginning at the first position of source/destination vector register 2101.
- the results of the execution of the "VPSET3ZD (REG, REG, REG, 3" instruction may be written out to memory (not shown).
- the first source vector register may be reloaded with the data elements representing the sixteen X components.
- FIGURES 22D and 22E illustrate the operation of an example pair of VPSET4 instructions, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- packed data stored collectively in a two four vector registers (e.g., ZMMn registers) 2201, 2202, 2204, and 2205 includes the data elements for eight data structures, each of which includes four 32-bit doublewords.
- each of the data structures may represent a row of an array.
- Each data structure (or row) may include an X component, a Y component, a Z component, and a W component, each of which is a 32-bit doubleword.
- the data elements of each type have been loaded into separate ones of the source vector registers prior to the execution of an example VPSET4 instruction.
- the first source vector register 2201 stores all of the X components for the sixteen data structures
- the second source vector register 2202 stores all of the Z components for the sixteen data structures
- the third source vector register 2204 stores all of the Y components for the sixteen data structures
- the fourth source vector register 2205 stores all of the W components for the sixteen data structures. .
- FIGURE 22D illustrates the operation of an example VPSET4EVEN instruction of a VP SET4E EN/VP SET40DD pair with an offset parameter value of 0 and no masking specified (specifically, a "VPSET4EVE D (REG, REG, REG, 0)" instruction), in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- source vector register 2201 and source vector register 2202 are identified as the source vector registers for the VPSET4EVE D instruction.
- another extended vector register 2203 is identified as the destination vector register for the VP SET4EVE D instruction.
- this VP SET4E VEND instruction may be used to extract, from the two source vector registers 2201 and 2202, respective data elements representing the X and Z components of the first four data structures stored collectively in the four source vector registers. As illustrated in FIGURE 22D, execution of this VPSET4EVEND instruction may cause the extracted data elements to be stored in even numbered positions within the destination vector register 2203. In this example, the odd numbered positions within destination vector register 2203 may be unused (and unaffected) by the execution of the VPSET4EVEND instruction. This may be denoted by a "U" in FIGURE 22D.
- FIGURE 22E illustrates the operation of an example VPSET40DD instruction of the VPSET4EVEN/VPSET40DD pair with an offset parameter value of 0 and no masking specified (specifically, a "VPSET40DDD (REG, REG, REG, 0)" instruction), in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- source vector register 2204 and source vector register 2205 are identified as the source vector registers for the VPSET40DDD instruction.
- the extended vector register 2203 is identified as the destination vector register for the VPSET40DDD instruction.
- this VPSET40DDD instruction may be used to extract, from the two source vector registers 2204 and 2205, respective data elements representing the Y and W components of the first four data structures stored collectively in the four source vector registers.
- execution of this VPSET40DDD instruction may cause the extracted data elements to be assembled in odd numbered positions within a destination vector 2206 prior to being written to destination vector register 2203.
- the even numbered positions within destination vector 2206 may be unused (and unaffected) by the execution of the VPSET40DDD instruction. This may be denoted by a "U" in FIGURE 22E.
- only the data elements that were produced by the execution of the VPSET40DDD instruction are stored to destination vector register 2203 by the VPSET40DDD instruction, and they are stored in the same positions in destination vector register 2203 as they were in destination vector 2206.
- the data contained in the even numbered positions within destination vector register 2203 prior to the execution of the VPSET40DDD instruction may be preserved during the execution.
- the result of the execution of this pair of VPSET4 instructions may be that all four data elements of the first four data structures stored collectively in the four source vectors are stored in contiguous locations within destination vector 2203.
- one or more additional pairs of VPSET4EVE D and VPSET40DDD instructions may be executed to extract data elements from the source vector registers and store them in additional destination vector registers.
- a second pair of VP SET4EVE D and VPSET40DDD instructions with offset parameter values of 4 may be executed to extract the X and Z components for the next four data structures stored collectively in the four source vector registers (data structures 5 - 8) and the Y and W components of the next four data structures stored collectively in the four source vector registers, respectively, and to store them in a second destination vector register.
- a third pair of VPSET4EVE D and VPSET40DDD instructions with offset parameter values of 8 may be executed to extract the X and Z components for the next four data structures stored collectively in the four source vector registers (data structures 9 -12) and the Y and W components of the next four data structures stored collectively in the four source vector registers, respectively, and to store them in a third destination vector register.
- a fourth pair of VP SET4EVE D and VPSET40DDD instructions with offset parameter values of 12 may be executed to extract the X and Z components for the last four data structures stored collectively in the four source vector registers (data structures 13 - 16) and the Y and W components of the next four data structures stored collectively in the four source vector registers, respectively, and to store them in a fourth destination vector register.
- One such sequence of instructions is illustrated in FIGURES 26A and 26B and described in detail below.
- the forms of the VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions illustrated in FIGURES 22A - 22E are merely examples of the many forms that these instructions can take.
- the VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions may take any of a variety of other forms in which different combinations of instruction modifier values and instruction parameter values are included in the instructions or are specified when the VPSET3 or VPSET4 instructions are called. For example, if merging-masking is specified for a VPSET3 or VPSET4 instruction, the contents of the locations in the destination vector register to which data elements corresponding to that mask register bit would otherwise have been stored may be preserved.
- FIGURE 23 illustrates an example method 2300 for setting data elements of three types in vectors containing multiple three-element tuples, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Method 2300 may be implemented by any of the elements shown in FIGURES 1-22.
- Method 2300 may be initiated by any suitable criteria and may initiate operation at any suitable point. In one embodiment, method 2300 may initiate operation at 2305.
- Method 2300 may include greater or fewer steps than those illustrated.
- method 2300 may execute its steps in an order different than those illustrated below.
- Method 2300 may terminate at any suitable step.
- method 2300 may repeat operation at any suitable step.
- Method 2300 may perform any of its steps in parallel with other steps of method 2300, or in parallel with steps of other methods.
- method 2300 may be executed multiple times to perform setting data elements of three types in vectors containing multiple three- element tuples.
- an instruction to perform an operation to build a vector of tuples from data elements in three source vector registers that collectively represent sixteen three-element data structures may be received and decoded.
- a VPSET3 may be received and decoded.
- the instruction and one or more parameters of the instruction may be directed to a SIMD execution unit for execution.
- the instruction parameters may include identifiers of three source vector registers, an identifier of a destination vector register (which may be the same as the first source vector register), an indication of which of the data elements for each data structure should be extracted, an indication of the size of the data elements in each data structure represented by the packed data, an indication of the number of data elements in each data structure represented by the packed data, an iteration parameter value, a parameter identifying a particular mask register, or a parameter specifying a masking type.
- Each of the three source vector registers may contain data elements of a different data structure component types, and at 2315, a respective data element of a tuple may be extracted from each of the three source vector registers identified for the instruction.
- the encoding (opcode) and/or parameter values for the instruction may indicate the positions in the three source vector registers from which the data elements are to be extracted by the instruction. For example, the positions from which the data elements are to be extracted may be dependent on the iteration parameter value and the ⁇ X/Y/Z ⁇ encoding for the instruction.
- the extracted data elements may be stored in the next three available locations in the source/destination vector register, as space allows.
- there may be a respective bit in the identified mask register for each data element in the source vector registers e.g., for each data element to be stored in the destination vector register.
- the instruction may be retired at 2370.
- a sequence of VPSET3 type instructions may be executed to organize data elements of the same types coming from three source vectors (a vector of X components, a vector of Y components, and a vector of Z components) into vectors containing multiple XYZ-type structures. For example, one third of the data elements for the XYZ-type structures may be extracted, permuted, and stored in a respective destination register in each of three separate iterations. The data elements in these vectors may then be written out to memory in XYZ order.
- One such instruction sequence is illustrated by the example pseudo code below.
- the source vector register zmml has been preloaded with all of the necessary X values (sixteen X values)
- the source vector register zmm2 has been preloaded with all of the necessary Y values (sixteen Y values)
- the source vector register zmm3 has been preloaded with all of the necessary Z values (sixteen Z values).
- the contents of the vector register that stores the X components may be copied to another extended vector register prior to the execution of the first two VPSET3 type instructions in the sequence.
- the VPSET3D form of the VPSET3 instruction specifies that each data element is a 32-bit quadword.
- a first VPSETD instruction (in this case, a VPSET3XD instruction) is executed to extract the first third of the data elements for the sixteen data structures from the source vector registers and to place them in a destination vector register.
- a second VPSET3D instruction (in this case, a VPSET3YD instruction) is executed to extract the next third of the data elements for the sixteen data structures from the source vector registers and to place them in a second destination vector register
- a third VPSET3D instruction (in this case, a VPSET3ZD instruction) is executed to extract the last third of the data elements for the sixteen data structures from the source vector registers and to place them in a third destination vector register.
- the collection of vector registers ZMM5, ZMM6 and ZMM1 may store the data elements for sixteen XYZ data structures together in contiguous locations across these three destination vector registers.
- the sequence also includes three instructions to move the reorganized data to contiguous locations in memory.
- FIGURE 24 A illustrates an example method 2400 for utilizing multiple vector SET3 operations to obtain and permute the data elements of multiple three-element data structures from different sources.
- three source vector registers are preloaded with packed data elements of different types that collectively represent sixteen data structures, after which multiple vector SET3 instructions are called to extract the data elements for each data structure from the source vector registers and store them in three destination vector registers.
- Method 2400 may be implemented by any of the elements shown in FIGURES 1-22.
- Method 2400 may be initiated by any suitable criteria and may initiate operation at any suitable point. In one embodiment, method 2400 may initiate operation at 2405.
- Method 2400 may include greater or fewer steps than those illustrated. Moreover, method 2400 may execute its steps in an order different than those illustrated below. Method 2400 may terminate at any suitable step. Moreover, method 2400 may repeat operation at any suitable step. Method 2400 may perform any of its steps in parallel with other steps of method 2400, or in parallel with steps of other methods. Furthermore, method 2400 may be executed multiple times to utilize multiple vector SET3 operations to obtain and permute data elements of different types coming from different sources and to store them as multiple data structures in destination vectors.
- each of three 512-bit source vector registers may be loaded with sixteen data elements of different data structure component types.
- the first source vector register may be loaded with all of the X components for sixteen three-element data structures
- the second source vector register may be loaded with all of the Y components for the sixteen three-element data structures
- the third source vector register may be loaded with all of the Z components for the sixteen three-element data structures.
- the data elements may be loaded into the source vector registers from memory.
- the data elements may be loaded into the source vector registers from general-purpose registers.
- the data elements may be loaded into the vector register from other vector registers.
- the sixteen data elements that were loaded into the first source vector register may be copied to a first source/destination vector register for a first VPSET3 instruction, specifically a VPSET3XD instruction with an iteration parameter value of 1.
- the VPSET3XD instruction may be executed to extract tuples of X, Y, and Z components from the first source/destination register and the second and third source vector registers and to place these data elements in the first source/destination vector register (as space in the first source/destination vector register allows).
- the execution of the VPSET3XD instruction may correspond to a first iteration of a sequence to reorganize all of the data elements stored in the source vector registers.
- the sixteen data elements that were loaded into the first source vector register may be copied to a second source/destination vector register for a second VPSET3 instruction, specifically, a VPSET3YD instruction with an iteration parameter value of 2.
- the VPSET3YD instruction may be executed to extract tuples of X, Y, and Z components from the second source/destination register and the second and third source vector registers and to place these data elements in the second source/destination vector register (as space in the second source/destination vector register allows).
- the execution of the VPSET3YD instruction may correspond to the second iteration of a sequence to reorganize all of the data elements stored in the source vector registers.
- a VPSET3ZD instruction may be executed to extract tuples of X, Y, and Z components from the third source/destination register and the second and third source vector registers and to place these data elements in the third source/destination vector register (as space in the third source/destination vector register allows).
- the execution of the VPSET3ZD instruction may correspond to the third iteration of a sequence to reorganize all of the data elements stored in the source vector registers.
- each of the first, second, and third destination vector registers may store the data elements of multiple three-element data structures that were extracted from the same position within each of the three source vector registers in contiguous locations.
- the respective contents of the first, second, and third source/destination registers may be written out (in that order) to contiguous locations in memory.
- the contents of each of the source/destination registers may be moved to memory using a separate instruction or group of instructions.
- the first location in the memory to which the data elements within each successive one of the source/destination vector registers are written may be 64 bytes apart.
- FIGURE 24B further illustrates the example method 2400 shown in FIGURE 24A.
- vector register ZMMl (2402) stores data elements representing all of the X components for sixteen XYZ data structures
- vector register ZMM2 (2404) stores data elements representing all of the Y components for the sixteen XYZ data structures
- vector register ZMM3 (2406) stores data elements representing all of the Z components for the sixteen XYZ data structures.
- vector register ZMM5 (2408) stores one third of the data elements, which have been assembled into multiple complete and/or partial XYZ data structures, as space allows.
- vector register ZMM6 (2412) stores another third of the data elements, assembled into multiple complete and/or partial XYZ data structures, as space allows, and vector register ZMMl (2402) stores the remaining third of the data elements, which have been assembled into multiple complete and/or partial XYZ data structures to complete the reorganization of the source data into XYZ data structures.
- FIGURE 25 illustrates an example method 2500 for setting data elements of four different types, coming from different sources, in vectors containing multiple four- element data structures, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Method 2500 may be implemented by any of the elements shown in FIGURES 1-22.
- Method 2500 may be initiated by any suitable criteria and may initiate operation at any suitable point. In one embodiment, method 2500 may initiate operation at 2505.
- Method 2500 may include greater or fewer steps than those illustrated.
- method 2500 may execute its steps in an order different than those illustrated below.
- Method 2500 may terminate at any suitable step.
- method 2500 may repeat operation at any suitable step.
- Method 2500 may perform any of its steps in parallel with other steps of method 2500, or in parallel with steps of other methods.
- method 2500 may be executed multiple times to perform setting data elements of four different types, coming from different sources, in vectors containing multiple four-element data structures.
- an instruction to perform an operation to assemble even or odd elements for a vector of four-element data structures may be received and decoded.
- a VPSET4 instruction may be received and decoded.
- the instruction and one or more parameters of the instruction may be directed to a SIMD execution unit for execution.
- the instruction parameters may include identifiers of two source vector registers, an identifier of a destination vector register, an indication of the positions at which the data elements extracted from the source vector registers should be stored in the destination vector register (even or odd numbered positions), an indication of which of the data elements for each data structure should be extracted, an indication of the size of the data elements in each data structure represented by the packed data, an indication of the number of data elements in each data structure represented by the packed data, an offset parameter value, a parameter identifying a particular mask register, or a parameter specifying a masking type.
- Each of the two source vector registers may contain data elements of a different data structure component types, and at 2515, a respective data element of a data structure may be extracted from each of the two source vector registers identified for the instruction.
- a parameter value for the instruction may indicate the positions in the two source vector registers from which the data elements are to be extracted by the instruction. For example, the starting positions from which the data elements are to be extracted may be dependent on the offset parameter value for the instruction.
- the extracted data elements may be stored in the next two available even or odd locations in the source/destination vector register, dependent on the instruction encoding (opcode).
- there may be a respective bit in the identified mask register for each data element in the source vector registers e.g., for each data element to be stored in the destination vector register.
- the next data elements of the data structures to be stored in the destination vector register may be extracted from each of the two source vector registers.
- at least some of the operations illustrated in 2520 - 2540 may be repeated for the newly extracted data elements.
- the operations illustrated in 2520 - 2560 may be repeated one or more times in order to extract all of the data elements of the specified subset of the data from the source vector registers. For example, these operations may be repeated until all of the data elements of the subset of data structures to be stored in the destination vector register have been extracted from the source vector registers.
- the instruction may be retired at 2570.
- a sequence of VPSET4 type instructions may be executed to organize data elements of the same types coming from four source vectors (a vector of X components, a vector of Y components, a vector of Z components, and a vector of W components) into vectors containing multiple XYZW- type structures. For example, one fourth of the data elements for the XYZW-type structures may be extracted, permuted, and stored in a respective destination register by each of four pairs of VPSET4EVEN and VPSET40DD instructions. The data elements in these vectors may then be written out to memory in XYZW order.
- One such instruction sequence is illustrated by the example pseudo code below.
- the source vector register zmml has been preloaded with all of the necessary X values (sixteen X values)
- the source vector register zmm2 has been preloaded with all of the necessary Y values (sixteen Y values)
- the source vector register zmm3 has been preloaded with all of the necessary Z values (sixteen Z values)
- the source vector register zmm4 has been preloaded with all of the necessary W values (sixteen W values).
- the VPSET4D form of the VPSET4 instruction specifies that each data element is a 32-bit quadword.
- a first VPSETD instruction (in this case, a first VPSET4EVEND instruction for which an offset of 0 is specified) is executed to extract, beginning at position 0 in two of the source vector registers, one half of the data elements for the first four of the sixteen data structures represented in the four source vector registers (the X and Z components) and to place them in even numbered locations in the identified destination vector register, alternating between X and Z components.
- the second VPSET4D instruction (in this case, a first VPSETODDD instruction for which an offset of 0 is specified) is executed to extract, beginning at position 0 in the other two source vector registers, the other half of the data elements for the first four data structures and to place them in odd numbered locations in the identified destination vector register, alternating between Y and W components.
- each of three additional pairs of VPSETEVEND and VPSETODDD instructions (each pair specifying different offset parameter values) are executed to extract the data elements for four more of the sixteen data structures represented in the source vector registers.
- the collection of vector registers ZMM5 - ZMM8 may store the data elements for sixteen XYZW data structures together in contiguous locations.
- the sequence also includes four instructions to move the reorganized data to contiguous locations in memory.
- FIGURE 26 A illustrates an example method 2600 for utilizing multiple vector SET4 operations to obtain and permute the data elements of multiple four-element data structures from different sources, according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
- Method 2600 may be implemented by any of the elements shown in FIGURES 1-22.
- Method 2600 may be initiated by any suitable criteria and may initiate operation at any suitable point.
- method 2600 may initiate operation at 2605.
- Method 2600 may include greater or fewer steps than those illustrated.
- method 2600 may execute its steps in an order different than those illustrated below.
- Method 2600 may terminate at any suitable step.
- method 2600 may repeat operation at any suitable step.
- Method 2600 may perform any of its steps in parallel with other steps of method 2600, or in parallel with steps of other methods.
- method 2600 may be executed multiple times to perform getting multiple vector elements of the same type from data structures in different source vector registers.
- each of a first, second, third, and fourth 512- bit source vector register may be loaded with sixteen 32-bit data elements of a different data structure component type (X, Y, Z, or W).
- a first VPSET4EVE D instruction may be executed to extract the first four X and Z components from the first and second source vector registers (in accordance with an offset parameter value of 0 for the instruction) and place them in the eight even numbered locations in a first destination vector register, alternating X and Z components.
- a first VPSET40DDD instruction may be executed to extract the first four Y and W components from the third and fourth source vector registers (in accordance with an offset parameter value of 0 for the instruction) and place them in the eight odd numbered locations in the first destination vector register, alternating Y and W components.
- a second VP SET4EVE D instruction may be executed to extract the next four X and Z components from the first and second source vector registers (in accordance with an offset parameter value of 4 for the instruction) and place them in eight even numbered locations in a second destination vector register, alternating X and Z components.
- a second VPSET40DDD instruction may be executed to extract the next four Y and W components from the third and fourth source vector registers (in accordance with an offset parameter value of 4 for the instruction) and place them in eight odd numbered locations in the second destination vector register, alternating Y, W components.
- a third VPSET4EVEND instruction may be executed to extract the next four X and Z components from the first and second source vector registers (in accordance with an offset parameter value of 8 for the instruction) and place them in eight even numbered locations in a third destination vector register, alternating X and Z components.
- a third VPSET40DDD instruction may be executed to extract the next four Y and W components from the third and fourth source vector registers (in accordance with an offset parameter value of 8 for the instruction) and place them in the eight odd numbered locations in the third destination vector register, alternating Y and W components.
- a fourth VP SET4E VEND instruction may be executed to extract the last four X and Z components from the first and second source vector registers (in accordance with an offset parameter value of 12 for the instruction) and place them in eight even numbered locations in a fourth destination vector register, alternating X and Z components.
- a fourth VPSET40DDD instruction may be executed to extract the last four Y and W components from the third and fourth source vector registers (in accordance with an offset parameter value of 12 for the instruction) and place them in the eight odd numbered locations in the fourth destination vector register, alternating Y and W components.
- each of the first, second, third, and fourth destination vector registers may store the data elements of multiple four-element data structures that were extracted from the same position within each of the four source vector registers in contiguous locations.
- the contents of the four destination registers may be written out (in order) to contiguous locations in memory.
- FIGURE 26B further illustrates the example method 2600 shown in FIGURE 26A.
- vector register ZMMl (2602) stores data elements representing all of the X components for sixteen XYZW data structures
- vector register ZMM2 stores data elements representing all of the Y components for the sixteen XYZW data structures
- vector register ZMM3 (2406) stores data elements representing all of the Z components for the sixteen XYZW data structures
- vector register ZMM4 (2408) stores data elements representing all of the W components for the sixteen XYZW data structures.
- vector register ZMM5 (2612) stores one fourth of the data elements from the source vector registers. These data elements have been assembled into four complete XYZW data structures, each containing a respective data element from the same one of the first four positions within each source vector register.
- vector register ZMM6 (2414) stores the second one-fourth of the data elements (extracted from the next four positions within each source vector register), assembled into four additional XYZW data structures
- vector register ZMM7 2416 stores the third one- fourth of the data elements (extracted from the next four positions within each source vector register), assembled into four additional XYZW data structures
- vector register ZMM8 2418 stores the remaining data elements (extracted from the last four positions within each source vector register), assembled into the final four XYZW data structures represented in the original source data.
- sequences of VPSET3 and/or VPSET4 operations may be executed to extract data elements of different types from separate source vector registers and to reorganize them as collections of data structures having multiple different types of elements.
- a vector GET and vector SET operation may reorganize source data elements to produce data structures having a different number of data elements (other than 3 or 4).
- other sequences of VPSET3 and/or VPSET4 operations may be executed to extract vectors of data elements of the different types for different numbers of data structures.
- VPSET3 or VPSET4 instructions may operate on packed data elements that are stored in extended vector registers (ZMM registers).
- these instructions may operate on packed data elements that are stored in vector registers having fewer than 512 bits.
- the source and/or destination vectors for a VPSET3 or VPSET4 instruction include 256 bits or fewer, the VPSET3 or VPSET4 instruction may operate on a YMM register or an XMM register.
- the source data elements of each component type are relatively small (e.g., 32 bits) and there are few enough of them that all of them can be stored in a single ZMM register that is one of the source vector registers for a VPSET3 or VPSET4 instruction.
- the source data for each data structure component type may be packed into multiple ZMM registers for the use of one or more multiple VPSET3 or VPSET4 instructions.
- VPSET3 and VPSET4 operations described herein may be used to extract data elements from multiple source vector registers and to reorganize the extracted data elements prior to storing the data to its destination operand.
- VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions describe the use of VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions to extract data elements that represent the constituent components of multiple data structures (such as arrays) and then to store them in memory.
- these operations may, more generally, be used to extract packed data elements from the same positions within multiple source vector registers and to permute them dependent on the source vector registers from which they were extracted and/or the positions from which they were extracted when storing the contents of the source vector register to a destination location, regardless of how (or even whether) the data elements are related to each other.
- Embodiments of the mechanisms disclosed herein may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or a combination of such implementation approaches.
- Embodiments of the disclosure may be implemented as computer programs or program code executing on programmable systems comprising at least one processor, a storage system (including volatile and non-volatile memory and/or storage elements), at least one input device, and at least one output device.
- Program code may be applied to input instructions to perform the functions described herein and generate output information.
- the output information may be applied to one or more output devices, in known fashion.
- a processing system may include any system that has a processor, such as, for example; a digital signal processor (DSP), a microcontroller, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a microprocessor.
- DSP digital signal processor
- ASIC application specific integrated circuit
- the program code may be implemented in a high level procedural or object oriented programming language to communicate with a processing system.
- the program code may also be implemented in assembly or machine language, if desired.
- the mechanisms described herein are not limited in scope to any particular programming language. In any case, the language may be a compiled or interpreted language.
- One or more aspects of at least one embodiment may be implemented by representative instructions stored on a machine-readable medium which represents various logic within the processor, which when read by a machine causes the machine to fabricate logic to perform the techniques described herein.
- Such representations known as "IP cores" may be stored on a tangible, machine-readable medium and supplied to various customers or manufacturing facilities to load into the fabrication machines that actually make the logic or processor.
- Such machine-readable storage media may include, without limitation, non- transitory, tangible arrangements of articles manufactured or formed by a machine or device, including storage media such as hard disks, any other type of disk including floppy disks, optical disks, compact disk read-only memories (CD-ROMs), compact disk rewritables (CD-RW s), and magneto-optical disks, semiconductor devices such as read-only memories (ROMs), random access memories (RAMs) such as dynamic random access memories (DRAMs), static random access memories (SRAMs), erasable programmable read-only memories (EPROMs), flash memories, electrically erasable programmable read-only memories (EEPROMs), magnetic or optical cards, or any other type of media suitable for storing electronic instructions.
- storage media such as hard disks, any other type of disk including floppy disks, optical disks, compact disk read-only memories (CD-ROMs), compact disk rewritables (CD-RW s), and magneto-optical disks, semiconductor
- embodiments of the disclosure may also include non- transitory, tangible machine-readable media containing instructions or containing design data, such as Hardware Description Language (HDL), which defines structures, circuits, apparatuses, processors and/or system features described herein.
- HDL Hardware Description Language
- Such embodiments may also be referred to as program products.
- an instruction converter may be used to convert an instruction from a source instruction set to a target instruction set.
- the instruction converter may translate (e.g., using static binary translation, dynamic binary translation including dynamic compilation), morph, emulate, or otherwise convert an instruction to one or more other instructions to be processed by the core.
- the instruction converter may be implemented in software, hardware, firmware, or a combination thereof.
- the instruction converter may be on processor, off processor, or part-on and part-off processor.
- Some embodiments of the present disclosure include a processor.
- the processor may include a front end to receive an instruction, a decoder to decode the instruction, a core to execute the instruction, and a retirement unit to retire the instruction.
- the core may include a first source vector register to store multiple data elements, the data elements being of a first type, a second source vector register to store multiple data elements, the data elements being of a second type different from the first type, a first logic to extract a respective first data element from a first position within each of the first and second source vector registers, the first position being dependent on an encoding for the instruction or a parameter for the instruction, a second logic to assemble the respective first data elements to be extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a first tuple of data elements of different types, and a third logic to store the data elements of the first tuple in a destination vector register identified in the instruction at destination positions dependent on the encoding for the instruction or the parameter for the instruction.
- the first tuple may include three data elements of different types, and the core may further includes a third source vector register to store multiple data elements, the data elements being of a third type, a fourth logic to extract a respective first data element from the third source vector register, and a fourth logic to assemble the data element to be extracted from the third source vector register into the first tuple of data elements.
- the parameter of the instruction on which the first position is dependent may indicate that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from a lowest- order position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers, a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position, or a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position, and the encoding for the instruction may indicate that the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in contiguous locations in the destination vector register.
- the first tuple may include three data elements of different types, and the parameter of the instruction on which the first position is dependent may represent an identifier of one of three iterations during which respective data elements are to be extracted from the first, second, and third source vector registers by execution of a respective instance of the instruction.
- the parameter of the instruction on which the first position is dependent may indicate that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from a lowest- order position within each of the first and second source vector registers, a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position, a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position, or a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a third offset distance from the lowest-order position, and the encoding of the instruction is to indicate that the destination positions at which the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in the destination vector register are even numbered locations with the destination vector register, or odd numbered locations with the destination vector register.
- the respective first data elements to be assembled into the first tuple may represent two data elements of a data structure to include at least three data elements of different types.
- the core may further include a fourth logic to extract a respective second data element from a second position within each of the first and second source vector registers, the second position being adjacent to the first position, a fourth logic to assemble the respective second data elements to be extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a second tuple of data elements of different types, and a fifth logic to store the data elements of the second tuple in the destination vector register at destination positions dependent on the encoding for the instruction or the parameter for the instruction.
- the destination vector register may be one of the source vector registers.
- the first source register may also be the destination register.
- the core may further include a fourth logic to apply a masking operation when the data elements to be extracted from the first source vector register and the second source vector register are stored in the destination vector register such that, for each of one or more bits in a mask register identified in the instruction that are set, a data element that is to be stored in the destination vector register is to be stored to the destination vector register, and for each of one or more bits in the mask register identified in the instruction that are not set, a data element that would otherwise have been stored to the destination vector register is not to be stored to the destination vector register.
- the core may include a fourth logic to apply a masking operation when the data elements to be extracted from the first source vector register and the second source vector register are stored in the destination vector register such that, for each bit that is not set in a mask register identified in the instruction, the masking operation replaces a data element that would otherwise be stored in the destination vector with zeros.
- the core may include a fourth logic to apply a masking operation when the data elements to be extracted from the first source vector register and the second source vector register are stored in the destination vector register such that, for each bit that is not set in a mask register identified in the instruction, the masking operation preserves the current value in the location in the destination vector register at which a data element would otherwise have been stored.
- the core may include a fourth logic to determine the number of data elements in each tuple, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the instruction.
- the core may include a fourth logic to determine the number of tuples for which to extract data elements from the source vector registers, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the core may include a fourth logic to determine the size of the data elements to be extracted from each of the tuples stored within the first source vector register, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the core may include a Single Instruction Multiple Data (SEVID) coprocessor to implement execution of the instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the processor may include a vector register file that includes the source vector register.
- SEVID Single Instruction Multiple Data
- Some embodiments of the present disclosure include a method.
- the method may include, in a processor, receiving a first instruction, decoding the first instruction, executing the first instruction, and retiring the first instruction.
- Executing the first instruction may include extracting a respective first data element from a first position within a first source vector register identified in the first instruction, the first source vector register storing data elements of a first type, and the first position being dependent on an encoding for the first instruction or a parameter for the first instruction, extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a second source vector register identified in the first instruction, the second source vector register storing data elements of a second type different than the first type, assembling the respective first data elements extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a first tuple of data elements of different types, and storing the data elements of the first tuple in a destination vector register identified in the first instruction at destination positions that are dependent on the encoding for the first instruction or the parameter for the first instruction.
- the first tuple may include three data elements of different types
- the method may further include extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a third source vector register identified in the first instruction, the third source vector register storing data elements of a third type different than the first type and the second type, assembling the data elements extracted from the third source vector register into the first tuple of data elements
- the parameter of the first instruction on which the first position is dependent indicates that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from a particular one of a lowest-order position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position, or a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position
- the encoding for the first instruction indicates that the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in contiguous locations in the destination vector register.
- the first tuple may include three data elements of different types, and the parameter of the first instruction on which the first position is dependent may represent an identifier of one of three iterations during which respective data elements are to be extracted from the first, second, and third source vector registers by execution of a respective instance of the first instruction.
- the parameter of the first instruction on which the first position is dependent may indicate that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from a particular one of a lowest-order position within each of the first and second source vector registers, a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position, a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position, or a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a third offset distance from the lowest-order position, and the encoding of the first instruction may indicate that the destination positions at which the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in the destination vector register are even numbered locations with the destination vector register, or odd numbered locations with the destination vector register.
- the respective first data elements to be assembled into the first tuple may represent two data elements of a data structure to include at least three data elements of different types.
- the method may further include extracting a respective second data element from a second position within each of the first and second source vector registers, the second position being adjacent to the first position, assembling the respective second data elements extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a second tuple of data elements of different types, and storing the data elements of the second tuple in the destination vector register at destination positions dependent on the encoding for the first instruction or the parameter for the first instruction.
- the destination vector register may be one of the source vector registers.
- the first source register may also be the destination register.
- the method may include applying a masking operation to the destination vector when it is stored to the destination vector register such that for each of one or more bits in a mask register identified in the first instruction that are set, a data element that is to be stored in the destination vector register is to be stored to the destination vector register, and for each of one or more bits in the mask register identified in the first instruction that are not set, a data element that would otherwise have been stored to the destination vector register is not to be stored to the destination vector register.
- the method may include applying a masking operation to the destination vector when it is stored to the destination vector register such that for each bit that is not set in a mask register identified in the first instruction, the masking operation replaces two or more data elements that are placed next to each other in the destination vector with zeros.
- the method may include applying a masking operation to the destination vector when it is stored to the destination vector register such that, for each bit that is not set in a mask register identified in the first instruction, the masking operation preserves the current values in locations in the destination vector register at which two or more data elements that are placed next to each other in the destination vector would otherwise have been written.
- the method may include determining the number of data elements in each of the data structures, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the first instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the method may include determining the number of data structures for which to extract data elements from the source vector registers, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the first instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the method may include determining the size of the data elements to be extracted for each of the data structures from the source vector registers, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the first instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the processor may include a Single Instruction Multiple Data (SIMD) coprocessor that implements execution of the first instruction.
- SIMD Single Instruction Multiple Data
- the method may further include, prior to executing the first instruction, executing a second instruction, including loading data elements of a first type into the first source vector register, and executing a third instruction, including loading data elements of a second type into the second source vector register.
- the method may include executing a fourth instruction, including loading data elements of a third type into the third source vector register.
- the method may include executing a fifth instruction, including loading data elements of a fourth type into the fourth source vector register.
- executing the first instruction may further include extracting at least two additional data elements from respective positions within each of the first and second source vector registers and a third source vector register identified in the first instruction, the respective positions being contiguous with the first position, assembling the additional data elements extracted from each of the respective positions within the first, second, and source vector registers into an additional tuple of data elements, storing at least one of the additional tuples of data elements in positions contiguous with the first position in the first destination vector register, the number of additional tuples stored in the first destination vector register being dependent on the amount of space available in the first destination vector register, and storing a subset of the data elements of a given one of the additional tuples in the first destination vector register.
- the method may further include executing a second instruction, including extracting at least three data elements from respective positions within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers beginning at a second position, the second position being dependent on a parameter for the second instruction, assembling the data elements extracted by the second instruction into tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction, storing, in a second destination vector register identified in the second instruction, a subset of the data elements of the given tuple assembled by the first instruction other than the subset of the data elements of the given tuple stored in the first destination vector register, storing, in the second destination vector register, at least one of the tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction, the number of tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction stored in the second destination vector register being dependent on the amount of space available in the second destination vector register, and storing, in the second destination vector register, a subset of the data elements of a second given one of the tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction.
- the method may further include executing a third instruction, including extracting at least three data elements from respective positions within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers beginning at a third position, the third position being dependent on a parameter for the third instruction, assembling the data elements extracted by the third instruction into tuples of data elements assembled by the third instruction, storing, in a third destination vector register identified in the third instruction, a subset of the data elements of the second given tuple assembled by the second instruction other than the subset of the data elements of the second given tuple stored in the second destination vector register, and storing, in the third destination vector register, at least one of the tuples of data elements assembled by the third instruction, the number of tuples of data elements assembled by the third instruction stored in the third destination vector register being dependent on the amount of space available in the third destination vector register.
- storing the data elements of the first tuple in the destination vector register may include storing the data elements of the first tuple that were extracted from the first and second source vector registers in even numbered positions in the destination vector register, dependent on the encoding of the first instruction.
- the method may further include executing a second instruction, including, extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a third source vector register identified in the second instruction, the third source vector register storing data elements of a third type, and the first position being dependent on a parameter for the second instruction, extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a fourth source vector register identified in the second instruction, the fourth source vector register storing data elements of a fourth type, and the first position being dependent on a parameter for the second instruction, assembling the respective first data elements extracted from the third and fourth source vector registers into the first tuple of data elements, and storing the data elements of the first tuple that were extracted from the third and fourth source vector registers in odd numbered positions in the destination vector register, dependent on the encoding of the second instruction.
- the method may include, for each given one of a second data element type, a third data element type, and a fourth data element type, executing a respective pair of instructions.
- executing the first instruction of the pair of instructions may include extracting a respective data element of the given data element type from a position within each of the first and second source vector registers that is dependent on a parameter for the first instruction of the pair of instructions, and storing the data elements of the given type that were extracted from the first and second source vector registers in even numbered positions in a destination vector register identified in the first instruction of the pair of instructions, dependent on the encoding of the first instruction of the pair of instructions.
- executing the second instruction of the pair of instructions may include extracting a respective data element of the given data element type from a position within each of the third and fourth source vector registers that is dependent on a parameter for the second instruction of the pair of instructions, and storing the data elements of the given type that were extracted from the third and fourth source vector registers in odd numbered positions in a destination vector register identified in the second instruction of the pair of instructions, dependent on the encoding of the second instruction of the pair of instructions.
- Some embodiments of the present disclosure include a system.
- the system may include a front end to receive an instruction, a decoder to decode the instruction, a core to execute the instruction, and a retirement unit to retire the instruction.
- the core may include a first source vector register to store multiple data elements, the data elements being of a first type, a second source vector register to store multiple data elements, the data elements being of a second type different from the first type, a first logic to extract a respective first data element from a first position within each of the first and second source vector registers, the first position being dependent on an encoding for the instruction or a parameter for the instruction, a second logic to assemble the respective first data elements to be extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a first tuple of data elements of different types, and a third logic to store the data elements of the first tuple in a destination vector register identified in the instruction at destination positions dependent on the encoding for the instruction or the parameter for the instruction.
- the first tuple may include three data elements of different types, and the core may further includes a third source vector register to store multiple data elements, the data elements being of a third type, a fourth logic to extract a respective first data element from the third source vector register, and a fourth logic to assemble the data element to be extracted from the third source vector register into the first tuple of data elements.
- the parameter of the instruction on which the first position is dependent may indicate that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from a lowest- order position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers, a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position, or a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position, and the encoding for the instruction may indicate that the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in contiguous locations in the destination vector register.
- the first tuple may include three data elements of different types, and the parameter of the instruction on which the first position is dependent may represent an identifier of one of three iterations during which respective data elements are to be extracted from the first, second, and third source vector registers by execution of a respective instance of the instruction.
- the parameter of the instruction on which the first position is dependent may indicate that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from a lowest- order position within each of the first and second source vector registers, a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position, a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position, or a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a third offset distance from the lowest-order position, and the encoding of the instruction is to indicate that the destination positions at which the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in the destination vector register are even numbered locations with the destination vector register, or odd numbered locations with the destination vector register.
- the respective first data elements to be assembled into the first tuple may represent two data elements of a data structure to include at least three data elements of different types.
- the core may further include a fourth logic to extract a respective second data element from a second position within each of the first and second source vector registers, the second position being adjacent to the first position, a fourth logic to assemble the respective second data elements to be extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a second tuple of data elements of different types, and a fifth logic to store the data elements of the second tuple in the destination vector register at destination positions dependent on the encoding for the instruction or the parameter for the instruction.
- the destination vector register may be one of the source vector registers.
- the first source register may also be the destination register.
- the core may further include a fourth logic to apply a masking operation when the data elements to be extracted from the first source vector register and the second source vector register are stored in the destination vector register such that, for each of one or more bits in a mask register identified in the instruction that are set, a data element that is to be stored in the destination vector register is to be stored to the destination vector register, and for each of one or more bits in the mask register identified in the instruction that are not set, a data element that would otherwise have been stored to the destination vector register is not to be stored to the destination vector register.
- the core may include a fourth logic to apply a masking operation when the data elements to be extracted from the first source vector register and the second source vector register are stored in the destination vector register such that, for each bit that is not set in a mask register identified in the instruction, the masking operation replaces a data element that would otherwise be stored in the destination vector with zeros.
- the core may include a fourth logic to apply a masking operation when the data elements to be extracted from the first source vector register and the second source vector register are stored in the destination vector register such that, for each bit that is not set in a mask register identified in the instruction, the masking operation preserves the current value in the location in the destination vector register at which a data element would otherwise have been stored.
- the core may include a fourth logic to determine the number of data elements in each tuple, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the instruction.
- the core may include a fourth logic to determine the number of tuples for which to extract data elements from the source vector registers, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the core may include a fourth logic to determine the size of the data elements to be extracted from each of the tuples stored within the first source vector register, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the core may include a Single Instruction Multiple Data (SEVID) coprocessor to implement execution of the instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the system may include a processor. In any of the above embodiments, the system may include a vector register file that includes the source vector register.
- SEVID Single Instruction Multiple Data
- Some embodiments of the present disclosure include a system for executing instructions.
- the system may include means for receiving a first instruction, decoding the first instruction, executing the first instruction, and retiring the first instruction.
- the means for executing the first instruction may include means for extracting a respective first data element from a first position within a first source vector register identified in the first instruction, the first source vector register storing data elements of a first type, and the first position being dependent on an encoding for the first instruction or a parameter for the first instruction, means for extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a second source vector register identified in the first instruction, the second source vector register storing data elements of a second type different than the first type, means for assembling the respective first data elements extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a first tuple of data elements of different types, and means for storing the data elements of the first tuple in a destination vector register identified in the first instruction at destination positions that are dependent on the encoding
- the first tuple may include three data elements of different types
- the system may further include means for extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a third source vector register identified in the first instruction, the third source vector register storing data elements of a third type different than the first type and the second type, means for assembling the data elements extracted from the third source vector register into the first tuple of data elements
- the parameter of the first instruction on which the first position is dependent indicates that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from a particular one of a lowest-order position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position, or a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position
- the encoding for the first instruction indicates that the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in contiguous locations in the destination vector register.
- the first tuple may include three data elements of different types, and the parameter of the first instruction on which the first position is dependent may represent an identifier of one of three iterations during which respective data elements are to be extracted from the first, second, and third source vector registers by execution of a respective instance of the first instruction.
- the parameter of the first instruction on which the first position is dependent may indicate that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from a particular one of a lowest-order position within each of the first and second source vector registers, a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position, a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position, or a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a third offset distance from the lowest-order position, and the encoding of the first instruction may indicate that the destination positions at which the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in the destination vector register are even numbered locations with the destination vector register, or odd numbered locations with the destination vector register.
- the respective first data elements to be assembled into the first tuple may represent two data elements of a data structure to include at least three data elements of different types.
- the system may further include means for extracting a respective second data element from a second position within each of the first and second source vector registers, the second position being adjacent to the first position, means for assembling the respective second data elements extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a second tuple of data elements of different types, and means for storing the data elements of the second tuple in the destination vector register at destination positions dependent on the encoding for the first instruction or the parameter for the first instruction.
- the destination vector register may be one of the source vector registers.
- the first source register may also be the destination register.
- the system may include means for applying a masking operation to the destination vector when it is stored to the destination vector register such that for each of one or more bits in a mask register identified in the instruction that are set, a data element that is to be stored in the destination vector register is to be stored to the destination vector register, and for each of one or more bits in the mask register identified in the instruction that are not set, a data element that would otherwise have been stored to the destination vector register is not to be stored to the destination vector register.
- the system may include means for applying a masking operation to the destination vector when it is stored to the destination vector register such that for each bit that is not set in a mask register identified in the first instruction, the masking operation replaces two or more data elements that are placed next to each other in the destination vector with zeros.
- the system may include means for applying a masking operation to the destination vector when it is stored to the destination vector register such that, for each bit that is not set in a mask register identified in the first instruction, the masking operation preserves the current values in locations in the destination vector register at which two or more data elements that are placed next to each other in the destination vector would otherwise have been written.
- the system may include means for determining the number of data elements in each of the data structures, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the first instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the system may include means for determining the number of data structures for which to extract data elements from the source vector registers, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the first instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the system may include means for determining the size of the data elements to be extracted for each of the data structures from the source vector registers, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the first instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the processor may include a Single Instruction Multiple Data (SEVID) coprocessor that implements execution of the first instruction.
- SEVID Single Instruction Multiple Data
- the means for executing the first instruction may further include means for extracting at least two additional data elements from respective positions within each of the first and second source vector registers and a third source vector register identified in the first instruction, the respective positions being contiguous with the first position, means for assembling the additional data elements extracted from each of the respective positions within the first, second, and source vector registers into an additional tuple of data elements, means for storing at least one of the additional tuples of data elements in positions contiguous with the first position in the first destination vector register, the number of additional tuples stored in the first destination vector register being dependent on the amount of space available in the first destination vector register, and means for storing a subset of the data elements of a given one of the additional tuples in the first destination vector register.
- the system may further include means for executing a second instruction, including means for extracting at least three data elements from respective positions within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers beginning at a second position, the second position being dependent on a parameter for the second instruction, means for assembling the data elements extracted by the second instruction into tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction, means for storing, in a second destination vector register identified in the second instruction, a subset of the data elements of the given tuple assembled by the first instruction other than the subset of the data elements of the given tuple stored in the first destination vector register, means for storing, in the second destination vector register, at least one of the tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction, the number of tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction stored in the second destination vector register being dependent on the amount of space available in the second destination vector register, and means for storing, in the second destination vector register, a subset of the data elements of a second given one of the second instruction,
- the system may further include means for executing a third instruction, including means for extracting at least three data elements from respective positions within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers beginning at a third position, the third position being dependent on a parameter for the third instruction, means for assembling the data elements extracted by the third instruction into tuples of data elements assembled by the third instruction, means for storing, in a third destination vector register identified in the third instruction, a subset of the data elements of the second given tuple assembled by the second instruction other than the subset of the data elements of the second given tuple stored in the second destination vector register, and means for storing, in the third destination vector register, at least one of the tuples of data elements assembled by the third instruction, the number of tuples of data elements assembled by the third instruction stored in the third destination vector register being dependent on the amount of space available in the third destination vector register.
- the means for storing the data elements of the first tuple in the destination vector register may include means for storing the data elements of the first tuple that were extracted from the first and second source vector registers in even numbered positions in the destination vector register, dependent on the encoding of the first instruction.
- the system may further include means for executing a second instruction, including, means for extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a third source vector register identified in the second instruction, the third source vector register storing data elements of a third type, and the first position being dependent on a parameter for the second instruction, extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a fourth source vector register identified in the second instruction, the fourth source vector register storing data elements of a fourth type, and the first position being dependent on a parameter for the second instruction, means for assembling the respective first data elements extracted from the third and fourth source vector registers into the first tuple of data elements, and means for storing the data elements of the first tuple that were extracted from the third and fourth source vector registers in odd numbered positions in the destination vector register, dependent on the encoding of the second instruction.
- the system may include means for executing a respective pair of instructions for each given one of a second data element type, a third data element type, and a fourth data element type.
- the means for executing the first instruction of the pair of instructions may include means for extracting a respective data element of the given data element type from a position within each of the first and second source vector registers that is dependent on a parameter for the first instruction of the pair of instructions, and means for storing the data elements of the given type that were extracted from the first and second source vector registers in even numbered positions in a destination vector register identified in the first instruction of the pair of instructions, dependent on the encoding of the first instruction of the pair of instructions.
- the means for executing the second instruction of the pair of instructions may include means for extracting a respective data element of the given data element type from a position within each of the third and fourth source vector registers that is dependent on a parameter for the second instruction of the pair of instructions, and means for storing the data elements of the given type that were extracted from the third and fourth source vector registers in odd numbered positions in a destination vector register identified in the second instruction of the pair of instructions, dependent on the encoding of the second instruction of the pair of instructions.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Software Systems (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Advance Control (AREA)
Abstract
A processor includes an execution unit to execute instructions to set data elements of different types, from different source vector registers, in destination vectors of multiple-element data structures, each including elements of multiple types. The execution unit includes logic to extract data elements from specific positions within each source vector register dependent on an instruction encoding or parameter. A vector SET3 instruction encoding specifies that respective data elements be extracted from the same positions within first, second, and third source vector registers to assemble multiple XYZ-type data structures. A vector SET4 instruction encoding specifies that respective data elements be extracted from the same positions within two source vector registers to assemble half the elements of multiple XYZW-type data structures. The execution unit includes logic to place the reorganized data elements in contiguous locations (SET3 operations), or successive even or odd locations (SET4 operations) in the destination vector.
Description
INSTRUCTIONS AND LOGIC FOR SET-MULTIPLE- VECTOR-ELEMENTS
OPERATIONS
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0001] The present disclosure pertains to the field of processing logic, microprocessors, and associated instruction set architecture that, when executed by the processor or other processing logic, perform logical, mathematical, or other functional operations. DESCRIPTION OF RELATED ART
[0002] Multiprocessor systems are becoming more and more common. Applications of multiprocessor systems include dynamic domain partitioning all the way down to desktop computing. In order to take advantage of multiprocessor systems, code to be executed may be separated into multiple threads for execution by various processing entities. Each thread may be executed in parallel with one another. Instructions as they are received on a processor may be decoded into terms or instruction words that are native, or more native, for execution on the processor. Processors may be implemented in a system on chip. Data structures that are organized in tuples of three or four elements may be used in media applications, High Performance Computing applications, and molecular dynamics applications.
DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
[0003] Embodiments are illustrated by way of example and not limitation in the Figures of the accompanying drawings:
[0004] FIGURE 1A is a block diagram of an exemplary computer system formed with a processor that may include execution units to execute an instruction, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0005] FIGURE IB illustrates a data processing system, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0006] FIGURE 1C illustrates other embodiments of a data processing system for performing text string comparison operations;
[0007] FIGURE 2 is a block diagram of the micro-architecture for a processor that may include logic circuits to perform instructions, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0008] FIGURE 3A illustrates various packed data type representations in multimedia registers, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0009] FIGURE 3B illustrates possible in-register data storage formats, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0010] FIGURE 3C illustrates various signed and unsigned packed data type representations in multimedia registers, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0011] FIGURE 3D illustrates an embodiment of an operation encoding format;
[0012] FIGURE 3E illustrates another possible operation encoding format having forty or more bits, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0013] FIGURE 3F illustrates yet another possible operation encoding format, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0014] FIGURE 4A is a block diagram illustrating an in-order pipeline and a register renaming stage, out-of-order issue/execution pipeline, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0015] FIGURE 4B is a block diagram illustrating an in-order architecture core and a register renaming logic, out-of-order issue/execution logic to be included in a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0016] FIGURE 5A is a block diagram of a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0017] FIGURE 5B is a block diagram of an example implementation of a core, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0018] FIGURE 6 is a block diagram of a system, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0019] FIGURE 7 is a block diagram of a second system, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0020] FIGURE 8 is a block diagram of a third system in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0021] FIGURE 9 is a block diagram of a system-on-a-chip, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0022] FIGURE 10 illustrates a processor containing a central processing unit and a graphics processing unit which may perform at least one instruction, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0023] FIGURE 11 is a block diagram illustrating the development of IP cores, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0024] FIGURE 12 illustrates how an instruction of a first type may be emulated by a processor of a different type, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0025] FIGURE 13 illustrates a block diagram contrasting the use of a software instruction converter to convert binary instructions in a source instruction set to binary instructions in a target instruction set, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0026] FIGURE 14 is a block diagram of an instruction set architecture of a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0027] FIGURE 15 is a more detailed block diagram of an instruction set architecture of a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0028] FIGURE 16 is a block diagram of an execution pipeline for an instruction set architecture of a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0029] FIGURE 17 is a block diagram of an electronic device for utilizing a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0030] FIGURE 18 is an illustration of an example system for instructions and logic for vector operations to set multiple data elements of different types in a vector containing tuples of elements of different types, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0031] FIGURE 19 is a block diagram illustrating a processor core to execute extended vector instructions, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0032] FIGURE 20 is a block diagram illustrating an example extended vector register file, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0033] FIGURE 21A is an illustration of an operation to perform a vector SET operation to set multiple data elements of different types in a vector containing tuples of three elements of different types, according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0034] FIGURE 2 IB is an illustration of an operation to perform a vector SET operation to set multiple data elements of different types in a vector containing tuples of four elements of different types, according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0035] FIGURES 22A - 22E illustrate the operation of respective forms of VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0036] FIGURE 23 illustrates an example method for setting data elements of three types in vectors containing multiple three-element tuples, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0037] FIGURES 24A and 24B illustrate an example method for utilizing multiple vector SET3 operations to obtain and permute the data elements of multiple three- element data structures from different sources, according to embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0038] FIGURE 25 illustrates an example method for setting data elements of two types in vectors each containing half of the data elements of a four-element tuple, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure;
[0039] FIGURES 26A and 26B illustrate an example method for utilizing multiple vector SET4 operations to obtain and permute the data elements of multiple four- element data structures from different sources, according to embodiments of the present disclosure. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0040] The following description describes instructions and processing logic for performing operations to set multiple data elements of different types in a vector containing tuples of elements of different types on a processing apparatus. Such a processing apparatus may include an out-of-order processor. In the following description, numerous specific details such as processing logic, processor types, microarchitectural conditions, events, enablement mechanisms, and the like are set forth in order to provide a more thorough understanding of embodiments of the present
disclosure. It will be appreciated, however, by one skilled in the art that the embodiments may be practiced without such specific details. Additionally, some well- known structures, circuits, and the like have not been shown in detail to avoid unnecessarily obscuring embodiments of the present disclosure.
[0041] Although the following embodiments are described with reference to a processor, other embodiments are applicable to other types of integrated circuits and logic devices. Similar techniques and teachings of embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to other types of circuits or semiconductor devices that may benefit from higher pipeline throughput and improved performance. The teachings of embodiments of the present disclosure are applicable to any processor or machine that performs data manipulations. However, the embodiments are not limited to processors or machines that perform 512-bit, 256-bit, 128-bit, 64-bit, 32-bit, or 16-bit data operations and may be applied to any processor and machine in which manipulation or management of data may be performed. In addition, the following description provides examples, and the accompanying drawings show various examples for the purposes of illustration. However, these examples should not be construed in a limiting sense as they are merely intended to provide examples of embodiments of the present disclosure rather than to provide an exhaustive list of all possible implementations of embodiments of the present disclosure.
[0042] Although the below examples describe instruction handling and distribution in the context of execution units and logic circuits, other embodiments of the present disclosure may be accomplished by way of a data or instructions stored on a machine- readable, tangible medium, which when performed by a machine cause the machine to perform functions consistent with at least one embodiment of the disclosure. In one embodiment, functions associated with embodiments of the present disclosure are embodied in machine-executable instructions. The instructions may be used to cause a general-purpose or special-purpose processor that may be programmed with the instructions to perform the steps of the present disclosure. Embodiments of the present disclosure may be provided as a computer program product or software which may include a machine or computer-readable medium having stored thereon instructions which may be used to program a computer (or other electronic devices) to perform one or more operations according to embodiments of the present disclosure. Furthermore,
steps of embodiments of the present disclosure might be performed by specific hardware components that contain fixed-function logic for performing the steps, or by any combination of programmed computer components and fixed-function hardware components.
[0043] Instructions used to program logic to perform embodiments of the present disclosure may be stored within a memory in the system, such as DRAM, cache, flash memory, or other storage. Furthermore, the instructions may be distributed via a network or by way of other computer-readable media. Thus a machine-readable medium may include any mechanism for storing or transmitting information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a computer), but is not limited to, floppy diskettes, optical disks, Compact Disc, Read-Only Memory (CD-ROMs), and magneto-optical disks, Read-Only Memory (ROMs), Random Access Memory (RAM), Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EPROM), Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory (EEPROM), magnetic or optical cards, flash memory, or a tangible, machine-readable storage used in the transmission of information over the Internet via electrical, optical, acoustical or other forms of propagated signals (e.g., carrier waves, infrared signals, digital signals, etc.). Accordingly, the computer- readable medium may include any type of tangible machine-readable medium suitable for storing or transmitting electronic instructions or information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a computer).
[0044] A design may go through various stages, from creation to simulation to fabrication. Data representing a design may represent the design in a number of manners. First, as may be useful in simulations, the hardware may be represented using a hardware description language or another functional description language. Additionally, a circuit level model with logic and/or transistor gates may be produced at some stages of the design process. Furthermore, designs, at some stage, may reach a level of data representing the physical placement of various devices in the hardware model. In cases wherein some semiconductor fabrication techniques are used, the data representing the hardware model may be the data specifying the presence or absence of various features on different mask layers for masks used to produce the integrated circuit. In any representation of the design, the data may be stored in any form of a machine-readable medium. A memory or a magnetic or optical storage such as a disc
may be the machine-readable medium to store information transmitted via optical or electrical wave modulated or otherwise generated to transmit such information. When an electrical carrier wave indicating or carrying the code or design is transmitted, to the extent that copying, buffering, or retransmission of the electrical signal is performed, a new copy may be made. Thus, a communication provider or a network provider may store on a tangible, machine-readable medium, at least temporarily, an article, such as information encoded into a carrier wave, embodying techniques of embodiments of the present disclosure.
[0045] In modern processors, a number of different execution units may be used to process and execute a variety of code and instructions. Some instructions may be quicker to complete while others may take a number of clock cycles to complete. The faster the throughput of instructions, the better the overall performance of the processor. Thus it would be advantageous to have as many instructions execute as fast as possible. However, there may be certain instructions that have greater complexity and require more in terms of execution time and processor resources, such as floating point instructions, load/store operations, data moves, etc.
[0046] As more computer systems are used in internet, text, and multimedia applications, additional processor support has been introduced over time. In one embodiment, an instruction set may be associated with one or more computer architectures, including data types, instructions, register architecture, addressing modes, memory architecture, interrupt and exception handling, and external input and output (I/O).
[0047] In one embodiment, the instruction set architecture (ISA) may be implemented by one or more micro-architectures, which may include processor logic and circuits used to implement one or more instruction sets. Accordingly, processors with different micro-architectures may share at least a portion of a common instruction set. For example, Intel® Pentium 4 processors, Intel® Core™ processors, and processors from Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. of Sunnyvale CA implement nearly identical versions of the x86 instruction set (with some extensions that have been added with newer versions), but have different internal designs. Similarly, processors designed by other processor development companies, such as ARM Holdings, Ltd., MIPS, or their licensees or adopters, may share at least a portion of a common
instruction set, but may include different processor designs. For example, the same register architecture of the ISA may be implemented in different ways in different micro-architectures using new or well-known techniques, including dedicated physical registers, one or more dynamically allocated physical registers using a register renaming mechanism (e.g., the use of a Register Alias Table (RAT), a Reorder Buffer (ROB) and a retirement register file. In one embodiment, registers may include one or more registers, register architectures, register files, or other register sets that may or may not be addressable by a software programmer.
[0048] An instruction may include one or more instruction formats. In one embodiment, an instruction format may indicate various fields (number of bits, location of bits, etc.) to specify, among other things, the operation to be performed and the operands on which that operation will be performed. In a further embodiment, some instruction formats may be further defined by instruction templates (or sub-formats). For example, the instruction templates of a given instruction format may be defined to have different subsets of the instruction format's fields and/or defined to have a given field interpreted differently. In one embodiment, an instruction may be expressed using an instruction format (and, if defined, in a given one of the instruction templates of that instruction format) and specifies or indicates the operation and the operands upon which the operation will operate.
[0049] Scientific, financial, auto-vectorized general purpose, RMS (recognition, mining, and synthesis), and visual and multimedia applications (e.g., 2D/3D graphics, image processing, video compression/decompression, voice recognition algorithms and audio manipulation) may require the same operation to be performed on a large number of data items. In one embodiment, Single Instruction Multiple Data (SIMD) refers to a type of instruction that causes a processor to perform an operation on multiple data elements. SIMD technology may be used in processors that may logically divide the bits in a register into a number of fixed-sized or variable-sized data elements, each of which represents a separate value. For example, in one embodiment, the bits in a 64-bit register may be organized as a source operand containing four separate 16-bit data elements, each of which represents a separate 16-bit value. This type of data may be referred to as 'packed' data type or 'vector' data type, and operands of this data type may be referred to as packed data operands or vector operands. In one embodiment, a
packed data item or vector may be a sequence of packed data elements stored within a single register, and a packed data operand or a vector operand may a source or destination operand of a SEVID instruction (or 'packed data instruction' or a 'vector instruction'). In one embodiment, a SEVID instruction specifies a single vector operation to be performed on two source vector operands to generate a destination vector operand (also referred to as a result vector operand) of the same or different size, with the same or different number of data elements, and in the same or different data element order.
[0050] SEVID technology, such as that employed by the Intel® Core™ processors having an instruction set including x86, MMX™, Streaming SIMD Extensions (SSE), SSE2, SSE3, SSE4.1, and SSE4.2 instructions, ARM processors, such as the ARM Cortex® family of processors having an instruction set including the Vector Floating Point (VFP) and/or NEON instructions, and MIPS processors, such as the Loongson family of processors developed by the Institute of Computing Technology (ICT) of the Chinese Academy of Sciences, has enabled a significant improvement in application performance (Core™ and MMX™ are registered trademarks or trademarks of Intel Corporation of Santa Clara, Calif).
[0051] In one embodiment, destination and source registers/data may be generic terms to represent the source and destination of the corresponding data or operation. In some embodiments, they may be implemented by registers, memory, or other storage areas having other names or functions than those depicted. For example, in one embodiment, "DEST1" may be a temporary storage register or other storage area, whereas "SRCl" and "SRC2" may be a first and second source storage register or other storage area, and so forth. In other embodiments, two or more of the SRC and DEST storage areas may correspond to different data storage elements within the same storage area (e.g., a SIMD register). In one embodiment, one of the source registers may also act as a destination register by, for example, writing back the result of an operation performed on the first and second source data to one of the two source registers serving as a destination registers.
[0052] FIGURE 1A is a block diagram of an exemplary computer system formed with a processor that may include execution units to execute an instruction, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. System 100 may include a
component, such as a processor 102 to employ execution units including logic to perform algorithms for process data, in accordance with the present disclosure, such as in the embodiment described herein. System 100 may be representative of processing systems based on the PENTIUM® III, PENTIUM® 4, Xeon™, Itanium®, XScale™ and/or StrongARM™ microprocessors available from Intel Corporation of Santa Clara, California, although other systems (including PCs having other microprocessors, engineering workstations, set-top boxes and the like) may also be used. In one embodiment, sample system 100 may execute a version of the WINDOWS™ operating system available from Microsoft Corporation of Redmond, Washington, although other operating systems (UNIX and Linux for example), embedded software, and/or graphical user interfaces, may also be used. Thus, embodiments of the present disclosure are not limited to any specific combination of hardware circuitry and software.
[0053] Embodiments are not limited to computer systems. Embodiments of the present disclosure may be used in other devices such as handheld devices and embedded applications. Some examples of handheld devices include cellular phones, Internet Protocol devices, digital cameras, personal digital assistants (PDAs), and handheld PCs. Embedded applications may include a micro controller, a digital signal processor (DSP), system on a chip, network computers (NetPC), set-top boxes, network hubs, wide area network (WAN) switches, or any other system that may perform one or more instructions in accordance with at least one embodiment.
[0054] Computer system 100 may include a processor 102 that may include one or more execution units 108 to perform an algorithm to perform at least one instruction in accordance with one embodiment of the present disclosure. One embodiment may be described in the context of a single processor desktop or server system, but other embodiments may be included in a multiprocessor system. System 100 may be an example of a 'hub' system architecture. System 100 may include a processor 102 for processing data signals. Processor 102 may include a complex instruction set computer (CISC) microprocessor, a reduced instruction set computing (RISC) microprocessor, a very long instruction word (VLIW) microprocessor, a processor implementing a combination of instruction sets, or any other processor device, such as a digital signal processor, for example. In one embodiment, processor 102 may be coupled to a
processor bus 110 that may transmit data signals between processor 102 and other components in system 100. The elements of system 100 may perform conventional functions that are well known to those familiar with the art.
[0055] In one embodiment, processor 102 may include a Level 1 (LI) internal cache memory 104. Depending on the architecture, the processor 102 may have a single internal cache or multiple levels of internal cache. In another embodiment, the cache memory may reside external to processor 102. Other embodiments may also include a combination of both internal and external caches depending on the particular implementation and needs. Register file 106 may store different types of data in various registers including integer registers, floating point registers, status registers, and instruction pointer register.
[0056] Execution unit 108, including logic to perform integer and floating point operations, also resides in processor 102. Processor 102 may also include a microcode (ucode) ROM that stores microcode for certain macroinstructions. In one embodiment, execution unit 108 may include logic to handle a packed instruction set 109. By including the packed instruction set 109 in the instruction set of a general-purpose processor 102, along with associated circuitry to execute the instructions, the operations used by many multimedia applications may be performed using packed data in a general-purpose processor 102. Thus, many multimedia applications may be accelerated and executed more efficiently by using the full width of a processor's data bus for performing operations on packed data. This may eliminate the need to transfer smaller units of data across the processor's data bus to perform one or more operations one data element at a time.
[0057] Embodiments of an execution unit 108 may also be used in micro controllers, embedded processors, graphics devices, DSPs, and other types of logic circuits. System 100 may include a memory 120. Memory 120 may be implemented as a dynamic random access memory (DRAM) device, a static random access memory (SRAM) device, flash memory device, or other memory device. Memory 120 may store instructions 119 and/or data 121 represented by data signals that may be executed by processor 102.
[0058] A system logic chip 116 may be coupled to processor bus 110 and memory 120. System logic chip 116 may include a memory controller hub (MCH). Processor
102 may communicate with MCH 116 via a processor bus 110. MCH 1 16 may provide a high bandwidth memory path 118 to memory 120 for storage of instructions 119 and data 121 and for storage of graphics commands, data and textures. MCH 116 may direct data signals between processor 102, memory 120, and other components in system 100 and to bridge the data signals between processor bus 110, memory 120, and system I/O 122. In some embodiments, the system logic chip 116 may provide a graphics port for coupling to a graphics controller 112. MCH 116 may be coupled to memory 120 through a memory interface 118. Graphics card 112 may be coupled to MCH 116 through an Accelerated Graphics Port (AGP) interconnect 114.
[0059] System 100 may use a proprietary hub interface bus 122 to couple MCH 116 to I/O controller hub (ICH) 130. In one embodiment, ICH 130 may provide direct connections to some I/O devices via a local I/O bus. The local I/O bus may include a high-speed I/O bus for connecting peripherals to memory 120, chipset, and processor 102. Examples may include the audio controller 129, firmware hub (flash BIOS) 128, wireless transceiver 126, data storage 124, legacy I/O controller 123 containing user input interface 125 (which may include a keyboard interface), a serial expansion port 127 such as Universal Serial Bus (USB), and a network controller 134. Data storage device 124 may comprise a hard disk drive, a floppy disk drive, a CD-ROM device, a flash memory device, or other mass storage device.
[0060] For another embodiment of a system, an instruction in accordance with one embodiment may be used with a system on a chip. One embodiment of a system on a chip comprises of a processor and a memory. The memory for one such system may include a flash memory. The flash memory may be located on the same die as the processor and other system components. Additionally, other logic blocks such as a memory controller or graphics controller may also be located on a system on a chip.
[0061] FIGURE IB illustrates a data processing system 140 which implements the principles of embodiments of the present disclosure. It will be readily appreciated by one of skill in the art that the embodiments described herein may operate with alternative processing systems without departure from the scope of embodiments of the disclosure.
[0062] Computer system 140 comprises a processing core 159 for performing at least one instruction in accordance with one embodiment. In one embodiment,
processing core 159 represents a processing unit of any type of architecture, including but not limited to a CISC, a RISC or a VLIW type architecture. Processing core 159 may also be suitable for manufacture in one or more process technologies and by being represented on a machine-readable media in sufficient detail, may be suitable to facilitate said manufacture.
[0063] Processing core 159 comprises an execution unit 142, a set of register files 145, and a decoder 144. Processing core 159 may also include additional circuitry (not shown) which may be unnecessary to the understanding of embodiments of the present disclosure. Execution unit 142 may execute instructions received by processing core 159. In addition to performing typical processor instructions, execution unit 142 may perform instructions in packed instruction set 143 for performing operations on packed data formats. Packed instruction set 143 may include instructions for performing embodiments of the disclosure and other packed instructions. Execution unit 142 may be coupled to register file 145 by an internal bus. Register file 145 may represent a storage area on processing core 159 for storing information, including data. As previously mentioned, it is understood that the storage area may store the packed data might not be critical. Execution unit 142 may be coupled to decoder 144. Decoder 144 may decode instructions received by processing core 159 into control signals and/or microcode entry points. In response to these control signals and/or microcode entry points, execution unit 142 performs the appropriate operations. In one embodiment, the decoder may interpret the opcode of the instruction, which will indicate what operation should be performed on the corresponding data indicated within the instruction.
[0064] Processing core 159 may be coupled with bus 141 for communicating with various other system devices, which may include but are not limited to, for example, synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM) control 146, static random access memory (SRAM) control 147, burst flash memory interface 148, personal computer memory card international association (PCMCIA)/compact flash (CF) card control 149, liquid crystal display (LCD) control 150, direct memory access (DMA) controller 151, and alternative bus master interface 152. In one embodiment, data processing system 140 may also comprise an I/O bridge 154 for communicating with various I/O devices via an I/O bus 153. Such I/O devices may include but are not limited to, for example, universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter (UART) 155,
universal serial bus (USB) 156, Bluetooth wireless UART 157 and I/O expansion interface 158.
[0065] One embodiment of data processing system 140 provides for mobile, network and/or wireless communications and a processing core 159 that may perform SIMD operations including a text string comparison operation. Processing core 159 may be programmed with various audio, video, imaging and communications algorithms including discrete transformations such as a Walsh-Hadamard transform, a fast Fourier transform (FFT), a discrete cosine transform (DCT), and their respective inverse transforms; compression/decompression techniques such as color space transformation, video encode motion estimation or video decode motion compensation; and modulation/demodulation (MODEM) functions such as pulse coded modulation (PCM).
[0066] FIGURE 1C illustrates other embodiments of a data processing system that performs SFMD text string comparison operations. In one embodiment, data processing system 160 may include a main processor 166, a SIMD coprocessor 161, a cache memory 167, and an input/output system 168. Input/output system 168 may optionally be coupled to a wireless interface 169. SIMD coprocessor 161 may perform operations including instructions in accordance with one embodiment. In one embodiment, processing core 170 may be suitable for manufacture in one or more process technologies and by being represented on a machine-readable media in sufficient detail, may be suitable to facilitate the manufacture of all or part of data processing system 160 including processing core 170.
[0067] In one embodiment, SIMD coprocessor 161 comprises an execution unit 162 and a set of register files 164. One embodiment of main processor 166 comprises a decoder 165 to recognize instructions of instruction set 163 including instructions in accordance with one embodiment for execution by execution unit 162. In other embodiments, SIMD coprocessor 161 also comprises at least part of decoder 165 (shown as 165B) to decode instructions of instruction set 163. Processing core 170 may also include additional circuitry (not shown) which may be unnecessary to the understanding of embodiments of the present disclosure.
[0068] In operation, main processor 166 executes a stream of data processing instructions that control data processing operations of a general type including
interactions with cache memory 167, and input/output system 168. Embedded within the stream of data processing instructions may be SIMD coprocessor instructions. Decoder 165 of main processor 166 recognizes these SIMD coprocessor instructions as being of a type that should be executed by an attached SIMD coprocessor 161. Accordingly, main processor 166 issues these SIMD coprocessor instructions (or control signals representing SIMD coprocessor instructions) on the coprocessor bus 166. From coprocessor bus 171, these instructions may be received by any attached SIMD coprocessors. In this case, SIMD coprocessor 161 may accept and execute any received SIMD coprocessor instructions intended for it.
[0069] Data may be received via wireless interface 169 for processing by the SIMD coprocessor instructions. For one example, voice communication may be received in the form of a digital signal, which may be processed by the SFMD coprocessor instructions to regenerate digital audio samples representative of the voice communications. For another example, compressed audio and/or video may be received in the form of a digital bit stream, which may be processed by the SIMD coprocessor instructions to regenerate digital audio samples and/or motion video frames. In one embodiment of processing core 170, main processor 166, and a SFMD coprocessor 161 may be integrated into a single processing core 170 comprising an execution unit 162, a set of register files 164, and a decoder 165 to recognize instructions of instruction set 163 including instructions in accordance with one embodiment.
[0070] FIGURE 2 is a block diagram of the micro-architecture for a processor 200 that may include logic circuits to perform instructions, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. In some embodiments, an instruction in accordance with one embodiment may be implemented to operate on data elements having sizes of byte, word, doubleword, quadword, etc., as well as datatypes, such as single and double precision integer and floating point datatypes. In one embodiment, in-order front end 201 may implement a part of processor 200 that may fetch instructions to be executed and prepares the instructions to be used later in the processor pipeline. Front end 201 may include several units. In one embodiment, instruction prefetcher 226 fetches instructions from memory and feeds the instructions to an instruction decoder 228 which in turn decodes or interprets the instructions. For example, in one embodiment,
the decoder decodes a received instruction into one or more operations called "microinstructions" or "micro-operations" (also called micro op or uops) that the machine may execute. In other embodiments, the decoder parses the instruction into an opcode and corresponding data and control fields that may be used by the micro-architecture to perform operations in accordance with one embodiment. In one embodiment, trace cache 230 may assemble decoded uops into program ordered sequences or traces in uop queue 234 for execution. When trace cache 230 encounters a complex instruction, microcode ROM 232 provides the uops needed to complete the operation.
[0071] Some instructions may be converted into a single micro-op, whereas others need several micro-ops to complete the full operation. In one embodiment, if more than four micro-ops are needed to complete an instruction, decoder 228 may access microcode ROM 232 to perform the instruction. In one embodiment, an instruction may be decoded into a small number of micro ops for processing at instruction decoder 228. In another embodiment, an instruction may be stored within microcode ROM 232 should a number of micro-ops be needed to accomplish the operation. Trace cache 230 refers to an entry point programmable logic array (PLA) to determine a correct microinstruction pointer for reading the micro-code sequences to complete one or more instructions in accordance with one embodiment from micro-code ROM 232. After microcode ROM 232 finishes sequencing micro-ops for an instruction, front end 201 of the machine may resume fetching micro-ops from trace cache 230.
[0072] Out-of-order execution engine 203 may prepare instructions for execution. The out-of-order execution logic has a number of buffers to smooth out and re-order the flow of instructions to optimize performance as they go down the pipeline and get scheduled for execution. The allocator logic in allocator/register renamer 215 allocates the machine buffers and resources that each uop needs in order to execute. The register renaming logic in allocator/register renamer 215 renames logic registers onto entries in a register file. The allocator 215 also allocates an entry for each uop in one of the two uop queues, one for memory operations (memory uop queue 207) and one for non- memory operations (integer/floating point uop queue 205), in front of the instruction schedulers: memory scheduler 209, fast scheduler 202, slow/general floating point scheduler 204, and simple floating point scheduler 206. Uop schedulers 202, 204, 206, determine when a uop is ready to execute based on the readiness of their dependent
input register operand sources and the availability of the execution resources the uops need to complete their operation. Fast scheduler 202 of one embodiment may schedule on each half of the main clock cycle while the other schedulers may only schedule once per main processor clock cycle. The schedulers arbitrate for the dispatch ports to schedule uops for execution.
[0073] Register files 208, 210 may be arranged between schedulers 202, 204, 206, and execution units 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 224 in execution block 211. Each of register files 208, 210 perform integer and floating point operations, respectively. Each register file 208, 210, may include a bypass network that may bypass or forward just completed results that have not yet been written into the register file to new dependent uops. Integer register file 208 and floating point register file 210 may communicate data with the other. In one embodiment, integer register file 208 may be split into two separate register files, one register file for low-order thirty-two bits of data and a second register file for high order thirty-two bits of data. Floating point register file 210 may include 128-bit wide entries because floating point instructions typically have operands from 64 to 128 bits in width.
[0074] Execution block 211 may contain execution units 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 224. Execution units 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 224 may execute the instructions. Execution block 211 may include register files 208, 210 that store the integer and floating point data operand values that the micro-instructions need to execute. In one embodiment, processor 200 may comprise a number of execution units: address generation unit (AGU) 212, AGU 214, fast ALU 216, fast ALU 218, slow ALU 220, floating point ALU 222, floating point move unit 224. In another embodiment, floating point execution blocks 222, 224, may execute floating point, MMX, SIMD, and SSE, or other operations. In yet another embodiment, floating point ALU 222 may include a 64-bit by 64-bit floating point divider to execute divide, square root, and remainder micro-ops. In various embodiments, instructions involving a floating point value may be handled with the floating point hardware. In one embodiment, ALU operations may be passed to high-speed ALU execution units 216, 218. High-speed ALUs 216, 218 may execute fast operations with an effective latency of half a clock cycle. In one embodiment, most complex integer operations go to slow ALU 220 as slow ALU 220 may include integer execution hardware for long-latency
type of operations, such as a multiplier, shifts, flag logic, and branch processing. Memory load/store operations may be executed by AGUs 212, 214. In one embodiment, integer ALUs 216, 218, 220 may perform integer operations on 64-bit data operands. In other embodiments, ALUs 216, 218, 220 may be implemented to support a variety of data bit sizes including sixteen, thirty-two, 128, 256, etc. Similarly, floating point units 222, 224 may be implemented to support a range of operands having bits of various widths. In one embodiment, floating point units 222, 224, may operate on 128-bit wide packed data operands in conjunction with SIMD and multimedia instructions.
[0075] In one embodiment, uops schedulers 202, 204, 206, dispatch dependent operations before the parent load has finished executing. As uops may be speculatively scheduled and executed in processor 200, processor 200 may also include logic to handle memory misses. If a data load misses in the data cache, there may be dependent operations in flight in the pipeline that have left the scheduler with temporarily incorrect data. A replay mechanism tracks and re-executes instructions that use incorrect data. Only the dependent operations might need to be replayed and the independent ones may be allowed to complete. The schedulers and replay mechanism of one embodiment of a processor may also be designed to catch instruction sequences for text string comparison operations.
[0076] The term "registers" may refer to the on-board processor storage locations that may be used as part of instructions to identify operands. In other words, registers may be those that may be usable from the outside of the processor (from a programmer's perspective). However, in some embodiments registers might not be limited to a particular type of circuit. Rather, a register may store data, provide data, and perform the functions described herein. The registers described herein may be implemented by circuitry within a processor using any number of different techniques, such as dedicated physical registers, dynamically allocated physical registers using register renaming, combinations of dedicated and dynamically allocated physical registers, etc. In one embodiment, integer registers store 32-bit integer data. A register file of one embodiment also contains eight multimedia SIMD registers for packed data. For the discussions below, the registers may be understood to be data registers designed to hold packed data, such as 64-bit wide MMX™ registers (also referred to as 'mm'
registers in some instances) in microprocessors enabled with MMX technology from Intel Corporation of Santa Clara, California. These MMX registers, available in both integer and floating point forms, may operate with packed data elements that accompany SIMD and SSE instructions. Similarly, 128-bit wide XMM registers relating to SSE2, SSE3, SSE4, or beyond (referred to generically as "SSEx") technology may hold such packed data operands. In one embodiment, in storing packed data and integer data, the registers do not need to differentiate between the two data types. In one embodiment, integer and floating point data may be contained in the same register file or different register files. Furthermore, in one embodiment, floating point and integer data may be stored in different registers or the same registers.
[0077] In the examples of the following figures, a number of data operands may be described. FIGURE 3A illustrates various packed data type representations in multimedia registers, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. FIGURE 3 A illustrates data types for a packed byte 310, a packed word 320, and a packed doubleword (dword) 330 for 128-bit wide operands. Packed byte format 310 of this example may be 128 bits long and contains sixteen packed byte data elements. A byte may be defined, for example, as eight bits of data. Information for each byte data element may be stored in bit 7 through bit 0 for byte 0, bit 15 through bit 8 for byte 1, bit 23 through bit 16 for byte 2, and finally bit 120 through bit 127 for byte 15. Thus, all available bits may be used in the register. This storage arrangement increases the storage efficiency of the processor. As well, with sixteen data elements accessed, one operation may now be performed on sixteen data elements in parallel.
[0078] Generally, a data element may include an individual piece of data that is stored in a single register or memory location with other data elements of the same length. In packed data sequences relating to SSEx technology, the number of data elements stored in a XMM register may be 128 bits divided by the length in bits of an individual data element. Similarly, in packed data sequences relating to MMX and SSE technology, the number of data elements stored in an MMX register may be 64 bits divided by the length in bits of an individual data element. Although the data types illustrated in FIGURE 3A may be 128 bits long, embodiments of the present disclosure may also operate with 64-bit wide or other sized operands. Packed word format 320 of this example may be 128 bits long and contains eight packed word data elements. Each
packed word contains sixteen bits of information. Packed doubleword format 330 of FIGURE 3A may be 128 bits long and contains four packed doubleword data elements. Each packed doubleword data element contains thirty-two bits of information. A packed quadword may be 128 bits long and contain two packed quad-word data elements.
[0079] FIGURE 3B illustrates possible in-register data storage formats, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. Each packed data may include more than one independent data element. Three packed data formats are illustrated; packed half 341, packed single 342, and packed double 343. One embodiment of packed half 341, packed single 342, and packed double 343 contain fixed-point data elements. For another embodiment one or more of packed half 341, packed single 342, and packed double 343 may contain floating-point data elements. One embodiment of packed half 341 may be 128 bits long containing eight 16-bit data elements. One embodiment of packed single 342 may be 128 bits long and contains four 32-bit data elements. One embodiment of packed double 343 may be 128 bits long and contains two 64-bit data elements. It will be appreciated that such packed data formats may be further extended to other register lengths, for example, to 96-bits, 160-bits, 192-bits, 224-bits, 256-bits or more.
[0080] FIGURE 3C illustrates various signed and unsigned packed data type representations in multimedia registers, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. Unsigned packed byte representation 344 illustrates the storage of an unsigned packed byte in a SIMD register. Information for each byte data element may be stored in bit 7 through bit 0 for byte 0, bit 15 through bit 8 for byte 1, bit 23 through bit 16 for byte 2, and finally bit 120 through bit 127 for byte 15. Thus, all available bits may be used in the register. This storage arrangement may increase the storage efficiency of the processor. As well, with sixteen data elements accessed, one operation may now be performed on sixteen data elements in a parallel fashion. Signed packed byte representation 345 illustrates the storage of a signed packed byte. Note that the eighth bit of every byte data element may be the sign indicator. Unsigned packed word representation 346 illustrates how word seven through word zero may be stored in a SIMD register. Signed packed word representation 347 may be similar to the unsigned packed word in-register representation 346. Note that the sixteenth bit of
each word data element may be the sign indicator. Unsigned packed doubleword representation 348 shows how doubleword data elements are stored. Signed packed doubleword representation 349 may be similar to unsigned packed doubleword in- register representation 348. Note that the necessary sign bit may be the thirty-second bit of each doubleword data element.
[0081] FIGURE 3D illustrates an embodiment of an operation encoding (opcode). Furthermore, format 360 may include register/memory operand addressing modes corresponding with a type of opcode format described in the "IA-32 Intel Architecture Software Developer's Manual Volume 2: Instruction Set Reference," which is available from Intel Corporation, Santa Clara, CA on the world-wide-web (www) at intel.com/design/litcentr. In one embodiment, an instruction may be encoded by one or more of fields 361 and 362. Up to two operand locations per instruction may be identified, including up to two source operand identifiers 364 and 365. In one embodiment, destination operand identifier 366 may be the same as source operand identifier 364, whereas in other embodiments they may be different. In another embodiment, destination operand identifier 366 may be the same as source operand identifier 365, whereas in other embodiments they may be different. In one embodiment, one of the source operands identified by source operand identifiers 364 and 365 may be overwritten by the results of the text string comparison operations, whereas in other embodiments identifier 364 corresponds to a source register element and identifier 365 corresponds to a destination register element. In one embodiment, operand identifiers 364 and 365 may identify 32-bit or 64-bit source and destination operands.
[0082] FIGURE 3E illustrates another possible operation encoding (opcode) format 370, having forty or more bits, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. Opcode format 370 corresponds with opcode format 360 and comprises an optional prefix byte 378. An instruction according to one embodiment may be encoded by one or more of fields 378, 371, and 372. Up to two operand locations per instruction may be identified by source operand identifiers 374 and 375 and by prefix byte 378. In one embodiment, prefix byte 378 may be used to identify 32-bit or 64-bit source and destination operands. In one embodiment, destination operand identifier 376 may be the same as source operand identifier 374, whereas in other embodiments
they may be different. For another embodiment, destination operand identifier 376 may be the same as source operand identifier 375, whereas in other embodiments they may be different. In one embodiment, an instruction operates on one or more of the operands identified by operand identifiers 374 and 375 and one or more operands identified by operand identifiers 374 and 375 may be overwritten by the results of the instruction, whereas in other embodiments, operands identified by identifiers 374 and 375 may be written to another data element in another register. Opcode formats 360 and 370 allow register to register, memory to register, register by memory, register by register, register by immediate, register to memory addressing specified in part by MOD fields 363 and 373 and by optional scale-index-base and displacement bytes.
[0083] FIGURE 3F illustrates yet another possible operation encoding (opcode) format, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. 64-bit single instruction multiple data (SIMD) arithmetic operations may be performed through a coprocessor data processing (CDP) instruction. Operation encoding (opcode) format 380 depicts one such CDP instruction having CDP opcode fields 382 and 389. The type of CDP instruction, for another embodiment, operations may be encoded by one or more of fields 383, 384, 387, and 388. Up to three operand locations per instruction may be identified, including up to two source operand identifiers 385 and 390 and one destination operand identifier 386. One embodiment of the coprocessor may operate on eight, sixteen, thirty-two, and 64-bit values. In one embodiment, an instruction may be performed on integer data elements. In some embodiments, an instruction may be executed conditionally, using condition field 381. For some embodiments, source data sizes may be encoded by field 383. In some embodiments, Zero (Z), negative (N), carry (C), and overflow (V) detection may be done on SIMD fields. For some instructions, the type of saturation may be encoded by field 384.
[0084] FIGURE 4A is a block diagram illustrating an in-order pipeline and a register renaming stage, out-of-order issue/execution pipeline, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. FIGURE 4B is a block diagram illustrating an in-order architecture core and a register renaming logic, out-of-order issue/execution logic to be included in a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. The solid lined boxes in FIGURE 4A illustrate the in-order pipeline, while the dashed lined boxes illustrates the register renaming, out-of-order issue/execution
pipeline. Similarly, the solid lined boxes in FIGURE 4B illustrate the in-order architecture logic, while the dashed lined boxes illustrates the register renaming logic and out-of-order issue/execution logic.
[0085] In FIGURE 4A, a processor pipeline 400 may include a fetch stage 402, a length decode stage 404, a decode stage 406, an allocation stage 408, a renaming stage 410, a scheduling (also known as a dispatch or issue) stage 412, a register read/memory read stage 414, an execute stage 416, a write-back/mem ory -write stage 418, an exception handling stage 422, and a commit stage 424.
[0086] In FIGURE 4B, arrows denote a coupling between two or more units and the direction of the arrow indicates a direction of data flow between those units.
FIGURE 4B shows processor core 490 including a front end unit 430 coupled to an execution engine unit 450, and both may be coupled to a memory unit 470.
[0087] Core 490 may be a reduced instruction set computing (RISC) core, a complex instruction set computing (CISC) core, a very long instruction word (VLIW) core, or a hybrid or alternative core type. In one embodiment, core 490 may be a special-purpose core, such as, for example, a network or communication core, compression engine, graphics core, or the like.
[0088] Front end unit 430 may include a branch prediction unit 432 coupled to an instruction cache unit 434. Instruction cache unit 434 may be coupled to an instruction translation lookaside buffer (TLB) 436. TLB 436 may be coupled to an instruction fetch unit 438, which is coupled to a decode unit 440. Decode unit 440 may decode instructions, and generate as an output one or more micro-operations, micro-code entry points, microinstructions, other instructions, or other control signals, which may be decoded from, or which otherwise reflect, or may be derived from, the original instructions. The decoder may be implemented using various different mechanisms. Examples of suitable mechanisms include, but are not limited to, look-up tables, hardware implementations, programmable logic arrays (PLAs), microcode read-only memories (ROMs), etc. In one embodiment, instruction cache unit 434 may be further coupled to a level 2 (L2) cache unit 476 in memory unit 470. Decode unit 440 may be coupled to a rename/allocator unit 452 in execution engine unit 450.
[0089] Execution engine unit 450 may include rename/allocator unit 452 coupled to a retirement unit 454 and a set of one or more scheduler units 456. Scheduler units 456
represent any number of different schedulers, including reservations stations, central instruction window, etc. Scheduler units 456 may be coupled to physical register file units 458. Each of physical register file units 458 represents one or more physical register files, different ones of which store one or more different data types, such as scalar integer, scalar floating point, packed integer, packed floating point, vector integer, vector floating point, etc., status (e.g., an instruction pointer that is the address of the next instruction to be executed), etc. Physical register file units 458 may be overlapped by retirement unit 454 to illustrate various ways in which register renaming and out-of-order execution may be implemented (e.g., using one or more reorder buffers and one or more retirement register files, using one or more future files, one or more history buffers, and one or more retirement register files; using register maps and a pool of registers; etc.). Generally, the architectural registers may be visible from the outside of the processor or from a programmer's perspective. The registers might not be limited to any known particular type of circuit. Various different types of registers may be suitable as long as they store and provide data as described herein. Examples of suitable registers include, but might not be limited to, dedicated physical registers, dynamically allocated physical registers using register renaming, combinations of dedicated and dynamically allocated physical registers, etc. Retirement unit 454 and physical register file units 458 may be coupled to execution clusters 460. Execution clusters 460 may include a set of one or more execution units 462 and a set of one or more memory access units 464. Execution units 462 may perform various operations (e.g., shifts, addition, subtraction, multiplication) and on various types of data (e.g., scalar floating point, packed integer, packed floating point, vector integer, vector floating point). While some embodiments may include a number of execution units dedicated to specific functions or sets of functions, other embodiments may include only one execution unit or multiple execution units that all perform all functions. Scheduler units 456, physical register file units 458, and execution clusters 460 are shown as being possibly plural because certain embodiments create separate pipelines for certain types of data/operations (e.g., a scalar integer pipeline, a scalar floating point/packed integer/packed floating point/vector integer/vector floating point pipeline, and/or a memory access pipeline that each have their own scheduler unit, physical register file unit, and/or execution cluster - and in the case of a separate memory access
pipeline, certain embodiments may be implemented in which only the execution cluster of this pipeline has memory access units 464). It should also be understood that where separate pipelines are used, one or more of these pipelines may be out-of-order issue/execution and the rest in-order.
[0090] The set of memory access units 464 may be coupled to memory unit 470, which may include a data TLB unit 472 coupled to a data cache unit 474 coupled to a level 2 (L2) cache unit 476. In one exemplary embodiment, memory access units 464 may include a load unit, a store address unit, and a store data unit, each of which may be coupled to data TLB unit 472 in memory unit 470. L2 cache unit 476 may be coupled to one or more other levels of cache and eventually to a main memory.
[0091] By way of example, the exemplary register renaming, out-of-order issue/execution core architecture may implement pipeline 400 as follows: 1) instruction fetch 438 may perform fetch and length decoding stages 402 and 404; 2) decode unit 440 may perform decode stage 406; 3) rename/allocator unit 452 may perform allocation stage 408 and renaming stage 410; 4) scheduler units 456 may perform schedule stage 412; 5) physical register file units 458 and memory unit 470 may perform register read/memory read stage 414; execution cluster 460 may perform execute stage 416; 6) memory unit 470 and physical register file units 458 may perform write-back/memory -write stage 418; 7) various units may be involved in the performance of exception handling stage 422; and 8) retirement unit 454 and physical register file units 458 may perform commit stage 424.
[0092] Core 490 may support one or more instructions sets (e.g., the x86 instruction set (with some extensions that have been added with newer versions); the MIPS instruction set of MIPS Technologies of Sunnyvale, CA; the ARM instruction set (with optional additional extensions such as NEON) of ARM Holdings of Sunnyvale, CA).
[0093] It should be understood that the core may support multithreading (executing two or more parallel sets of operations or threads) in a variety of manners. Multithreading support may be performed by, for example, including time sliced multithreading, simultaneous multithreading (where a single physical core provides a logical core for each of the threads that physical core is simultaneously multithreading), or a combination thereof. Such a combination may include, for example, time sliced
fetching and decoding and simultaneous multithreading thereafter such as in the Intel® Hyperthreading technology.
[0094] While register renaming may be described in the context of out-of-order execution, it should be understood that register renaming may be used in an in-order architecture. While the illustrated embodiment of the processor may also include a separate instruction and data cache units 434/474 and a shared L2 cache unit 476, other embodiments may have a single internal cache for both instructions and data, such as, for example, a Level 1 (LI) internal cache, or multiple levels of internal cache. In some embodiments, the system may include a combination of an internal cache and an external cache that may be external to the core and/or the processor. In other embodiments, all of the caches may be external to the core and/or the processor.
[0095] FIGURE 5A is a block diagram of a processor 500, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. In one embodiment, processor 500 may include a multicore processor. Processor 500 may include a system agent 510 communicatively coupled to one or more cores 502. Furthermore, cores 502 and system agent 510 may be communicatively coupled to one or more caches 506. Cores 502, system agent 510, and caches 506 may be communicatively coupled via one or more memory control units 552. Furthermore, cores 502, system agent 510, and caches 506 may be communicatively coupled to a graphics module 560 via memory control units 552.
[0096] Processor 500 may include any suitable mechanism for interconnecting cores 502, system agent 510, and caches 506, and graphics module 560. In one embodiment, processor 500 may include a ring-based interconnect unit 508 to interconnect cores 502, system agent 510, and caches 506, and graphics module 560. In other embodiments, processor 500 may include any number of well-known techniques for interconnecting such units. Ring-based interconnect unit 508 may utilize memory control units 552 to facilitate interconnections.
[0097] Processor 500 may include a memory hierarchy comprising one or more levels of caches within the cores, one or more shared cache units such as caches 506, or external memory (not shown) coupled to the set of integrated memory controller units 552. Caches 506 may include any suitable cache. In one embodiment, caches 506 may
include one or more mid-level caches, such as level 2 (L2), level 3 (L3), level 4 (L4), or other levels of cache, a last level cache (LLC), and/or combinations thereof.
[0098] In various embodiments, one or more of cores 502 may perform multithreading. System agent 510 may include components for coordinating and operating cores 502. System agent unit 510 may include for example a power control unit (PCU). The PCU may be or include logic and components needed for regulating the power state of cores 502. System agent 510 may include a display engine 512 for driving one or more externally connected displays or graphics module 560. System agent 510 may include an interface 514 for communications busses for graphics. In one embodiment, interface 514 may be implemented by PCI Express (PCIe). In a further embodiment, interface 514 may be implemented by PCI Express Graphics (PEG). System agent 510 may include a direct media interface (DMI) 516. DMI 516 may provide links between different bridges on a motherboard or other portion of a computer system. System agent 510 may include a PCIe bridge 518 for providing PCIe links to other elements of a computing system. PCIe bridge 518 may be implemented using a memory controller 520 and coherence logic 522.
[0099] Cores 502 may be implemented in any suitable manner. Cores 502 may be homogenous or heterogeneous in terms of architecture and/or instruction set. In one embodiment, some of cores 502 may be in-order while others may be out-of-order. In another embodiment, two or more of cores 502 may execute the same instruction set, while others may execute only a subset of that instruction set or a different instruction set.
[00100] Processor 500 may include a general-purpose processor, such as a Core™ i3, i5, i7, 2 Duo and Quad, Xeon™, Itanium™, XScale™ or StrongARM™ processor, which may be available from Intel Corporation, of Santa Clara, Calif. Processor 500 may be provided from another company, such as ARM Holdings, Ltd, MIPS, etc. Processor 500 may be a special-purpose processor, such as, for example, a network or communication processor, compression engine, graphics processor, co-processor, embedded processor, or the like. Processor 500 may be implemented on one or more chips. Processor 500 may be a part of and/or may be implemented on one or more substrates using any of a number of process technologies, such as, for example, BiCMOS, CMOS, or MOS.
[00101] In one embodiment, a given one of caches 506 may be shared by multiple ones of cores 502. In another embodiment, a given one of caches 506 may be dedicated to one of cores 502. The assignment of caches 506 to cores 502 may be handled by a cache controller or other suitable mechanism. A given one of caches 506 may be shared by two or more cores 502 by implementing time-slices of a given cache 506.
[00102] Graphics module 560 may implement an integrated graphics processing subsystem. In one embodiment, graphics module 560 may include a graphics processor. Furthermore, graphics module 560 may include a media engine 565. Media engine 565 may provide media encoding and video decoding.
[00103] FIGURE 5B is a block diagram of an example implementation of a core 502, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. Core 502 may include a front end 570 communicatively coupled to an out-of-order engine 580. Core 502 may be communicatively coupled to other portions of processor 500 through cache hierarchy 503.
[00104] Front end 570 may be implemented in any suitable manner, such as fully or in part by front end 201 as described above. In one embodiment, front end 570 may communicate with other portions of processor 500 through cache hierarchy 503. In a further embodiment, front end 570 may fetch instructions from portions of processor 500 and prepare the instructions to be used later in the processor pipeline as they are passed to out-of-order execution engine 580.
[00105] Out-of-order execution engine 580 may be implemented in any suitable manner, such as fully or in part by out-of-order execution engine 203 as described above. Out-of-order execution engine 580 may prepare instructions received from front end 570 for execution. Out-of-order execution engine 580 may include an allocate module 582. In one embodiment, allocate module 582 may allocate resources of processor 500 or other resources, such as registers or buffers, to execute a given instruction. Allocate module 582 may make allocations in schedulers, such as a memory scheduler, fast scheduler, or floating point scheduler. Such schedulers may be represented in FIGURE 5B by resource schedulers 584. Allocate module 582 may be implemented fully or in part by the allocation logic described in conjunction with FIGURE 2. Resource schedulers 584 may determine when an instruction is ready to execute based on the readiness of a given resource's sources and the availability of
execution resources needed to execute an instruction. Resource schedulers 584 may be implemented by, for example, schedulers 202, 204, 206 as discussed above. Resource schedulers 584 may schedule the execution of instructions upon one or more resources. In one embodiment, such resources may be internal to core 502, and may be illustrated, for example, as resources 586. In another embodiment, such resources may be external to core 502 and may be accessible by, for example, cache hierarchy 503. Resources may include, for example, memory, caches, register files, or registers. Resources internal to core 502 may be represented by resources 586 in FIGURE 5B. As necessary, values written to or read from resources 586 may be coordinated with other portions of processor 500 through, for example, cache hierarchy 503. As instructions are assigned resources, they may be placed into a reorder buffer 588. Reorder buffer 588 may track instructions as they are executed and may selectively reorder their execution based upon any suitable criteria of processor 500. In one embodiment, reorder buffer 588 may identify instructions or a series of instructions that may be executed independently. Such instructions or a series of instructions may be executed in parallel from other such instructions. Parallel execution in core 502 may be performed by any suitable number of separate execution blocks or virtual processors. In one embodiment, shared resources— such as memory, registers, and caches— may be accessible to multiple virtual processors within a given core 502. In other embodiments, shared resources may be accessible to multiple processing entities within processor 500.
[00106] Cache hierarchy 503 may be implemented in any suitable manner. For example, cache hierarchy 503 may include one or more lower or mid-level caches, such as caches 572, 574. In one embodiment, cache hierarchy 503 may include an LLC 595 communicatively coupled to caches 572, 574. In another embodiment, LLC 595 may be implemented in a module 590 accessible to all processing entities of processor 500. In a further embodiment, module 590 may be implemented in an uncore module of processors from Intel, Inc. Module 590 may include portions or subsystems of processor 500 necessary for the execution of core 502 but might not be implemented within core 502. Besides LLC 595, Module 590 may include, for example, hardware interfaces, memory coherency coordinators, interprocessor interconnects, instruction pipelines, or memory controllers. Access to RAM 599 available to processor 500 may
be made through module 590 and, more specifically, LLC 595. Furthermore, other instances of core 502 may similarly access module 590. Coordination of the instances of core 502 may be facilitated in part through module 590.
[00107] FIGURES 6-8 may illustrate exemplary systems suitable for including processor 500, while FIGURE 9 may illustrate an exemplary system on a chip (SoC) that may include one or more of cores 502. Other system designs and implementations known in the arts for laptops, desktops, handheld PCs, personal digital assistants, engineering workstations, servers, network devices, network hubs, switches, embedded processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), graphics devices, video game devices, set- top boxes, micro controllers, cell phones, portable media players, hand held devices, and various other electronic devices, may also be suitable. In general, a huge variety of systems or electronic devices that incorporate a processor and/or other execution logic as disclosed herein may be generally suitable.
[00108] FIGURE 6 illustrates a block diagram of a system 600, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. System 600 may include one or more processors 610, 615, which may be coupled to graphics memory controller hub (GMCH) 620. The optional nature of additional processors 615 is denoted in FIGURE 6 with broken lines.
[00109] Each processor 610,615 may be some version of processor 500. However, it should be noted that integrated graphics logic and integrated memory control units might not exist in processors 610,615. FIGURE 6 illustrates that GMCH 620 may be coupled to a memory 640 that may be, for example, a dynamic random access memory (DRAM). The DRAM may, for at least one embodiment, be associated with a nonvolatile cache.
[00110] GMCH 620 may be a chipset, or a portion of a chipset. GMCH 620 may communicate with processors 610, 615 and control interaction between processors 610, 615 and memory 640. GMCH 620 may also act as an accelerated bus interface between the processors 610, 615 and other elements of system 600. In one embodiment, GMCH 620 communicates with processors 610, 615 via a multi-drop bus, such as a frontside bus (FSB) 695.
[00111] Furthermore, GMCH 620 may be coupled to a display 645 (such as a flat panel display). In one embodiment, GMCH 620 may include an integrated graphics
accelerator. GMCH 620 may be further coupled to an input/output (I/O) controller hub (ICH) 650, which may be used to couple various peripheral devices to system 600. External graphics device 660 may include a discrete graphics device coupled to ICH 650 along with another peripheral device 670.
[00112] In other embodiments, additional or different processors may also be present in system 600. For example, additional processors 610, 615 may include additional processors that may be the same as processor 610, additional processors that may be heterogeneous or asymmetric to processor 610, accelerators (such as, e.g., graphics accelerators or digital signal processing (DSP) units), field programmable gate arrays, or any other processor. There may be a variety of differences between the physical resources 610, 615 in terms of a spectrum of metrics of merit including architectural, micro-architectural, thermal, power consumption characteristics, and the like. These differences may effectively manifest themselves as asymmetry and heterogeneity amongst processors 610, 615. For at least one embodiment, various processors 610, 615 may reside in the same die package.
[00113] FIGURE 7 illustrates a block diagram of a second system 700, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. As shown in FIGURE 7, multiprocessor system 700 may include a point-to-point interconnect system, and may include a first processor 770 and a second processor 780 coupled via a point-to-point interconnect 750. Each of processors 770 and 780 may be some version of processor 500 as one or more of processors 610,615.
[00114] While FIGURE 7 may illustrate two processors 770, 780, it is to be understood that the scope of the present disclosure is not so limited. In other embodiments, one or more additional processors may be present in a given processor.
[00115] Processors 770 and 780 are shown including integrated memory controller units 772 and 782, respectively. Processor 770 may also include as part of its bus controller units point-to-point (P-P) interfaces 776 and 778; similarly, second processor 780 may include P-P interfaces 786 and 788. Processors 770, 780 may exchange information via a point-to-point (P-P) interface 750 using P-P interface circuits 778, 788. As shown in FIGURE 7, IMCs 772 and 782 may couple the processors to respective memories, namely a memory 732 and a memory 734, which in one
embodiment may be portions of main memory locally attached to the respective processors.
[00116] Processors 770, 780 may each exchange information with a chipset 790 via individual P-P interfaces 752, 754 using point to point interface circuits 776, 794, 786, 798. In one embodiment, chipset 790 may also exchange information with a high- performance graphics circuit 738 via a high-performance graphics interface 739.
[00117] A shared cache (not shown) may be included in either processor or outside of both processors, yet connected with the processors via P-P interconnect, such that either or both processors' local cache information may be stored in the shared cache if a processor is placed into a low power mode.
[00118] Chipset 790 may be coupled to a first bus 716 via an interface 796. In one embodiment, first bus 716 may be a Peripheral Component Interconnect (PCI) bus, or a bus such as a PCI Express bus or another third generation I/O interconnect bus, although the scope of the present disclosure is not so limited.
[00119] As shown in FIGURE 7, various I/O devices 714 may be coupled to first bus 716, along with a bus bridge 718 which couples first bus 716 to a second bus 720. In one embodiment, second bus 720 may be a low pin count (LPC) bus. Various devices may be coupled to second bus 720 including, for example, a keyboard and/or mouse 722, communication devices 727 and a storage unit 728 such as a disk drive or other mass storage device which may include instructions/code and data 730, in one embodiment. Further, an audio I/O 724 may be coupled to second bus 720. Note that other architectures may be possible. For example, instead of the point-to-point architecture of FIGURE 7, a system may implement a multi-drop bus or other such architecture.
[00120] FIGURE 8 illustrates a block diagram of a third system 800 in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. Like elements in FIGURES 7 and 8 bear like reference numerals, and certain aspects of FIGURE 7 have been omitted from FIGURE 8 in order to avoid obscuring other aspects of FIGURE 8.
[00121] FIGURE 8 illustrates that processors 770, 780 may include integrated memory and I/O control logic ("CL") 872 and 882, respectively. For at least one embodiment, CL 872, 882 may include integrated memory controller units such as that described above in connection with FIGURES 5 and 7. In addition. CL 872, 882 may
also include I/O control logic. FIGURE 8 illustrates that not only memories 732, 734 may be coupled to CL 872, 882, but also that I/O devices 814 may also be coupled to control logic 872, 882. Legacy I/O devices 815 may be coupled to chipset 790.
[00122] FIGURE 9 illustrates a block diagram of a SoC 900, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. Similar elements in FIGURE 5 bear like reference numerals. Also, dashed lined boxes may represent optional features on more advanced SoCs. An interconnect units 902 may be coupled to: an application processor 910 which may include a set of one or more cores 502A-N and shared cache units 506; a system agent unit 510; a bus controller units 916; an integrated memory controller units 914; a set or one or more media processors 920 which may include integrated graphics logic 908, an image processor 924 for providing still and/or video camera functionality, an audio processor 926 for providing hardware audio acceleration, and a video processor 928 for providing video encode/decode acceleration; an static random access memory (SRAM) unit 930; a direct memory access (DMA) unit 932; and a display unit 940 for coupling to one or more external displays.
[00123] FIGURE 10 illustrates a processor containing a central processing unit (CPU) and a graphics processing unit (GPU), which may perform at least one instruction, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. In one embodiment, an instruction to perform operations according to at least one embodiment could be performed by the CPU. In another embodiment, the instruction could be performed by the GPU. In still another embodiment, the instruction may be performed through a combination of operations performed by the GPU and the CPU. For example, in one embodiment, an instruction in accordance with one embodiment may be received and decoded for execution on the GPU. However, one or more operations within the decoded instruction may be performed by a CPU and the result returned to the GPU for final retirement of the instruction. Conversely, in some embodiments, the CPU may act as the primary processor and the GPU as the co-processor.
[00124] In some embodiments, instructions that benefit from highly parallel, throughput processors may be performed by the GPU, while instructions that benefit from the performance of processors that benefit from deeply pipelined architectures may be performed by the CPU. For example, graphics, scientific applications, financial applications and other parallel workloads may benefit from the performance of the
GPU and be executed accordingly, whereas more sequential applications, such as operating system kernel or application code may be better suited for the CPU.
[00125] In FIGURE 10, processor 1000 includes a CPU 1005, GPU 1010, image processor 1015, video processor 1020, USB controller 1025, UART controller 1030, SPI/SDIO controller 1035, display device 1040, memory interface controller 1045, MIPI controller 1050, flash memory controller 1055, dual data rate (DDR) controller 1060, security engine 1065, and I2S/I2C controller 1070. Other logic and circuits may be included in the processor of FIGURE 10, including more CPUs or GPUs and other peripheral interface controllers.
[00126] One or more aspects of at least one embodiment may be implemented by representative data stored on a machine-readable medium which represents various logic within the processor, which when read by a machine causes the machine to fabricate logic to perform the techniques described herein. Such representations, known as "IP cores" may be stored on a tangible, machine-readable medium ("tape") and supplied to various customers or manufacturing facilities to load into the fabrication machines that actually make the logic or processor. For example, IP cores, such as the Cortex™ family of processors developed by ARM Holdings, Ltd. and Loongson IP cores developed the Institute of Computing Technology (ICT) of the Chinese Academy of Sciences may be licensed or sold to various customers or licensees, such as Texas Instruments, Qualcomm, Apple, or Samsung and implemented in processors produced by these customers or licensees.
[00127] FIGURE 11 illustrates a block diagram illustrating the development of IP cores, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. Storage 1100 may include simulation software 1120 and/or hardware or software model 1110. In one embodiment, the data representing the IP core design may be provided to storage 1100 via memory 1140 (e.g., hard disk), wired connection (e.g., internet) 1150 or wireless connection 1160. The IP core information generated by the simulation tool and model may then be transmitted to a fabrication facility 1165 where it may be fabricated by a 3rd party to perform at least one instruction in accordance with at least one embodiment.
[00128] In some embodiments, one or more instructions may correspond to a first type or architecture (e.g., x86) and be translated or emulated on a processor of a different type or architecture (e.g., ARM). An instruction, according to one
embodiment, may therefore be performed on any processor or processor type, including ARM, x86, MIPS, a GPU, or other processor type or architecture.
[00129] FIGURE 12 illustrates how an instruction of a first type may be emulated by a processor of a different type, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. In FIGURE 12, program 1205 contains some instructions that may perform the same or substantially the same function as an instruction according to one embodiment. However the instructions of program 1205 may be of a type and/or format that is different from or incompatible with processor 1215, meaning the instructions of the type in program 1205 may not be able to execute natively by the processor 1215. However, with the help of emulation logic, 1210, the instructions of program 1205 may be translated into instructions that may be natively be executed by the processor 1215. In one embodiment, the emulation logic may be embodied in hardware. In another embodiment, the emulation logic may be embodied in a tangible, machine-readable medium containing software to translate instructions of the type in program 1205 into the type natively executable by processor 1215. In other embodiments, emulation logic may be a combination of fixed-function or programmable hardware and a program stored on a tangible, machine-readable medium. In one embodiment, the processor contains the emulation logic, whereas in other embodiments, the emulation logic exists outside of the processor and may be provided by a third party. In one embodiment, the processor may load the emulation logic embodied in a tangible, machine-readable medium containing software by executing microcode or firmware contained in or associated with the processor.
[00130] FIGURE 13 illustrates a block diagram contrasting the use of a software instruction converter to convert binary instructions in a source instruction set to binary instructions in a target instruction set, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. In the illustrated embodiment, the instruction converter may be a software instruction converter, although the instruction converter may be implemented in software, firmware, hardware, or various combinations thereof. FIGURE 13 shows a program in a high level language 1302 may be compiled using an x86 compiler 1304 to generate x86 binary code 1306 that may be natively executed by a processor with at least one x86 instruction set core 1316. The processor with at least one x86 instruction set core 1316 represents any processor that may perform substantially the same
functions as an Intel processor with at least one x86 instruction set core by compatibly executing or otherwise processing (1) a substantial portion of the instruction set of the Intel x86 instruction set core or (2) object code versions of applications or other software targeted to run on an Intel processor with at least one x86 instruction set core, in order to achieve substantially the same result as an Intel processor with at least one x86 instruction set core. x86 compiler 1304 represents a compiler that may be operable to generate x86 binary code 1306 (e.g., object code) that may, with or without additional linkage processing, be executed on the processor with at least one x86 instruction set core 1316. Similarly, FIGURE 13 shows the program in high level language 1302 may be compiled using an alternative instruction set compiler 1308 to generate alternative instruction set binary code 1310 that may be natively executed by a processor without at least one x86 instruction set core 1314 (e.g., a processor with cores that execute the MIPS instruction set of MIPS Technologies of Sunnyvale, CA and/or that execute the ARM instruction set of ARM Holdings of Sunnyvale, CA). Instruction converter 1312 may be used to convert x86 binary code 1306 into code that may be natively executed by the processor without an x86 instruction set core 1314. This converted code might not be the same as alternative instruction set binary code 1310; however, the converted code will accomplish the general operation and be made up of instructions from the alternative instruction set. Thus, instruction converter 1312 represents software, firmware, hardware, or a combination thereof that, through emulation, simulation or any other process, allows a processor or other electronic device that does not have an x86 instruction set processor or core to execute x86 binary code 1306.
[00131] FIGURE 14 is a block diagram of an instruction set architecture 1400 of a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. Instruction set architecture 1400 may include any suitable number or kind of components.
[00132] For example, instruction set architecture 1400 may include processing entities such as one or more cores 1406, 1407 and a graphics processing unit 1415. Cores 1406, 1407 may be communicatively coupled to the rest of instruction set architecture 1400 through any suitable mechanism, such as through a bus or cache. In one embodiment, cores 1406, 1407 may be communicatively coupled through an L2 cache control 1408, which may include a bus interface unit 1409 and an L2 cache 1411.
Cores 1406, 1407 and graphics processing unit 1415 may be communicatively coupled to each other and to the remainder of instruction set architecture 1400 through interconnect 1410. In one embodiment, graphics processing unit 1415 may use a video code 1420 defining the manner in which particular video signals will be encoded and decoded for output.
[00133] Instruction set architecture 1400 may also include any number or kind of interfaces, controllers, or other mechanisms for interfacing or communicating with other portions of an electronic device or system. Such mechanisms may facilitate interaction with, for example, peripherals, communications devices, other processors, or memory. In the example of FIGURE 14, instruction set architecture 1400 may include a liquid crystal display (LCD) video interface 1425, a subscriber interface module (SIM) interface 1430, a boot ROM interface 1435, a synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM) controller 1440, a flash controller 1445, and a serial peripheral interface (SPI) master unit 1450. LCD video interface 1425 may provide output of video signals from, for example, GPU 1415 and through, for example, a mobile industry processor interface (MIPI) 1490 or a high-definition multimedia interface (HDMI) 1495 to a display. Such a display may include, for example, an LCD. SIM interface 1430 may provide access to or from a SIM card or device. SDRAM controller 1440 may provide access to or from memory such as an SDRAM chip or module 1460. Flash controller 1445 may provide access to or from memory such as flash memory 1465 or other instances of RAM. SPI master unit 1450 may provide access to or from communications modules, such as a Bluetooth module 1470, highspeed 3G modem 1475, global positioning system module 1480, or wireless module 1485 implementing a communications standard such as 802.11.
[00134] FIGURE 15 is a more detailed block diagram of an instruction set architecture 1500 of a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. Instruction architecture 1500 may implement one or more aspects of instruction set architecture 1400. Furthermore, instruction set architecture 1500 may illustrate modules and mechanisms for the execution of instructions within a processor.
[00135] Instruction architecture 1500 may include a memory system 1540 communicatively coupled to one or more execution entities 1565. Furthermore, instruction architecture 1500 may include a caching and bus interface unit such as unit
1510 communicatively coupled to execution entities 1565 and memory system 1540. In one embodiment, loading of instructions into execution entities 1565 may be performed by one or more stages of execution. Such stages may include, for example, instruction prefetch stage 1530, dual instruction decode stage 1550, register rename stage 1555, issue stage 1560, and writeback stage 1570.
[00136] In one embodiment, memory system 1540 may include an executed instruction pointer 1580. Executed instruction pointer 1580 may store a value identifying the oldest, undispatched instruction within a batch of instructions. The oldest instruction may correspond to the lowest Program Order (PO) value. A PO may include a unique number of an instruction. Such an instruction may be a single instruction within a thread represented by multiple strands. A PO may be used in ordering instructions to ensure correct execution semantics of code. A PO may be reconstructed by mechanisms such as evaluating increments to PO encoded in the instruction rather than an absolute value. Such a reconstructed PO may be known as an "RPO." Although a PO may be referenced herein, such a PO may be used interchangeably with an RPO. A strand may include a sequence of instructions that are data dependent upon each other. The strand may be arranged by a binary translator at compilation time. Hardware executing a strand may execute the instructions of a given strand in order according to the PO of the various instructions. A thread may include multiple strands such that instructions of different strands may depend upon each other. A PO of a given strand may be the PO of the oldest instruction in the strand which has not yet been dispatched to execution from an issue stage. Accordingly, given a thread of multiple strands, each strand including instructions ordered by PO, executed instruction pointer 1580 may store the oldest— illustrated by the lowest number— PO in the thread.
[00137] In another embodiment, memory system 1540 may include a retirement pointer 1582. Retirement pointer 1582 may store a value identifying the PO of the last retired instruction. Retirement pointer 1582 may be set by, for example, retirement unit 454. If no instructions have yet been retired, retirement pointer 1582 may include a null value.
[00138] Execution entities 1565 may include any suitable number and kind of mechanisms by which a processor may execute instructions. In the example of
FIGURE 15, execution entities 1565 may include ALU/multiplication units (MUL) 1566, ALUs 1567, and floating point units (FPU) 1568. In one embodiment, such entities may make use of information contained within a given address 1569. Execution entities 1565 in combination with stages 1530, 1550, 1555, 1560, 1570 may collectively form an execution unit.
[00139] Unit 1510 may be implemented in any suitable manner. In one embodiment, unit 1510 may perform cache control. In such an embodiment, unit 1510 may thus include a cache 1525. Cache 1525 may be implemented, in a further embodiment, as an L2 unified cache with any suitable size, such as zero, 128k, 256k, 512k, 1M, or 2M bytes of memory. In another, further embodiment, cache 1525 may be implemented in error-correcting code memory. In another embodiment, unit 1510 may perform bus interfacing to other portions of a processor or electronic device. In such an embodiment, unit 1510 may thus include a bus interface unit 1520 for communicating over an interconnect, intraprocessor bus, interprocessor bus, or other communication bus, port, or line. Bus interface unit 1520 may provide interfacing in order to perform, for example, generation of the memory and input/output addresses for the transfer of data between execution entities 1565 and the portions of a system external to instruction architecture 1500.
[00140] To further facilitate its functions, bus interface unit 1520 may include an interrupt control and distribution unit 1511 for generating interrupts and other communications to other portions of a processor or electronic device. In one embodiment, bus interface unit 1520 may include a snoop control unit 1512 that handles cache access and coherency for multiple processing cores. In a further embodiment, to provide such functionality, snoop control unit 1512 may include a cache-to-cache transfer unit that handles information exchanges between different caches. In another, further embodiment, snoop control unit 1512 may include one or more snoop filters 1514 that monitors the coherency of other caches (not shown) so that a cache controller, such as unit 1510, does not have to perform such monitoring directly. Unit 1510 may include any suitable number of timers 1515 for synchronizing the actions of instruction architecture 1500. Also, unit 1510 may include an AC port 1516.
[00141] Memory system 1540 may include any suitable number and kind of mechanisms for storing information for the processing needs of instruction architecture 1500. In one embodiment, memory system 1540 may include a load store unit 1546 for storing information such as buffers written to or read back from memory or registers. In another embodiment, memory system 1540 may include a translation lookaside buffer (TLB) 1545 that provides look-up of address values between physical and virtual addresses. In yet another embodiment, memory system 1540 may include a memory management unit (MMU) 1544 for facilitating access to virtual memory. In still yet another embodiment, memory system 1540 may include a prefetcher 1543 for requesting instructions from memory before such instructions are actually needed to be executed, in order to reduce latency.
[00142] The operation of instruction architecture 1500 to execute an instruction may be performed through different stages. For example, using unit 1510 instruction prefetch stage 1530 may access an instruction through prefetcher 1543. Instructions retrieved may be stored in instruction cache 1532. Prefetch stage 1530 may enable an option 1531 for fast-loop mode, wherein a series of instructions forming a loop that is small enough to fit within a given cache are executed. In one embodiment, such an execution may be performed without needing to access additional instructions from, for example, instruction cache 1532. Determination of what instructions to prefetch may be made by, for example, branch prediction unit 1535, which may access indications of execution in global history 1536, indications of target addresses 1537, or contents of a return stack 1538 to determine which of branches 1557 of code will be executed next. Such branches may be possibly prefetched as a result. Branches 1557 may be produced through other stages of operation as described below. Instruction prefetch stage 1530 may provide instructions as well as any predictions about future instructions to dual instruction decode stage 1550.
[00143] Dual instruction decode stage 1550 may translate a received instruction into microcode-based instructions that may be executed. Dual instruction decode stage 1550 may simultaneously decode two instructions per clock cycle. Furthermore, dual instruction decode stage 1550 may pass its results to register rename stage 1555. In addition, dual instruction decode stage 1550 may determine any resulting branches
from its decoding and eventual execution of the microcode. Such results may be input into branches 1557.
[00144] Register rename stage 1555 may translate references to virtual registers or other resources into references to physical registers or resources. Register rename stage 1555 may include indications of such mapping in a register pool 1556. Register rename stage 1555 may alter the instructions as received and send the result to issue stage 1560.
[00145] Issue stage 1560 may issue or dispatch commands to execution entities 1565. Such issuance may be performed in an out-of-order fashion. In one embodiment, multiple instructions may be held at issue stage 1560 before being executed. Issue stage 1560 may include an instruction queue 1561 for holding such multiple commands. Instructions may be issued by issue stage 1560 to a particular processing entity 1565 based upon any acceptable criteria, such as availability or suitability of resources for execution of a given instruction. In one embodiment, issue stage 1560 may reorder the instructions within instruction queue 1561 such that the first instructions received might not be the first instructions executed. Based upon the ordering of instruction queue 1561, additional branching information may be provided to branches 1557. Issue stage 1560 may pass instructions to executing entities 1565 for execution.
[00146] Upon execution, writeback stage 1570 may write data into registers, queues, or other structures of instruction set architecture 1500 to communicate the completion of a given command. Depending upon the order of instructions arranged in issue stage 1560, the operation of writeback stage 1570 may enable additional instructions to be executed. Performance of instruction set architecture 1500 may be monitored or debugged by trace unit 1575.
[00147] FIGURE 16 is a block diagram of an execution pipeline 1600 for an instruction set architecture of a processor, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. Execution pipeline 1600 may illustrate operation of, for example, instruction architecture 1500 of FIGURE 15.
[00148] Execution pipeline 1600 may include any suitable combination of steps or operations. In 1605, predictions of the branch that is to be executed next may be made. In one embodiment, such predictions may be based upon previous executions of
instructions and the results thereof. In 1610, instructions corresponding to the predicted branch of execution may be loaded into an instruction cache. In 1615, one or more such instructions in the instruction cache may be fetched for execution. In 1620, the instructions that have been fetched may be decoded into microcode or more specific machine language. In one embodiment, multiple instructions may be simultaneously decoded. In 1625, references to registers or other resources within the decoded instructions may be reassigned. For example, references to virtual registers may be replaced with references to corresponding physical registers. In 1630, the instructions may be dispatched to queues for execution. In 1640, the instructions may be executed. Such execution may be performed in any suitable manner. In 1650, the instructions may be issued to a suitable execution entity. The manner in which the instruction is executed may depend upon the specific entity executing the instruction. For example, at 1655, an ALU may perform arithmetic functions. The ALU may utilize a single clock cycle for its operation, as well as two shifters. In one embodiment, two ALUs may be employed, and thus two instructions may be executed at 1655. At 1660, a determination of a resulting branch may be made. A program counter may be used to designate the destination to which the branch will be made. 1660 may be executed within a single clock cycle. At 1665, floating point arithmetic may be performed by one or more FPUs. The floating point operation may require multiple clock cycles to execute, such as two to ten cycles. At 1670, multiplication and division operations may be performed. Such operations may be performed in four clock cycles. At 1675, loading and storing operations to registers or other portions of pipeline 1600 may be performed. The operations may include loading and storing addresses. Such operations may be performed in four clock cycles. At 1680, write-back operations may be performed as required by the resulting operations of 1655-1675.
[00149] FIGURE 17 is a block diagram of an electronic device 1700 for utilizing a processor 1710, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. Electronic device 1700 may include, for example, a notebook, an ultrabook, a computer, a tower server, a rack server, a blade server, a laptop, a desktop, a tablet, a mobile device, a phone, an embedded computer, or any other suitable electronic device.
[00150] Electronic device 1700 may include processor 1710 communicatively coupled to any suitable number or kind of components, peripherals, modules, or
devices. Such coupling may be accomplished by any suitable kind of bus or interface, such as I2C bus, system management bus (SMBus), low pin count (LPC) bus, SPI, high definition audio (HDA) bus, Serial Advance Technology Attachment (SATA) bus, USB bus (versions 1, 2, 3), or Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) bus.
[00151] Such components may include, for example, a display 1724, a touch screen 1725, a touch pad 1730, a near field communications (NFC) unit 1745, a sensor hub 1740, a thermal sensor 1746, an express chipset (EC) 1735, a trusted platform module (TPM) 1738, BlOS/firmware/flash memory 1722, a digital signal processor 1760, a drive 1720 such as a solid state disk (SSD) or a hard disk drive (HDD), a wireless local area network (WLAN) unit 1750, a Bluetooth unit 1752, a wireless wide area network (WW AN) unit 1756, a global positioning system (GPS) 1775, a camera 1754 such as a USB 3.0 camera, or a low power double data rate (LPDDR) memory unit 1715 implemented in, for example, the LPDDR3 standard. These components may each be implemented in any suitable manner.
[00152] Furthermore, in various embodiments other components may be communicatively coupled to processor 1710 through the components discussed above. For example, an accelerometer 1741, ambient light sensor (ALS) 1742, compass 1743, and gyroscope 1744 may be communicatively coupled to sensor hub 1740. A thermal sensor 1739, fan 1737, keyboard 1736, and touch pad 1730 may be communicatively coupled to EC 1735. Speakers 1763, headphones 1764, and a microphone 1765 may be communicatively coupled to an audio unit 1762, which may in turn be communicatively coupled to DSP 1760. Audio unit 1762 may include, for example, an audio codec and a class D amplifier. A SEVI card 1757 may be communicatively coupled to WW AN unit 1756. Components such as WLAN unit 1750 and Bluetooth unit 1752, as well as WW AN unit 1756 may be implemented in a next generation form factor (NGFF).
[00153] Embodiments of the present disclosure involve instructions and processing logic for executing one or more vector operations that target vector registers, at least some of which operate on structures stored in the vector registers that contain multiple elements. FIGURE 18 is an illustration of an example system 1800 for instructions and logic for operations to set multiple data elements of different types in a vector
containing tuples of elements of different types, according to embodiments of the present disclosure.
[00154] Data structures used in some applications may include tuples of elements that can be accessed individually. In some cases, these types of data structures may be organized as arrays. In embodiments of the present disclosure, multiple ones of these data structures may be stored in a single vector register. For example, each data structure may include multiple data elements of different types, and each of the data structures may be stored in a different "lane" within a vector register. In this context, the term "lane" may refer to a fixed-width portion of a vector register that holds multiple data elements. For example, a 512-bit vector register may include four 128-bit lanes. In some cases, the individual data elements within such data structures may be re-organized into multiple separate vectors of like elements in order to operate on like elements in the same manner. For example, one or more instructions may be executed to extract like elements from the data structures and to store them together in respective destination vectors. After operating on at least some of the data elements, one or more other instructions may be called to permute the data elements in the separate vectors back into their original data structures of tuples. In embodiments of the present disclosure, one or more "SET multiple vector elements" instructions may be executed to set multiple data elements of different types, and coming from different sources, in a vector that stores multiple data structures containing data elements of different types.
[00155] System 1800 may include a processor, SoC, integrated circuit, or other mechanism. For example, system 1800 may include processor 1804. Although processor 1804 is shown and described as an example in FIGURE 18, any suitable mechanism may be used. Processor 1804 may include any suitable mechanisms for executing vector operations that target vector registers, including those that operate on structures stored in the vector registers that contain multiple elements. In one embodiment, such mechanisms may be implemented in hardware. Processor 1804 may be implemented fully or in part by the elements described in FIGURES 1-17.
[00156] Instructions to be executed on processor 1804 may be included in instruction stream 1802. Instruction stream 1802 may be generated by, for example, a compiler, just-in-time interpreter, or other suitable mechanism (which might or might not be included in system 1800), or may be designated by a drafter of code resulting in
instruction stream 1802. For example, a compiler may take application code and generate executable code in the form of instruction stream 1802. Instructions may be received by processor 1804 from instruction stream 1802. Instruction stream 1802 may be loaded to processor 1804 in any suitable manner. For example, instructions to be executed by processor 1804 may be loaded from storage, from other machines, or from other memory, such as memory system 1830. The instructions may arrive and be available in resident memory, such as RAM, wherein instructions are fetched from storage to be executed by processor 1804. The instructions may be fetched from resident memory by, for example, a prefetcher or fetch unit (such as instruction fetch unit 1808).
[00157] In one embodiment, instruction stream 1802 may include an instruction to perform an operation to set multiple data elements of different types, and coming from different sources, in a vector storing data structures containing data elements of different types. For example, in one embodiment, instruction stream 1802 may include one or more "VPSET3" type instructions to extract data elements of three different types from different source vector registers, to reorganize them into multiple three- element tuples or three-element data structures that include data elements of each of the three types, and to store them in a single destination vector register. In another embodiment, instruction stream 1802 may include one or more "VPSET4"type instructions to extract data elements of two different types from different source vector registers, to reorganize them as two data elements within multiple four-element tuples or four-element data structures that include data elements of each of the four types, and to store them in even or odd numbered positions within a single destination vector register. Note that instruction stream 1802 may include instructions other than those that perform vector operations.
[00158] Processor 1804 may include a front end 1806, which may include an instruction fetch pipeline stage (such as instruction fetch unit 1808) and a decode pipeline stage (such as decide unit 1810). Front end 1806 may receive and decode instructions from instruction stream 1802 using decode unit 1810. The decoded instructions may be dispatched, allocated, and scheduled for execution by an allocation stage of a pipeline (such as allocator 1814) and allocated to specific execution units 1816 for execution. One or more specific instructions to be executed by processor
1804 may be included in a library defined for execution by processor 1804. In another embodiment, specific instructions may be targeted by particular portions of processor 1804. For example, processor 1804 may recognize an attempt in instruction stream 1802 to execute a vector operation in software and may issue the instruction to a particular one of execution units 1816.
[00159] During execution, access to data or additional instructions (including data or instructions resident in memory system 1830) may be made through memory subsystem 1820. Moreover, results from execution may be stored in memory subsystem 1820 and may subsequently be flushed to memory system 1830. Memory subsystem 1820 may include, for example, memory, RAM, or a cache hierarchy, which may include one or more Level 1 (LI) caches 1822 or Level 2 (L2) caches 1824, some of which may be shared by multiple cores 1812 or processors 1804. After execution by execution units 1816, instructions may be retired by a writeback stage or retirement stage in retirement unit 1818. Various portions of such execution pipelining may be performed by one or more cores 1812.
[00160] An execution unit 1816 that executes vector instructions may be implemented in any suitable manner. In one embodiment, an execution unit 1816 may include or may be communicatively coupled to memory elements to store information necessary to perform one or more vector operations. In one embodiment, an execution unit 1816 may include circuitry to perform operations to set multiple data elements of different types, and coming from different sources, in a vector storing data structures containing data elements of different types. For example, an execution unit 1816 may include circuitry to implement one or more forms of a "VPSET3" type instruction. In another example, an execution unit 1816 may include circuitry to implement one or more forms of a "VPSET4" instruction. Example implementations of these instructions are described in more detail below.
[00161] In embodiments of the present disclosure, the instruction set architecture of processor 1804 may implement one or more extended vector instructions that are defined as Intel® Advanced Vector Extensions 512 (Intel® AVX-512) instructions. Processor 1804 may recognize, either implicitly or through decoding and execution of specific instructions, that one of these extended vector operations is to be performed. In such cases, the extended vector operation may be directed to a particular one of the
execution units 1816 for execution of the instruction. In one embodiment, the instruction set architecture may include support for 512-bit SIMD operations. For example, the instruction set architecture implemented by an execution unit 1816 may include 32 vector registers, each of which is 512 bits wide, and support for vectors that are up to 512 bits wide. The instruction set architecture implemented by an execution unit 1816 may include eight dedicated mask registers for conditional execution and efficient merging of destination operands. At least some extended vector instructions may include support for broadcasting. At least some extended vector instructions may include support for embedded masking to enable predication.
[00162] At least some extended vector instructions may apply the same operation to each element of a vector stored in a vector register at the same time. Other extended vector instructions may apply the same operation to corresponding elements in multiple source vector registers. For example, the same operation may be applied to each of the individual data elements of a packed data item stored in a vector register by an extended vector instruction. In another example, an extended vector instruction may specify a single vector operation to be performed on the respective data elements of two source vector operands to generate a destination vector operand.
[00163] In embodiments of the present disclosure, at least some extended vector instructions may be executed by a SIMD coprocessor within a processor core. For example, one or more of execution units 1816 within a core 1812 may implement the functionality of a SFMD coprocessor. The SIMD coprocessor may be implemented fully or in part by the elements described in FIGURES 1-17. In one embodiment, extended vector instructions that are received by processor 1804 within instruction stream 1802 may be directed to an execution unit 1816 that implements the functionality of a SFMD coprocessor.
[00164] As illustrated in FIGURE 18, in one embodiment, a VPSET3 type instruction may include an {X/Y/Z} parameter that, along with other parameters, may indicate which data elements are to be extracted from the source vector registers for assembly into three-element tuples by the instruction.
[00165] A VPSET3 type instruction may also include a {size} parameter indicating the size of the data elements to be included in each data structure. In one embodiment,
all of the data elements to be extracted from the source vector registers and set into one of the data structures may be the same size.
[00166] In one embodiment, a VPSET3 type instruction may include three REG parameters that identify three source vector registers for the instruction, one of which is also the destination vector register for the instruction. By default, the first source destination vector register may also serve as the destination vector register for the instruction.
[00167] In one embodiment, a VPSET3 type instruction may include an immediate parameter whose value indicates which iteration of a three-iteration sequence of VPSET3 instructions is being executed when the instruction is called. In one embodiment, this iteration parameter value may be used in combination with the {X/Y/Z} parameter to determine the starting point for extracting data elements from the source vector registers. In one example, a sequence of three VPSET3 type instructions, the first specifying an X parameter and an iteration parameter value of 1, the second specifying a Y parameter and an iteration parameter value of 2, and the third specifying a Z parameter and an iteration parameter value of 3, may be executed to reorganize sixteen X, Y, and Z components that are stored separately in three different source vector registers into multiple tuples stored in three destination vector registers, each tuple containing an X component, a Y component, and a Z component. This example sequence of instructions is illustrated in FIGURES 24A and 24B and described below.
[00168] In one embodiment, a VPSET3 type instruction may include a {kn} parameter that identifies a particular mask register, if masking is to be applied. If masking is to be applied, the VPSET3 type instruction may include a {z} parameter that specifies a masking type. In one embodiment, if the {z} parameter is included for the instruction, this may indicate that zero-masking is to be applied when writing the results of the instruction to its destination vector register. If the {z} parameter is not included for the instruction, this may indicate that merging-masking is to be applied when writing the results of the instruction to its destination vector register. Examples of the use of zero-masking and merging-masking are described in more detail below.
[00169] In one embodiment, a VPSET4 type instruction may include an {EVEN/ODD} parameter indicating whether the extracted data elements are to be stored in even or odd numbered locations in the destination vector register.
[00170] A VPSET4 type instruction may also include a {size} parameter indicating the size of the data elements to be included in each data structure. In one embodiment, all of the data elements to be extracted from the source vector registers and set into one of the data structures may be the same size.
[00171] In one embodiment, a VPSET4 type instruction may include three REG parameters, two of which identify two source vector registers for the instruction, and one of which identifies a destination vector register for the instruction.
[00172] In one embodiment, a VPSET4 type instruction may include an immediate parameter whose value represents an offset for determining the starting point for extracting data elements from the source vector registers.
[00173] In one embodiment, a VPSET4 type instruction may include a {kn} parameter that identifies a particular mask register, if masking is to be applied. If masking is to be applied, the VPSET4 type instruction may include a {z} parameter that specifies a masking type. In one embodiment, if the {z} parameter is included for the instruction, this may indicate that zero-masking is to be applied when writing the results of the instruction to its destination vector register. If the {z} parameter is not included for the instruction, this may indicate that merging-masking is to be applied when writing the results of the instruction to its destination vector register. Examples of the use of zero-masking and merging-masking are described in more detail below.
[00174] One or more of the parameters of the VPSET3 and VPSET4 type instructions shown in FIGURE 18 may be inherent for the instruction. For example, in different embodiments, any combination of these parameters may be encoded in a bit or field of the opcode format for the instruction, In other embodiments, one or more of the parameters of the VPSET3 and VPSET4 type instructions shown in FIGURE 18 may be optional for the instruction. For example, in different embodiments, any combination of these parameters may be specified when the instruction is called.
[00175] FIGURE 19 illustrates an example processor core 1900 of a data processing system that performs SIMD operations, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. Processor 1900 may be implemented fully or in part by the elements described in FIGURES 1-18. In one embodiment, processor core 1900 may include a main processor 1920 and a SIMD coprocessor 1910. SIMD coprocessor 1910 may be implemented fully or in part by the elements described in FIGURES 1-17. In one
embodiment, SIMD coprocessor 1910 may implement at least a portion of one of the execution units 1816 illustrated in FIGURE 18. In one embodiment, SIMD coprocessor 1910 may include a SIMD execution unit 1912 and an extended vector register file 1914. SIMD coprocessor 1910 may perform operations of extended SIMD instruction set 1916. Extended SIMD instruction set 1916 may include one or more extended vector instructions. These extended vector instructions may control data processing operations that include interactions with data resident in extended vector register file 1914.
[00176] In one embodiment, main processor 1920 may include a decoder 1922 to recognize instructions of extended SIMD instruction set 1916 for execution by SIMD coprocessor 1910. In other embodiments, SIMD coprocessor 1910 may include at least part of decoder (not shown) to decode instructions of extended SIMD instruction set 1916. Processor core 1900 may also include additional circuitry (not shown) which may be unnecessary to the understanding of embodiments of the present disclosure.
[00177] In embodiments of the present disclosure, main processor 1920 may execute a stream of data processing instructions that control data processing operations of a general type, including interactions with cache(s) 1924 and/or register file 1926. Embedded within the stream of data processing instructions may be SIMD coprocessor instructions of extended SIMD instruction set 1916. Decoder 1922 of main processor 1920 may recognize these SIMD coprocessor instructions as being of a type that should be executed by an attached SIMD coprocessor 1910. Accordingly, main processor 1920 may issue these SIMD coprocessor instructions (or control signals representing SIMD coprocessor instructions) on the coprocessor bus 1915. From coprocessor bus 1915, these instructions may be received by any attached SIMD coprocessor. In the example embodiment illustrated in FIGURE 19, SIMD coprocessor 1910 may accept and execute any received SIMD coprocessor instructions intended for execution on SFMD coprocessor 1910.
[00178] In one embodiment, main processor 1920 and SFMD coprocessor 1920 may be integrated into a single processor core 1900 that includes an execution unit, a set of register files, and a decoder to recognize instructions of extended SIMD instruction set 1916.
[00179] The example implementations depicted in FIGURES 18 and 19 are merely illustrative and are not meant to be limiting on the implementation of the mechanisms described herein for performing extended vector operations.
[00180] FIGURE 20 is a block diagram illustrating an example extended vector register file 1914, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. Extended vector register file 1914 may include 32 SIMD registers (ZMMO - ZMM31), each of which is 512-bit wide. The lower 256 bits of each of the ZMM registers are aliased to a respective 256-bit YMM register. The lower 128 bits of each of the YMM registers are aliased to a respective 128-bit XMM register. For example, bits 255 to 0 of register ZMMO (shown as 2001) are aliased to register YMMO, and bits 127 to 0 of register ZMMO are aliased to register XMM0. Similarly, bits 255 to 0 of register ZMM1 (shown as 2002) are aliased to register YMM1, bits 127 to 0 of register ZMM1 are aliased to register XMM1, bits 255 to 0 of register ZMM2 (shown as 2003) are aliased to register YMM2, bits 127 to 0 of the register ZMM2 are aliased to register XMM2, and so on.
[00181] In one embodiment, extended vector instructions in extended SIMD instruction set 1916 may operate on any of the registers in extended vector register file 1914, including registers ZMMO - ZMM31, registers YMMO - YMM 15, and registers XMM0 - XMM7. In another embodiment, legacy SFMD instructions implemented prior to the development of the Intel® AVX-512 instruction set architecture may operate on a subset of the YMM or XMM registers in extended vector register file 1914. For example, access by some legacy SIMD instructions may be limited to registers YMMO - YMM15 or to registers XMM0 - XMM7, in some embodiments.
[00182] In embodiments of the present disclosure, the instruction set architecture may support extended vector instructions that access up to four instruction operands. For example, in at least some embodiments, the extended vector instructions may access any of 32 extended vector registers ZMMO - ZMM31 shown in FIGURE 20 as source or destination operands. In some embodiments, the extended vector instructions may access any one of eight dedicated mask registers. In some embodiments, the extended vector instructions may access any of sixteen general-purpose registers as source or destination operands.
[00183] In embodiments of the present disclosure, encodings of the extended vector instructions may include an opcode specifying a particular vector operation to be performed. Encodings of the extended vector instructions may include an encoding identifying any of eight dedicated mask registers, kO - k7. Each bit of the identified mask register may govern the behavior of a vector operation as it is applied to a respective source vector element or destination vector element. For example, in one embodiment, seven of these mask registers (kl - k7) may be used to conditionally govern the per-data-element computational operation of an extended vector instruction. In this example, the operation is not performed for a given vector element if the corresponding mask bit is not set. In another embodiment, mask registers kl - k7 may be used to conditionally govern the per-element updates to the destination operand of an extended vector instruction. In this example, a given destination element is not updated with the result of the operation if the corresponding mask bit is not set.
[00184] In one embodiment, encodings of the extended vector instructions may include an encoding specifying the type of masking to be applied to the destination (result) vector of an extended vector instruction. For example, this encoding may specify whether merging-masking or zero-masking is applied to the execution of a vector operation. If this encoding specifies merging-masking, the value of any destination vector element whose corresponding bit in the mask register is not set may be preserved in the destination vector. If this encoding specifies zero-masking, the value of any destination vector element whose corresponding bit in the mask register is not set may be replaced with a value of zero in the destination vector. In one example embodiment, mask register kO is not used as a predicate operand for a vector operation. In this example, the encoding value that would otherwise select mask kO may instead select an implicit mask value of all ones, thereby effectively disabling masking. In this example, mask register kO may be used for any instruction that takes one or more mask registers as a source or destination operand.
[00185] One example of the use and syntax of an extended vector instruction is shown below:
VADDPS zmml, zmm2, zmm3
[00186] In one embodiment, the instruction shown above would apply a vector addition operation to all of the elements of the source vector registers zmm2 and zmm3.
In one embodiment, the instruction shown above would store the result vector in destination vector register zmml . Alternatively, an instruction to conditionally apply a vector operation is shown below:
VADDPS zmml {kl } {z}, zmm2, zmm3
[00187] In this example, the instruction would apply a vector addition operation to the elements of the source vector registers zmm2 and zmm3 for which the corresponding bit in mask register kl is set. In this example, if the {z} modifier is set, the values of the elements of the result vector stored in destination vector register zmml corresponding to bits in mask register kl that are not set may be replaced with a value of zero. Otherwise, if the {z} modifier is not set, or if no {z} modifier is specified, the values of the elements of the result vector stored in destination vector register zmml corresponding to bits in mask register kl that are not set may be preserved.
[00188] In one embodiment, encodings of some extended vector instructions may include an encoding to specify the use of embedded broadcast. If an encoding specifying the use of embedded broadcast is included for an instruction that loads data from memory and performs some computational or data movement operation, a single source element from memory may be broadcast across all elements of the effective source operand. For example, embedded broadcast may be specified for a vector instruction when the same scalar operand is to be used in a computation that is applied to all of the elements of a source vector. In one embodiment, encodings of the extended vector instructions may include an encoding specifying the size of the data elements that are packed into a source vector register or that are to be packed into a destination vector register. For example, the encoding may specify that each data element is a byte, word, doubleword, or quadword, etc. In another embodiment, encodings of the extended vector instructions may include an encoding specifying the data type of the data elements that are packed into a source vector register or that are to be packed into a destination vector register. For example, the encoding may specify that the data represents single or double precision integers, or any of multiple supported floating point data types.
[00189] In one embodiment, encodings of the extended vector instructions may include an encoding specifying a memory address or memory addressing mode with
which to access a source or destination operand. In another embodiment, encodings of the extended vector instructions may include an encoding specifying a scalar integer or a scalar floating point number that is an operand of the instruction. While several specific extended vector instructions and their encodings are described herein, these are merely examples of the extended vector instructions that may be implemented in embodiments of the present disclosure. In other embodiments, more fewer, or different extended vector instructions may be implemented in the instruction set architecture and their encodings may include more, less, or different information to control their execution.
[00190] Data structures that are organized in tuples of three or four elements that can be accessed individually are common in many applications. For examples, RGB (Red- Green-Blue) is a common format in many encoding schemes used in media applications. A data structure storing this type of information may consist of three data elements (an R component, a G component, and a B component), which are stored contiguously and are the same size (for example, they may all be 32-bit integers). A format that is common for encoding data in High Performance Computing applications includes two or more coordinate values that collectively represent a position within a multidimensional space. For example, a data structure may store X and Y coordinates representing a position within a 2D space or may store X, Y, and Z coordinates representing a position within a 3D space. Other common data structures having a higher number of elements may appear in these and other types of applications.
[00191] In some cases, these types of data structures may be organized as arrays. In embodiments of the present disclosure, multiple ones of these data structures may be stored in a single vector register, such as one of the XMM, YMM, or ZMM vector registers described above. In one embodiment, the individual data elements within such data structures may be re-organized into vectors of like elements that can then be used in SIMD loops, as these elements might not be stored next to each other in the data structures themselves. An application may include instructions to operate on all of the data elements of one type in the same way and instructions to operate on all of the data elements of a different type in a different way. In one example, for an array of data structures that each include an R component, a G components, and a B component in an RGB color space, a different computational operation may be applied to the R
components in each of the rows of the array (each data structures) than a computational operation that is applied to the G components or the B components in each of the rows of the array. In embodiments of the present disclosure, in order to operate on individual ones of these types of components, one or more instructions may be used to extract the R values, G values, and B values from the array of RGB data structures into separate vectors that contain elements of the same type. As a result, one of the vectors may include all of the R values, one may include all of the G values, and one may include all of the B values. In some cases, after operating on at least some of the data elements within these separate vectors, an application may include instructions that operate on the RGB data structures as a whole. For example, after updating at least some of the R, G, or B values in the separate vectors, the application may include instructions that access one of the data structures to retrieve or operate on an RGB data structure as a whole. In embodiments of the present disclosure, one or more vector SET3 instructions may be called in order to store the RGB values back in their original format.
[00192] In another example, many molecular dynamics applications operate on neighbor lists consisting of an array of XYZW data structures. In this example, each of the data structures may include an X component, a Y component, a Z component, and a W component. In embodiments of the present disclosure, in order to operate on individual ones of these types of components, one or more instructions may be used to extract the X values, Y values, Z values, and W values from the array of XYZW data structures into separate vectors that contain elements of the same type. As a result, one of the vectors may include all of the X values, one may include all of the Y values, one may include all of the Z values, and one may include all of the W values. In some cases, after operating on at least some of the data elements within these separate vectors, an application may include instructions that operate on the XYZW data structures as a whole. For example, after updating at least some of the X, Y, Z, or W values in the separate vectors, the application may include instructions that access one of the data structures to retrieve or operate on an XYZW data structure as a whole. In embodiments of the present disclosure, one or more vector SET4 instructions may be called in order to store the XYZW values back in their original format.
[00193] In embodiments of the present disclosure, the instructions for performing extended vector operations that are implemented by a processor core (such as core 1812 in system 1800) or by a SEVID coprocessor (such as SEVID coprocessor 1910) may include an instruction to perform a vector operation to set multiple data elements of different types, and coming from different sources, in a vector storing data structures each containing data elements of different types. For example, these instructions may include one or more "VPSET3" or "VPSET4" instructions. In embodiments of the present disclosure, these VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions may be used to extract data elements of different types from different sources and to assemble them into tuples or data structures that include elements of multiple types. The VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions may store the extracted data elements into respective vectors containing the data elements of multiple tuples or data structures, each of which contains multiple data elements of different types, in a destination vector register. In one embodiment, these instructions may be used to store the data elements of assembled tuples or data structures together in contiguous locations within one or more destination vector registers, or in successive even or odd numbered positions within one or more destination vector registers. In one embodiment, each of the resulting multiple-element data structures may represent a row of an array.
[00194] In one embodiment, data elements of different types that collectively represent the components of multiple three-element data structures may be stored in three separate vector registers. For example, one extended vector register (e.g., a first ZMM register) may store all of the 32-bit X values for sixteen three-element data structures. In this example, a second extended vector register (e.g., a second ZMM register) may store all of the 32-bit Y values for the sixteen three-element data structures, and a third extended vector register (e.g., a third ZMM register) may store all of the 32-bit Z values for the sixteen three-element data structures. In one embodiment, a "VPSET3" type instruction may be used to store multiple XYZ-type data structures, each containing an element from one of these source ZMM registers, to a destination vector register. In this example, the VPSET3 instruction may permute a subset of the data from the ZMM source registers, putting it back in XYZ order, and may store it in the destination vector register in XYZ order.
[00195] In one embodiment, each VPSET3 type instruction may be used to extract a subset of the X, Y, and Z components from the three source ZMM registers. The VPSET3 type instruction may assemble a subset of the data structures that are collectively represented in the three source vector registers, dependent on size of the data elements and the capacity of the source and destination vector registers. The VPSET3 type instruction may store the assembled data structures in a destination vector register that is specified for the instruction. In one embodiment, one of the source vector registers may also serve as the destination vector register. In this case, the source data in the dual-purpose vector register may be overwritten with the results of the instruction, including data elements representing multiple complete and/or partial data structures. In another embodiment, the destination vector register may be another extended vector register such as another ZMM register. In one embodiment, the VPSET3 type instruction may permute the data elements extracted from the source ZMM registers to create a destination vector.
[00196] In one embodiment, each VPSET3 type instruction may be used to extract data elements from each of the three source vector registers, as space in the destination vector register allows, and to group them in as many tuples of ordered XYZ components as possible. The {X/Y/Z} parameter of each instance of a VPSET3 type instruction may indicate the source vector register from which the instruction should begin extracting data elements for the tuples. For example, a VPSET3X form of the instruction may extract its first data element (an X component) from the first source vector register identified in the instruction, followed by a Y component from the second source vector register, a Z component from the third source vector register, a second X component from the first source vector register, a second Y component from the second source vector register, and so on, until the destination vector register is full. A VPSET3Y form of the instruction may extract its first data element (a Y component) from the second source vector register, followed by a Z component from the third source vector register, an X component from the first source vector register, a second Y component from the second source vector register, and so on, until the destination vector register is full. A VPSET3Z form of the instruction may extract its first data element (a Z component) from the third source vector register, followed by an X component from the first source vector register, a Y component from the second source
vector register, a second Z component from the third source vector register, and so on, until the destination vector register is full.
[00197] The iteration parameter value specified for each instance of a VPSET3 type instruction (1, 2, or 3) may control the respective position within each source vector register at which the extraction of data elements begins. The position at which extraction begins in each iteration, and for each source vector register, may be dependent on which position stores the next available data element to be extracted assuming 0, 1, or 2 previous iterations have been performed. For example, when executing a VPSET3 type instruction that specifies the first iteration, extraction may begin with the first X component in the first source vector register, the first Y component in the second source vector register and the first Z component in the third source vector register, as these are the next (first) available components for extraction in each source vector register. When executing a VPSET3 type instruction that specifies the second iteration, extraction may begin with the sixth Y component in the second source vector register, the sixth Z component in the third source vector register, and the seventh X component from the first source vector register, as these would be the next available components for extraction in each source vector register, assuming that a VPSET3 type instruction specifying the first iteration has already been performed. In the third iteration, extraction may begin with the eleventh Z component in the third source vector register, the twelfth X component from the first source vector register, and the twelfth Y component in the second source vector register, as these would be the next available components for extraction in each source vector register, assuming that respective VPSET3 type instructions specifying the first iteration and the second iteration have already been performed.
[00198] FIGURE 21A is an illustration of an operation to perform a vector SET operation to set multiple data elements of different types in a vector containing tuples of three elements of different types, according to embodiments of the present disclosure. In one embodiment, system 1800 may execute an instruction to perform a vector SET operation. For example, a VPSET3 instruction may be executed. In one embodiment, a call of a VPSET3 instruction may reference three source vector registers. Each of the source vector registers may be an extended vector register that contains packed data representing multiple data elements of the same type. A call of a
VPSET3 instruction may also reference a destination vector register. The destination vector register may be an extended vector register into which data elements of different types may be stored after being extracted from the source vector registers and assembled into multiple three-element data structures by the instruction. In the example illustrated in FIGURE 21A, the first referenced source vector register also serves as the destination vector register for the instruction. In one example, execution of the VPSET3 instruction may cause data elements in the same positions within each of the source vector registers to be written to contiguous locations in the destination vector register referenced in the call of the VPSET3 instruction as a three-element tuple or data structure.
[00199] In one embodiment, a call of a VPSET3 instruction may specify the size of the data elements represented by the data stored in the source vector registers. In another embodiment, a call of a VPSET3 instruction may specify the position within the source vector registers from which extraction of the data elements should begin. For example, a call of VPSET3 instruction may include a parameter specifying whether the VPSET3 instruction is the first, second, or third instance of the VPSET3 instruction in a sequence of three VPSET3 instructions that may be called to reorganize all of the data elements from the source vector registers back into their original XYZ forms. In one embodiment, a call of a VPSET3 instruction may specify a mask register to be applied to the result of the execution when writing it to the destination vector register. In yet another embodiment, a call of a VPSET3 instruction may specify the type of masking to be applied to the result, such as merging-masking or zero-masking. In still other embodiments, more, fewer, or different parameters may be referenced in a call of a VPSET3 instruction.
[00200] In the example embodiment illustrated in FIGURE 21A, at (1) the VPSET3 instruction and its parameters (which may include any or all of the source and destination vector registers described above, an indication of the size of the data elements in each data structure, an indication of which data elements in each data structure are to be extracted, an iteration parameter value for a sequence of VPSET3 instruction, a parameter identifying a particular mask register, or a parameter specifying a masking type) may be received by SIMD execution unit 1912. For example, the VPSET3 instruction may be issued to SIMD execution unit 1912 within a SIMD
coprocessor 1910 by an allocator 1814 within a core 1812, in one embodiment. In another embodiment, the VPSET3 instruction may be issued to SFMD execution unit 1912 within a SIMD coprocessor 1910 by a decoder 1922 of a main processor 1920. The VPSET3 instruction may be executed logically by SIMD execution unit 1912.
[00201] In this example, packed data representing data elements of a first type may be stored in a first source vector register 2101. Similarly, packed data representing data elements of a second type may be stored in a second source vector register 2102, and packed data representing data elements of a third type may be stored in a third source vector register 2103 within extended vector register file 1914. In this example, the first source vector register 2101 also serves as the destination vector register for the instruction.
[00202] Execution of the VPSET3 instruction by SIMD execution unit 1912 may include, at (2) obtaining a data element of the first type from the first source vector register 2101 in extended vector register file 1914. For example, a parameter of the VPSET3 instruction may identify an extended vector register 2101 as the first source of the data to be operated on by the VPSET3 instruction, and SIMD execution unit 1912 may extract the data element from the packed data that was stored in the identified first source vector register. Execution of the VPSET3 instruction by SIMD execution unit 1912 may include, at (3) obtaining a data element of the second type from the second source vector register 2102 in extended vector register file 1914. For example, a parameter of the VPSET3 instruction may identify an extended vector register 2102 as the second source of the data to be operated on by the VPSET3 instruction, and SFMD execution unit 1912 may extract the data element from the packed data that was stored in the identified second source vector register. Execution of the VPSET3 instruction by SFMD execution unit 1912 may include, at (4) obtaining a data element of the third type from the third source vector register 2103 in extended vector register file 1914. For example, a parameter of the VPSET3 instruction may identify an extended vector register 2103 as the third source of the data to be operated on by the VPSET3 instruction, and SIMD execution unit 1912 may extract the data element from the packed data that was stored in the identified third source vector register.
[00203] Execution of the VPSET3 instruction by SIMD execution unit 1912 may include, at (5) permuting the source data of three different types that was obtained from
the three identified source vector registers to include in a destination vector. In one embodiment, permuting the data obtained by a VPSET3 instruction may include assembling the three data elements of different types that were extracted from the three source registers next to each other for inclusion in the destination vector. For example, the data element that was extracted from the second source vector register and the data element that was extract from the first source vector register may be placed next to each other in the destination vector.
[00204] In one embodiment, execution of the VPSET3 instruction may include repeating any or all of steps of the operations illustrated in FIGURE 21 A for each of the data structures in the subset of data structures whose data elements are to be stored in the source/destination vector register 2101. The number of complete or partial data structures whose data is stored to the destination vector register may be dependent on the size of the data elements and the capacity of the destination vector register. In this example, following the placement of the first data elements that were extracted from the three source vector registers as a tuple or data structure in the destination vector, additional data elements that were extracted from three source vector registers for the remaining data structures in the first subset of data structures may be placed next to each other in the destination vector. For example, steps (2), (3), (4), and (5) may be performed once for each of the data structures in the subset of data structures whose data elements are to be stored in the source/destination vector register 2101. In one embodiment, for each additional iteration, SIMD execution unit 1912 may extract the data elements for another data structure from the three source vector registers and assemble them next to each other for inclusion in the destination vector.
[00205] After assembling the destination vector, execution of the VPSET3 instruction may include, at (6), writing the destination vector to a destination vector register in extended vector register file 1914 that was identified by a parameter of the VPSET3 instruction, after which the VPSET3 instruction may be retired. In this example, the vector register identified as the first source vector register (2101) also serves as the destination (result) vector register for this instruction. Therefore, at least some of the source data stored in vector register 2101 may be overwritten by the data in the destination vector (dependent on whether or not masking is applied to the destination vector). In another example, a parameter of the VPSET3 instruction may
identify another extended vector register ZMMn as the destination (result) vector register for the VPSET3 instruction, and SIMD execution unit 1912 may store the data elements extracted from the three source vector registers (2101, 2102, 2103) to the identified destination vector register as three-element tuples or data structures. In one embodiment, writing the destination vector to the destination vector register may include applying a merging-masking operation to the destination vector, if such a masking operation is specified in the call of the VPSET3 instruction. In another embodiment, writing the destination vector to the destination vector register may include applying a zero-masking operation to the destination vector, if such a masking operation is specified in the call of the VPSET3 instruction.
[00206] In one embodiment, data elements of different types that collectively represent the components of multiple four-element data structures may be stored in four separate vector registers. For example, one extended vector register (e.g., a first ZMM register) may store all of the 32-bit X values for sixteen three-element data structures. In this example, a second extended vector register (e.g., a second ZMM register) may store all of the 32-bit Y values for the sixteen three-element data structures, a third extended vector register (e.g., a third ZMM register) may store all of the 32-bit Z values for the sixteen three-element data structures, and a fourth extended vector register (e.g., a fourth ZMM register) may store all of the 32-bit W values for the sixteen three- element data structures. In one embodiment, a "VPSET4D" instruction may be used to store two of the four data elements of consecutive XYZW-type data structures, each extracted from one of two identified source ZMM registers, to the even or odd numbered locations in a destination vector register.
[00207] In one embodiment, a first VPSET4D instruction (e.g., a VP SET4E END instruction) may be used to extract a first subset of data structure components from the source ZMM registers. The subset to be extracted may be dependent on the {EVEN/ODD} encoding for the instruction and on the value of the offset parameter (0, 4, 8, or 12). For example, a VPSET4EVEND instruction with an offset parameter value of 0 may extract the first four X and Z components from the source vector registers. The VPSET4EVEND instruction may assemble the extracted data elements as subsets of the data structures that are collectively represented in the four source vector registers, each subset including half of the components of a respective data
structure. The VPSET4EVE D instruction may store the data elements in the assembled data structure subsets in the first four even numbered positions within the identified destination vector register. In one embodiment, a second VPSET4D instruction (e.g., a VPSET40DDD instruction) may be used to extract a second subset of data structure components from the source ZMM registers. The subset to be extracted may be dependent on the {EVEN/ODD} encoding for the instruction and on the value of the offset parameter (0, 4, 8, or 12). For example, a VPSET40DDD instruction with an offset parameter value of 0 may extract the first four Y and W components from the source vector registers. The VPSET40DDD instruction may assemble the extracted data elements as subsets of the data structures that are collectively represented in the four source vector registers, each subset including half of the components of a respective data structure. The VPSET40DDD instruction may store the data elements in the assembled data structure subsets in the first four odd numbered positions within the identified destination vector register.
[00208] In some embodiments, a VPSETEVEN/VPSETODD pair of instructions may be executed to extract all of the data elements for a subset of the data structures represented in the four source vector register. Each instruction in the pair may extract data elements from two of the four source vector registers to assemble half of the data elements for each data structure. The results of the two instructions may be stored in the same destination ZMM register, with each instruction contributing half of the data elements for the result. For example, following the execution of one VPSETEVEN/VPSETODD pair, a destination vector register may include four XYZW data structures. In this example, three additional VPSETEVEN/VPSETODD pairs may be used to assemble the remaining data structures that are collectively represented in the source vector registers. Each additional VPSETEVEN/VPSETODD pair may store the data elements for additional subsets of the sixteen data structures that are collectively represented in the source vector registers in respective destination vector registers specified by each of the instructions.
[00209] FIGURE 2 IB is an illustration of an operation to perform a vector SET operation to set multiple data elements of different types in a vector containing data elements for tuples of four different types, according to embodiments of the present disclosure. In one embodiment, system 1800 may execute an instruction to perform a
vector SET operation. For example, a VPSET4 instruction may be executed. In one embodiment, a call of a VPSET4 instruction may reference two source vector registers. The two source vector registers may be extended vector registers that contain packed data, each representing multiple data elements of the same type. A call of a VPSET4 instruction may also reference a destination vector register. The destination vector register may be an extended vector register into which data elements of different types may be stored after being extracted from the source vector registers. Each pair of data elements extracted from the two source vector registers may be assembled as two data elements of a four-element data structure by the instruction. In one example, execution of the VPSET4 instruction may cause data elements in the same positions within two of the source vector registers to be written to alternate locations in the destination vector register referenced in the call of the VPSET4 instruction as two date elements of a four- element tuple or data structure. For example, in one embodiment, a call of a VPSET4 instruction may specify whether the extracted data elements should be stored to even numbered locations within the destination vector register or to odd numbered location within the destination vector register. In one embodiment, each VPSET4 instruction may extract two data elements for each data structure in a subset of the data structures that are represented, collectively, by the data elements in four source vector registers.
[00210] In one embodiment, a call of a VPSET4 instruction may specify the size of the data elements represented by the data stored in the source vector registers. In another embodiment, a call of a VPSET4 instruction may specify the position within the source vector registers from which extraction of the data elements should begin. For example, in one embodiment, a call of a VPSET4 instruction may include an offset parameter indicating starting the position within the source vector registers at which data elements should be extracted by the VPSET4 instruction. For example, a call of a first VPSET4EVEN instruction in a sequence of VPSET4EVEN and VPSET40DD instructions that may be executed to reorganize all of the data elements from the source vector registers back into their original XYZW forms may include a parameter specifying an offset of 0 for the first VPSET4EVEN instruction. Similarly, a call of a first VPSET40DD instruction in the sequence of VPSET4EVEN and VPSET40DD instructions may include a parameter specifying an offset of 0 for the first VPSET40DD instruction. This may indicate that these instructions are to begin
extracting data elements at the first position (position 0) in the source vector registers. Subsequently, three additional pairs of VPSET4EVEN and VPSET40DD instructions in the sequence may include parameters specifying offsets of 4, 8, or 12 positions, respectively. These parameter values may indicate that the instructions are to begin extracting data elements at the fourth, eighth, or twelfth positions in each of the source vector registers. In one embodiment, a call of a VPSET4 instruction may specify a mask register to be applied to the result of the execution when writing it to the destination vector register. In yet another embodiment, a call of a VPSET4 instruction may specify the type of masking to be applied to the result, such as merging-masking or zero-masking. In still other embodiments, more, fewer, or different parameters may be referenced in a call of a VPSET4 instruction.
[00211] In the example embodiment illustrated in FIGURE 21B, at (1) the VPSET4 instruction and its parameters (which may include any or all of the source and destination vector registers described above, an indication of the size of the data elements in each data structure, an indication of which data elements in each data structure are to be extracted, an offset parameter value, a parameter identifying a particular mask register, or a parameter specifying a masking type) may be received by SIMD execution unit 1912. For example, the VPSET4 instruction may be issued to SEVID execution unit 1912 within a SEVID coprocessor 1910 by an allocator 1814 within a core 1812, in one embodiment. In another embodiment, the VPSET4 instruction may be issued to SIMD execution unit 1912 within a SIMD coprocessor 1910 by a decoder 1922 of a main processor 1920. The VPSET4 instruction may be executed logically by SIMD execution unit 1912.
[00212] In this example, packed data representing data elements of a first type may be stored in the first identified source vector register 2102 within extended vector register file 1914. Similarly, packed data representing data elements of a second type may be stored in the second identified source vector register 2103 within extended vector register file 1914. In one embodiment, portions of the destination vector register 2101 that are not written to by a particular VPSET4 instruction may be preserved. In one embodiment, during execution of a VPSET4EVEN and VPSET40DD pair that specify the same destination vector register, the results of the second instruction in the pair may be interleaved with the results of the first instruction in the pair. For example,
the first instruction in the pair may write to the even numbered positions in the destination register, and the second instruction in the pair may write to the odd numbered positions in the destination register.
[00213] Execution of the VPSET4 instruction by SIMD execution unit 1912 may include, at (2) obtaining a data element of the first type from the first source vector register 2102 in extended vector register file 1914. For example, a parameter of the VPSET4 instruction may identify an extended vector register 2102 as the first source of the data to be operated on by the VPSET4 instruction, and SIMD execution unit 1912 may extract the data element from the packed data that was stored in the identified first source vector register. Execution of the VPSET4 instruction by SIMD execution unit 1912 may include, at (3) obtaining a data element of the second type from the second source vector register 2103 in extended vector register file 1914. For example, a parameter of the VPSET4 instruction may identify an extended vector register 2102 as the second source of the data to be operated on by the VPSET4 instruction, and SFMD execution unit 1912 may extract the data element from the packed data that was stored in the identified second source vector register.
[00214] Execution of the VPSET4 instruction by SIMD execution unit 1912 may include, at (4) permuting the source data of two different types that was obtained from the two identified source vector registers to include in a destination vector. In one embodiment, permuting the data obtained by a VPSET4 instruction may include assembling the two data elements of different types that were extracted from the two source registers in alternate locations in the destination vector. For example, the data elements that were extracted from the two source vector registers may be placed in two consecutive even numbered locations or in two consecutive odd numbered locations in the destination vector.
[00215] In one embodiment, execution of the VPSET4 instruction may include repeating any or all of steps of the operations illustrated in FIGURE 2 IB for each of the data elements in the subset of data elements for data structures whose data elements are to be stored in the destination vector register 2101. The number of data structures for which data elements are stored to the destination vector register may be dependent on the size of the data elements and the capacity of the destination vector register. In this example, following the placement of the first data elements that were extracted from
the two source vector registers in alternate locations the destination vector, additional pairs of data elements that were extracted from two source vector registers for the remaining data structures in the first subset of data structures may be placed in consecutive alternate locations the destination vector. For example, steps (2), (3), and (4) may be performed once for each of the data structures in the subset of data structures whose data elements are to be stored in the destination vector register 2101. In one embodiment, for each additional iteration, SIMD execution unit 1912 may extract two data elements for another data structure from the two source vector registers and assemble them in alternate locations in the destination vector.
[00216] After assembling the destination vector, execution of the VPSET4 instruction may include, at (5), writing the destination vector to a destination vector register 2101 in extended vector register file 1914 that was identified by a parameter of the VPSET4 instruction, after which the VPSET4 instruction may be retired. In one embodiment, writing the destination vector to the destination vector register may include applying a merging-masking operation to the destination vector, if such a masking operation is specified in the call of the VPSET4 instruction. In another embodiment, writing the destination vector to the destination vector register may include applying a zero-masking operation to the destination vector, if such a masking operation is specified in the call of the VPSET4 instruction.
[00217] In one embodiment, as data elements are extracted from the source vector registers by a VPSET3 or VPSET4 instruction, and assembled into respective tuples or data structures, they may be stored to the destination vector register. For example, once a first collection of specified data elements has been extracted from the source vector registers and has been assembled in the destination vector by one of these instructions, these assembled data elements may be written to locations in the destination vector register that are dependent on the parameters and encodings for the instruction. Subsequently, once a second collection of specified data elements has been extracted from the source vector registers and has been assembled in the destination vector by one of these instructions, the additional assembled data elements may be written to locations in the destination vector register that are dependent on the parameters and encodings for the instruction, and so on.
[00218] In one embodiment, the encodings for the VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions may include some or all of the same fields, and these common fields may be populated in the same ways for similar variants of these instructions. In one embodiment, the value of a single bit or field in the encodings of the VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions may indicate whether the data structures for which data elements are to be extracted by the instruction contain three or four data elements. In another embodiment, the VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions may share an opcode, and an instruction parameter included in the call of the instruction may indicate whether the data structures for which data elements are to be extracted by the instruction contain three or four data elements.
[00219] In one embodiment, the extended SIMD instruction set architecture may implement multiple versions or forms of an operation to set multiple data elements of different types, coming from different sources, in a vector that stores multiple data structures containing data elements of different types. These instruction forms may include, for example, those shown below:
VPSET3 {X/Y/Z} {size} {kn} {z} (REG, REG, REG, imm)
VPSET4{EVEN/ODD} {size} {kn} {z} (REG, REG, REG, imm)
[00220] In the example forms of the VPSET3 instruction shown above, the first REG parameter may identify an extended vector register that serves as the first source vector register for the instruction and also as the destination vector register for the instruction. In these examples, the second REG parameter may identify the second source vector register for the VPSET3 instruction and the third REG parameter may identify the third source vector register for the VPSET3 instruction. In these examples, the immediate parameter value for the VPSET3 instruction may represent an iteration parameter value for a sequence of VPSET3 instructions. In these examples, the {X/Y/Z} encoding for the VPSET3 instruction may indicate the type of the first data element to be extracted from one of the source vector registers by the instruction. In one embodiment, this encoding may be used in conjunction with the immediate (iteration) parameter to identify the source vector register and the location within the source vector register at which the VPSET3 instruction should begin extracting data elements. For example, in a first iteration, extraction may begin with the first position in the source vector register that contains the X components for all of the three-element
data structures. In a second iteration, extraction may begin with the sixth position in the source vector register that contains the Y components for all of the three-element data structures. In a third iteration, extraction may begin with the eleventh position in the source vector register that contains the Z components for all of the three-element data structures.
[00221] In the example forms of the VPSET4 instruction shown above, the first REG parameter may identify an extended vector register that serves as the destination vector register for the instruction. In these examples, the second REG parameter may identify the first source vector register for the VPSET4 instruction and the third REG parameter may identify the second source vector register for the VPSET4 instruction. In these examples, the immediate parameter value for the VPSET4 instruction may specify an offset value for the VPSET4 instruction indicating the starting position within the source vector registers at which data elements should be extracted by the VPSET4 instruction. In one embodiment, the destination offset parameter may have a value of 0, 4, 8, or 12. In these examples, the {EVEN/ODD} encoding for the VPSET4 instruction may indicate whether the data elements extracted from the source vector registers by the instruction are to be written to even numbered locations or to odd numbered locations in the destination vector register.
[00222] In these example forms of the VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions, the "size" modifier may specify the size and/or type of the data elements in the source vector registers. This may correspond to the size and/or type of the data elements in each data structure represented by the packed data stored in the source vector registers. In one embodiment, the specified size/type may be one of {B/W/D/Q/PS/PD}. In these examples, the optional instruction parameter "kn" may identify a particular one of multiple mask registers. This parameter may be specified when masking is to be applied to the destination (result) vector for the VPSET3 or VPSET4 instruction. In embodiments in which masking is to be applied (e.g., if a mask register is specified for the instruction), the optional instruction parameter "z" may indicate whether or not zeroing-masking should be applied. In one embodiment, zero-masking may be applied if this optional parameter is set, and merging-masking may be applied if this optional parameter is not set or if this optional parameter is omitted. In other embodiments (not
shown), a VPSET3 or VPSET4 instruction may include a parameter indicating the number of tuples or data structures for which data elements are stored in each of the source vector registers.
[00223] FIGURES 22A - 22E illustrate the operation of respective forms of VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. More specifically, FIGURES 22A - 22C illustrate the operation of example VPSET3 instructions with and without masking. In these examples, packed data stored collectively in a three source vector registers (e.g., ZMMn registers) 2101, 2102, and 2103 includes the data elements for sixteen data structures, each of which includes three 32-bit doublewords. In one embodiment, each of the data structures may represent a row of an array. Each data structure (or row) may include an X component, a Y component, and a Z component, each of which is a 32-bit doubleword. In FIGURES 22A - 22C, it is assumed that the data elements of each type have been loaded into separate ones of the source vector registers prior to the execution of an example VPSET3 instruction. For example, the first source vector register 2101 stores all of the X components for the sixteen data structures, the second source vector register 2102 stores all of the Y components for the sixteen data structures, and the third source vector register 2103 stores all of the Z components for the sixteen data structures, as illustrated in FIGURE 22A.
[00224] FIGURE 22A illustrates the operation of an example VPSET3 instruction with an iteration parameter value of 1 and no masking specified (specifically, a "VPSET3XD (REG, REG, REG, 1)" instruction), in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. In this example, the "VPSET3XD (REG, REG, REG, 1)" instruction may be used to extract respective data elements representing the first five XYZ-type data structures stored collectively in the three source vector registers, and an additional data element (the X component of the sixth data structure) from the three source vector registers, at which point the destination vector register will be full. In this example, the first source vector register 2101 also serves as the destination vector register for the VPSET3XD instruction. Execution of the VPSET3XD instruction may cause these extracted data elements to be stored to contiguous locations in the source/destination vector register 2101 beginning at the lowest-order position in the register. For example, the data elements making up the first data structure (XI, Yl, Zl)
are stored to the lowest-order 96 bits in the source/destination vector register 2101, the data elements making up the second data structure (X2, Y2, Z2) are stored to the next lowest-order 96 bits in the source/destination vector register 2101, and so on. Finally, the X component of the sixth data structure is stored to the highest-order 32 bits in the source/destination vector register 2101. In one embodiment, the results of the execution of the "VPSET3XD (REG, REG, REG, 1)" instruction may be written out to memory (not shown). In one embodiment, following the execution of the "VPSET3XD (REG, REG, REG, 1)" instruction, if additional VPSET3 type instructions (such as VPSET3 type instructions specifying the second or third iteration) are to be performed using the same source data and the same collection of source and destination vector registers, the first source vector register may be reloaded with the data elements representing the sixteen X components.
[00225] FIGURE 22B illustrates the operation of an example VPSET3YD instruction with an iteration parameter value of 2 and with masking specified (specifically, a "VPSET3YD kn z (REG, REG, REG, 2)" instruction), in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. In this example, the source vector registers for the VPSET3YD instruction are the same source vector registers 2101, 2102, and 2103 illustrated in FIGURE 22A. In one embodiment, this VPSET3YD instruction may be used to extract, from the three source vector registers, respective data elements representing the Y and Z components of the sixth data structure stored collectively in the three source vector registers, the data elements of the next four XYZ- type data structures, and the X and Y components of the eleventh data structure, at which point the destination vector would be full. In this example, the extracted elements are assembled in a destination vector 2207 prior to being stored to source/destination vector register 2101. As indicated by the "kn z" parameters of the instruction, a zero-masking operation may be applied to the destination vector 2207 prior to storing the data structures assembled into it to contiguous locations in the destination vector register 2101. In this example, the specified mask register 2208 includes a zero in the seventh and tenth positions (e.g., bits 6 and 9). Therefore, rather than storing the data elements for the seventh and tenth data structures in destination vector 2207 to the destination vector register 2101, zeros may be written into the
corresponding positions in the destination vector register 2101 that would otherwise have stored the data elements of the seventh and tenth data structures. In one embodiment, the results of the execution of the "VPSET3YD kn z (REG, REG, REG, 2" instruction may be written out to memory (not shown). In one embodiment, following the execution of the "VPSET3YD kn z (REG, REG, REG, 2)" instruction, if additional VPSET3 type instructions (such as VPSET3 type instructions specifying the third or first iteration) are to be performed using the same source data and the same collection of source and destination vector registers, the first source vector register may be reloaded with the data elements representing the sixteen X components.
[00226] FIGURE 22C illustrates the operation of an example VPSET3 instruction with an iteration parameter value of 3 and with no masking specified (specifically, a "VPSET3ZD (REG, REG, REG, 3)" instruction), in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. In this example, the source vector registers for the VPSET3ZD instruction are the same source vector registers 2101, 2102, and 2103 illustrated in FIGURE 22A. In one embodiment, this VPSET3ZD instruction may be used to extract, from the three source vector registers, respective data elements representing the Z component of the eleventh data structure stored collectively in the three source vector registers, and the data elements of the highest-order five XYZ-type data structures stored collectively in the three source vector registers (the twelfth through sixteenth data structures). The extracted data elements may be stored in contiguous locations in source/destination vector register 2101 by the VPSET3ZD instruction, beginning at the first position of source/destination vector register 2101. In one embodiment, the results of the execution of the "VPSET3ZD (REG, REG, REG, 3" instruction may be written out to memory (not shown). In one embodiment, following the execution of the "VPSET3ZD (REG, REG, REG, 3" instruction, if additional VPSET3 type instructions (such as VPSET3 type instructions specifying the first or second iteration) are to be performed using the same source data and the same collection of source and destination vector registers, the first source vector register may be reloaded with the data elements representing the sixteen X components.
[00227] FIGURES 22D and 22E illustrate the operation of an example pair of VPSET4 instructions, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. In
these examples, packed data stored collectively in a two four vector registers (e.g., ZMMn registers) 2201, 2202, 2204, and 2205 includes the data elements for eight data structures, each of which includes four 32-bit doublewords. In one embodiment, each of the data structures may represent a row of an array. Each data structure (or row) may include an X component, a Y component, a Z component, and a W component, each of which is a 32-bit doubleword. In FIGURES 22D and 22E, it is assumed that the data elements of each type have been loaded into separate ones of the source vector registers prior to the execution of an example VPSET4 instruction. For example, the first source vector register 2201 stores all of the X components for the sixteen data structures, the second source vector register 2202 stores all of the Z components for the sixteen data structures, the third source vector register 2204 stores all of the Y components for the sixteen data structures, and the fourth source vector register 2205 stores all of the W components for the sixteen data structures. .
[00228] FIGURE 22D illustrates the operation of an example VPSET4EVEN instruction of a VP SET4E EN/VP SET40DD pair with an offset parameter value of 0 and no masking specified (specifically, a "VPSET4EVE D (REG, REG, REG, 0)" instruction), in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. In this example, source vector register 2201 and source vector register 2202 are identified as the source vector registers for the VPSET4EVE D instruction. In addition, another extended vector register 2203 is identified as the destination vector register for the VP SET4EVE D instruction. In one embodiment, this VP SET4E VEND instruction may be used to extract, from the two source vector registers 2201 and 2202, respective data elements representing the X and Z components of the first four data structures stored collectively in the four source vector registers. As illustrated in FIGURE 22D, execution of this VPSET4EVEND instruction may cause the extracted data elements to be stored in even numbered positions within the destination vector register 2203. In this example, the odd numbered positions within destination vector register 2203 may be unused (and unaffected) by the execution of the VPSET4EVEND instruction. This may be denoted by a "U" in FIGURE 22D. In one embodiment, the data contained in the odd numbered positions within destination vector register 2203 prior to the execution of the VPSET4EVEND instruction may be preserved during the execution.
[00229] FIGURE 22E illustrates the operation of an example VPSET40DD instruction of the VPSET4EVEN/VPSET40DD pair with an offset parameter value of 0 and no masking specified (specifically, a "VPSET40DDD (REG, REG, REG, 0)" instruction), in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. In this example, source vector register 2204 and source vector register 2205 are identified as the source vector registers for the VPSET40DDD instruction. In addition, the extended vector register 2203 is identified as the destination vector register for the VPSET40DDD instruction. In one embodiment, this VPSET40DDD instruction may be used to extract, from the two source vector registers 2204 and 2205, respective data elements representing the Y and W components of the first four data structures stored collectively in the four source vector registers. As illustrated in FIGURE 22E, execution of this VPSET40DDD instruction may cause the extracted data elements to be assembled in odd numbered positions within a destination vector 2206 prior to being written to destination vector register 2203. In this example, the even numbered positions within destination vector 2206 may be unused (and unaffected) by the execution of the VPSET40DDD instruction. This may be denoted by a "U" in FIGURE 22E. In this example, only the data elements that were produced by the execution of the VPSET40DDD instruction are stored to destination vector register 2203 by the VPSET40DDD instruction, and they are stored in the same positions in destination vector register 2203 as they were in destination vector 2206.
[00230] In one embodiment, the data contained in the even numbered positions within destination vector register 2203 prior to the execution of the VPSET40DDD instruction may be preserved during the execution. As illustrated in FIGURE 22E, if both the VPSET4EVE D instruction and the VPSET40DDD instruction described in reference to FIGURES 22D and 22E identify destination vector register 2203 as their destination vector register, and if no other instructions write to destination vector register 2203 between the execution of the VPSET4EVE D instruction and execution of the VPSET40DDD instruction, the result of the execution of this pair of VPSET4 instructions may be that all four data elements of the first four data structures stored collectively in the four source vectors are stored in contiguous locations within destination vector 2203.
[00231] In embodiments of the present disclosure, to further reorganize the data elements stored in the four source vector registers illustrated in FIGURES 22D and 22E, one or more additional pairs of VPSET4EVE D and VPSET40DDD instructions may be executed to extract data elements from the source vector registers and store them in additional destination vector registers. For example, a second pair of VP SET4EVE D and VPSET40DDD instructions with offset parameter values of 4 may be executed to extract the X and Z components for the next four data structures stored collectively in the four source vector registers (data structures 5 - 8) and the Y and W components of the next four data structures stored collectively in the four source vector registers, respectively, and to store them in a second destination vector register. A third pair of VPSET4EVE D and VPSET40DDD instructions with offset parameter values of 8 may be executed to extract the X and Z components for the next four data structures stored collectively in the four source vector registers (data structures 9 -12) and the Y and W components of the next four data structures stored collectively in the four source vector registers, respectively, and to store them in a third destination vector register. Finally, a fourth pair of VP SET4EVE D and VPSET40DDD instructions with offset parameter values of 12 may be executed to extract the X and Z components for the last four data structures stored collectively in the four source vector registers (data structures 13 - 16) and the Y and W components of the next four data structures stored collectively in the four source vector registers, respectively, and to store them in a fourth destination vector register. One such sequence of instructions is illustrated in FIGURES 26A and 26B and described in detail below.
[00232] The forms of the VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions illustrated in FIGURES 22A - 22E are merely examples of the many forms that these instructions can take. In other embodiments, the VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions may take any of a variety of other forms in which different combinations of instruction modifier values and instruction parameter values are included in the instructions or are specified when the VPSET3 or VPSET4 instructions are called. For example, if merging-masking is specified for a VPSET3 or VPSET4 instruction, the contents of the locations in the destination vector register to which data elements corresponding to that mask register bit would otherwise have been stored may be preserved.
[00233] FIGURE 23 illustrates an example method 2300 for setting data elements of three types in vectors containing multiple three-element tuples, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. Method 2300 may be implemented by any of the elements shown in FIGURES 1-22. Method 2300 may be initiated by any suitable criteria and may initiate operation at any suitable point. In one embodiment, method 2300 may initiate operation at 2305. Method 2300 may include greater or fewer steps than those illustrated. Moreover, method 2300 may execute its steps in an order different than those illustrated below. Method 2300 may terminate at any suitable step. Moreover, method 2300 may repeat operation at any suitable step. Method 2300 may perform any of its steps in parallel with other steps of method 2300, or in parallel with steps of other methods. Furthermore, method 2300 may be executed multiple times to perform setting data elements of three types in vectors containing multiple three- element tuples.
[00234] At 2305, in one embodiment, an instruction to perform an operation to build a vector of tuples from data elements in three source vector registers that collectively represent sixteen three-element data structures may be received and decoded. For example, a VPSET3 may be received and decoded. At 2310, the instruction and one or more parameters of the instruction may be directed to a SIMD execution unit for execution. In some embodiments, the instruction parameters may include identifiers of three source vector registers, an identifier of a destination vector register (which may be the same as the first source vector register), an indication of which of the data elements for each data structure should be extracted, an indication of the size of the data elements in each data structure represented by the packed data, an indication of the number of data elements in each data structure represented by the packed data, an iteration parameter value, a parameter identifying a particular mask register, or a parameter specifying a masking type.
[00235] Each of the three source vector registers may contain data elements of a different data structure component types, and at 2315, a respective data element of a tuple may be extracted from each of the three source vector registers identified for the instruction. In one embodiment, the encoding (opcode) and/or parameter values for the instruction may indicate the positions in the three source vector registers from which the data elements are to be extracted by the instruction. For example, the positions
from which the data elements are to be extracted may be dependent on the iteration parameter value and the {X/Y/Z} encoding for the instruction.
[00236] If (at 2320) it is determined that any destination mask bit(s) corresponding to the extracted data elements are set or that no masking has been specified for the VPSET3 operation, then at 2325, the extracted data elements may be stored in the next three available locations in the source/destination vector register, as space allows. In one embodiment, there may be a respective bit in the identified mask register for each data element in the source vector registers (e.g., for each data element to be stored in the destination vector register). In another embodiment, there may be a respective bit in the identified mask register for each data structure represented by the data elements in the source vector registers. In yet another embodiment, there may be a respective bit in the identified mask register for each data element to be stored in the destination vector register. If (at 2320) it is determined that no destination mask bit corresponding to the extracted data elements is set, and if (at 2330) it is determined that zero-masking is specified, then at 2335 zeros may be stored in the locations in the destination vector register that would otherwise have stored the extracted data elements. If (at 2320) it is determined that no destination mask bit corresponding to the extracted data elements is set, and if (at 2330) it is determined that zero-masking is not specified (for example, if merging-masking is specified or if neither zero-masking nor merging-masking is specified), then at 2340 the values currently stored in the locations within the destination vector register that would otherwise have stored the extracted data elements may be preserved.
[00237] If, at 2350, it is determined that there are more data elements in the specified subset of the source data to be extracted from the source vector registers, then, at 2360, the next data element may be extracted from each of the three source vector registers. In this case, at least some of the operations illustrated in 2320 - 2340 may be repeated for the newly extracted data elements. In one embodiment, the operations illustrated in 2320 - 2360 may be repeated one or more times in order to extract all of the data elements of the specified subset of the data from the source vector registers. For example, these operations may be repeated until all of the data elements of the subset of data structures to be stored in the destination vector register have been extracted from the source vector registers. Once there are no additional data elements to be extracted
from the source vector registers (as determined at 2350), the instruction may be retired at 2370.
[00238] In embodiments of the present disclosure, a sequence of VPSET3 type instructions may be executed to organize data elements of the same types coming from three source vectors (a vector of X components, a vector of Y components, and a vector of Z components) into vectors containing multiple XYZ-type structures. For example, one third of the data elements for the XYZ-type structures may be extracted, permuted, and stored in a respective destination register in each of three separate iterations. The data elements in these vectors may then be written out to memory in XYZ order. One such instruction sequence is illustrated by the example pseudo code below. In this example, it is assumed that the source vector register zmml has been preloaded with all of the necessary X values (sixteen X values), the source vector register zmm2 has been preloaded with all of the necessary Y values (sixteen Y values), and the source vector register zmm3 has been preloaded with all of the necessary Z values (sixteen Z values).
VPMOVD zmm5, zmml
VPSET3XD zmm5, zmm2, zmm3, 0
VPMOVD zmm6, zmml
VPSET3YD zmm6, zmm2, zmm3, 1
VPSET3ZD zmml, zmm2, zmm3, 2
VPMOVD [mem], zmm5
VPMOVD [mem+64], zmm6
VPMOVD [mem+128], zmml
[00239] In this example, because one of the source vector registers also serves as the destination vector register for the instruction and will be overwritten by its execution, the contents of the vector register that stores the X components may be copied to another extended vector register prior to the execution of the first two VPSET3 type instructions in the sequence. In this example, the VPSET3D form of the VPSET3 instruction specifies that each data element is a 32-bit quadword. In this example, a first VPSETD instruction (in this case, a VPSET3XD instruction) is executed to extract the first third of the data elements for the sixteen data structures from the source vector registers and to place them in a destination vector register. A second VPSET3D instruction (in this case, a VPSET3YD instruction) is executed to extract the next third
of the data elements for the sixteen data structures from the source vector registers and to place them in a second destination vector register, and a third VPSET3D instruction (in this case, a VPSET3ZD instruction) is executed to extract the last third of the data elements for the sixteen data structures from the source vector registers and to place them in a third destination vector register. As a result of the execution of this sequence of VPSET3D instructions, the collection of vector registers ZMM5, ZMM6 and ZMM1 may store the data elements for sixteen XYZ data structures together in contiguous locations across these three destination vector registers. In this example, the sequence also includes three instructions to move the reorganized data to contiguous locations in memory.
[00240] One example application of the SET3 type operations is illustrated in FIGURES 24 A and 24B. More specifically, FIGURE 24 A illustrates an example method 2400 for utilizing multiple vector SET3 operations to obtain and permute the data elements of multiple three-element data structures from different sources. In this example method, three source vector registers are preloaded with packed data elements of different types that collectively represent sixteen data structures, after which multiple vector SET3 instructions are called to extract the data elements for each data structure from the source vector registers and store them in three destination vector registers. Method 2400 may be implemented by any of the elements shown in FIGURES 1-22. Method 2400 may be initiated by any suitable criteria and may initiate operation at any suitable point. In one embodiment, method 2400 may initiate operation at 2405. Method 2400 may include greater or fewer steps than those illustrated. Moreover, method 2400 may execute its steps in an order different than those illustrated below. Method 2400 may terminate at any suitable step. Moreover, method 2400 may repeat operation at any suitable step. Method 2400 may perform any of its steps in parallel with other steps of method 2400, or in parallel with steps of other methods. Furthermore, method 2400 may be executed multiple times to utilize multiple vector SET3 operations to obtain and permute data elements of different types coming from different sources and to store them as multiple data structures in destination vectors.
[00241] At 2405, in one embodiment, execution of an instruction stream including multiple extended vector instructions may begin. At 2410, each of three 512-bit source vector registers may be loaded with sixteen data elements of different data structure
component types. For example, the first source vector register may be loaded with all of the X components for sixteen three-element data structures, the second source vector register may be loaded with all of the Y components for the sixteen three-element data structures, and the third source vector register may be loaded with all of the Z components for the sixteen three-element data structures. In one embodiment, the data elements may be loaded into the source vector registers from memory. In another embodiment, the data elements may be loaded into the source vector registers from general-purpose registers. In yet another embodiment, the data elements may be loaded into the vector register from other vector registers.
[00242] At 2415, in one embodiment, the sixteen data elements that were loaded into the first source vector register may be copied to a first source/destination vector register for a first VPSET3 instruction, specifically a VPSET3XD instruction with an iteration parameter value of 1. At 2420, the VPSET3XD instruction may be executed to extract tuples of X, Y, and Z components from the first source/destination register and the second and third source vector registers and to place these data elements in the first source/destination vector register (as space in the first source/destination vector register allows). The execution of the VPSET3XD instruction may correspond to a first iteration of a sequence to reorganize all of the data elements stored in the source vector registers. At 2425, in one embodiment, the sixteen data elements that were loaded into the first source vector register may be copied to a second source/destination vector register for a second VPSET3 instruction, specifically, a VPSET3YD instruction with an iteration parameter value of 2. At 2430, the VPSET3YD instruction may be executed to extract tuples of X, Y, and Z components from the second source/destination register and the second and third source vector registers and to place these data elements in the second source/destination vector register (as space in the second source/destination vector register allows). The execution of the VPSET3YD instruction may correspond to the second iteration of a sequence to reorganize all of the data elements stored in the source vector registers.
[00243] At 2435, a VPSET3ZD instruction may be executed to extract tuples of X, Y, and Z components from the third source/destination register and the second and third source vector registers and to place these data elements in the third source/destination vector register (as space in the third source/destination vector
register allows). The execution of the VPSET3ZD instruction may correspond to the third iteration of a sequence to reorganize all of the data elements stored in the source vector registers. In this example, following the execution of the three VPSET3 instructions, each of the first, second, and third destination vector registers may store the data elements of multiple three-element data structures that were extracted from the same position within each of the three source vector registers in contiguous locations. At 2440, in one embodiment, the respective contents of the first, second, and third source/destination registers may be written out (in that order) to contiguous locations in memory. In one embodiment, the contents of each of the source/destination registers may be moved to memory using a separate instruction or group of instructions. In one embodiment, the first location in the memory to which the data elements within each successive one of the source/destination vector registers are written may be 64 bytes apart.
[00244] FIGURE 24B further illustrates the example method 2400 shown in FIGURE 24A. In this example, prior to execution of the sequence of vector instructions described above, vector register ZMMl (2402) stores data elements representing all of the X components for sixteen XYZ data structures, vector register ZMM2 (2404) stores data elements representing all of the Y components for the sixteen XYZ data structures, and vector register ZMM3 (2406) stores data elements representing all of the Z components for the sixteen XYZ data structures. Following the execution of the sequence of instructions, which are shown in FIGURE 24B, vector register ZMM5 (2408) stores one third of the data elements, which have been assembled into multiple complete and/or partial XYZ data structures, as space allows. Similarly, vector register ZMM6 (2412) stores another third of the data elements, assembled into multiple complete and/or partial XYZ data structures, as space allows, and vector register ZMMl (2402) stores the remaining third of the data elements, which have been assembled into multiple complete and/or partial XYZ data structures to complete the reorganization of the source data into XYZ data structures.
[00245] FIGURE 25 illustrates an example method 2500 for setting data elements of four different types, coming from different sources, in vectors containing multiple four- element data structures, in accordance with embodiments of the present disclosure. Method 2500 may be implemented by any of the elements shown in FIGURES 1-22.
Method 2500 may be initiated by any suitable criteria and may initiate operation at any suitable point. In one embodiment, method 2500 may initiate operation at 2505. Method 2500 may include greater or fewer steps than those illustrated. Moreover, method 2500 may execute its steps in an order different than those illustrated below. Method 2500 may terminate at any suitable step. Moreover, method 2500 may repeat operation at any suitable step. Method 2500 may perform any of its steps in parallel with other steps of method 2500, or in parallel with steps of other methods. Furthermore, method 2500 may be executed multiple times to perform setting data elements of four different types, coming from different sources, in vectors containing multiple four-element data structures.
[00246] At 2505, in one embodiment, an instruction to perform an operation to assemble even or odd elements for a vector of four-element data structures may be received and decoded. For example, a VPSET4 instruction may be received and decoded. At 2510, the instruction and one or more parameters of the instruction may be directed to a SIMD execution unit for execution. In some embodiments, the instruction parameters may include identifiers of two source vector registers, an identifier of a destination vector register, an indication of the positions at which the data elements extracted from the source vector registers should be stored in the destination vector register (even or odd numbered positions), an indication of which of the data elements for each data structure should be extracted, an indication of the size of the data elements in each data structure represented by the packed data, an indication of the number of data elements in each data structure represented by the packed data, an offset parameter value, a parameter identifying a particular mask register, or a parameter specifying a masking type.
[00247] Each of the two source vector registers may contain data elements of a different data structure component types, and at 2515, a respective data element of a data structure may be extracted from each of the two source vector registers identified for the instruction. In one embodiment, a parameter value for the instruction may indicate the positions in the two source vector registers from which the data elements are to be extracted by the instruction. For example, the starting positions from which the data elements are to be extracted may be dependent on the offset parameter value for the instruction.
[00248] If (at 2520) it is determined that any destination mask bit(s) corresponding to the extracted data elements are set or that no masking has been specified for the VPSET4 operation, then at 2525, the extracted data elements may be stored in the next two available even or odd locations in the source/destination vector register, dependent on the instruction encoding (opcode). In one embodiment, there may be a respective bit in the identified mask register for each data element in the source vector registers (e.g., for each data element to be stored in the destination vector register). In another embodiment, there may be a respective bit in the identified mask register for each data structure represented by the data elements in the source vector registers. In yet another embodiment, there may be a respective bit in the identified mask register for each data element to be stored in the destination vector register. If (at 2520) it is determined that no destination mask bit corresponding to the extracted data elements is set, and if (at 2530) it is determined that zero-masking is specified, then at 2535 zeros may be stored in the locations in the destination vector register that would otherwise have stored the extracted data elements. For example, zeros may be stored in the next two available even or odd locations in the source/destination vector register. If (at 2520) it is determined that no destination mask bit corresponding to the extracted data elements is set, and if (at 2530) it is determined that zero-masking is not specified (for example, if merging-masking is specified or if neither zero-masking nor merging-masking is specified), then at 2540 the values currently stored in the locations within the destination vector register that would otherwise have stored the extracted data elements (the next two available even or odd locations in the source/destination vector register) may be preserved.
[00249] If, at 2550, it is determined that there are more data elements in the specified subset of the source data to be extracted from the source vector registers, then, at 2560, the next data elements of the data structures to be stored in the destination vector register may be extracted from each of the two source vector registers. In this case, at least some of the operations illustrated in 2520 - 2540 may be repeated for the newly extracted data elements. In one embodiment, the operations illustrated in 2520 - 2560 may be repeated one or more times in order to extract all of the data elements of the specified subset of the data from the source vector registers. For example, these operations may be repeated until all of the data elements of the subset of data structures
to be stored in the destination vector register have been extracted from the source vector registers. Once there are no additional data elements to be extracted from the source vector registers (as determined at 2550), the instruction may be retired at 2570.
[00250] In embodiments of the present disclosure, a sequence of VPSET4 type instructions may be executed to organize data elements of the same types coming from four source vectors (a vector of X components, a vector of Y components, a vector of Z components, and a vector of W components) into vectors containing multiple XYZW- type structures. For example, one fourth of the data elements for the XYZW-type structures may be extracted, permuted, and stored in a respective destination register by each of four pairs of VPSET4EVEN and VPSET40DD instructions. The data elements in these vectors may then be written out to memory in XYZW order. One such instruction sequence is illustrated by the example pseudo code below. In this example, it is assumed that the source vector register zmml has been preloaded with all of the necessary X values (sixteen X values), the source vector register zmm2 has been preloaded with all of the necessary Y values (sixteen Y values), and the source vector register zmm3 has been preloaded with all of the necessary Z values (sixteen Z values), and the source vector register zmm4 has been preloaded with all of the necessary W values (sixteen W values).
VP SET4E END zmm5, zmml, zmm3, 0
VPSET40DDD zmm5, zmm2, zmm4, 0
VP SET4E VEND zmm6, zmml, zmm3, 4
VPSET40DDD zmm6, zmm2, zmm4, 4
VP SET4E VEND zmm7, zmml, zmm3, 8
VPSET40DDD zmm7, zmm2, zmm4, 8
VP SET4E VEND zmm8, zmml, zmm3, 12
VPSET40DDD zmm8, zmm2, zmm4, 12
VPMOVD [mem], zmm5
VPMOVD [mem+64], zmm6
VPMOVD [mem+128], zmm7
VPMOVD [mem+192], zmm8
[00251] In this example, the VPSET4D form of the VPSET4 instruction specifies that each data element is a 32-bit quadword. In this example, a first VPSETD
instruction (in this case, a first VPSET4EVEND instruction for which an offset of 0 is specified) is executed to extract, beginning at position 0 in two of the source vector registers, one half of the data elements for the first four of the sixteen data structures represented in the four source vector registers (the X and Z components) and to place them in even numbered locations in the identified destination vector register, alternating between X and Z components. The second VPSET4D instruction (in this case, a first VPSETODDD instruction for which an offset of 0 is specified) is executed to extract, beginning at position 0 in the other two source vector registers, the other half of the data elements for the first four data structures and to place them in odd numbered locations in the identified destination vector register, alternating between Y and W components. In this example, each of three additional pairs of VPSETEVEND and VPSETODDD instructions (each pair specifying different offset parameter values) are executed to extract the data elements for four more of the sixteen data structures represented in the source vector registers. As a result of the execution of these four pairs of VPSETEVEND and VPSETODDD instructions, the collection of vector registers ZMM5 - ZMM8 may store the data elements for sixteen XYZW data structures together in contiguous locations. In this example, the sequence also includes four instructions to move the reorganized data to contiguous locations in memory.
[00252] One example application of vector SET4 type operations is illustrated in FIGURES 26 A and 26B. More specifically, FIGURE 26 A illustrates an example method 2600 for utilizing multiple vector SET4 operations to obtain and permute the data elements of multiple four-element data structures from different sources, according to embodiments of the present disclosure. Method 2600 may be implemented by any of the elements shown in FIGURES 1-22. Method 2600 may be initiated by any suitable criteria and may initiate operation at any suitable point. In one embodiment, method 2600 may initiate operation at 2605. Method 2600 may include greater or fewer steps than those illustrated. Moreover, method 2600 may execute its steps in an order different than those illustrated below. Method 2600 may terminate at any suitable step. Moreover, method 2600 may repeat operation at any suitable step. Method 2600 may perform any of its steps in parallel with other steps of method 2600, or in parallel with steps of other methods. Furthermore, method 2600 may be executed multiple times to
perform getting multiple vector elements of the same type from data structures in different source vector registers.
[00253] At 2605, in one embodiment, each of a first, second, third, and fourth 512- bit source vector register may be loaded with sixteen 32-bit data elements of a different data structure component type (X, Y, Z, or W). At 2610, in one embodiment, a first VPSET4EVE D instruction may be executed to extract the first four X and Z components from the first and second source vector registers (in accordance with an offset parameter value of 0 for the instruction) and place them in the eight even numbered locations in a first destination vector register, alternating X and Z components. At 2615, in one embodiment, a first VPSET40DDD instruction may be executed to extract the first four Y and W components from the third and fourth source vector registers (in accordance with an offset parameter value of 0 for the instruction) and place them in the eight odd numbered locations in the first destination vector register, alternating Y and W components.
[00254] At 2620, in one embodiment, a second VP SET4EVE D instruction may be executed to extract the next four X and Z components from the first and second source vector registers (in accordance with an offset parameter value of 4 for the instruction) and place them in eight even numbered locations in a second destination vector register, alternating X and Z components. At 2625, a second VPSET40DDD instruction may be executed to extract the next four Y and W components from the third and fourth source vector registers (in accordance with an offset parameter value of 4 for the instruction) and place them in eight odd numbered locations in the second destination vector register, alternating Y, W components. At 2630, a third VPSET4EVEND instruction may be executed to extract the next four X and Z components from the first and second source vector registers (in accordance with an offset parameter value of 8 for the instruction) and place them in eight even numbered locations in a third destination vector register, alternating X and Z components. At 2635, a third VPSET40DDD instruction may be executed to extract the next four Y and W components from the third and fourth source vector registers (in accordance with an offset parameter value of 8 for the instruction) and place them in the eight odd numbered locations in the third destination vector register, alternating Y and W components.
[00255] At 2640, in one embodiment, a fourth VP SET4E VEND instruction may be executed to extract the last four X and Z components from the first and second source vector registers (in accordance with an offset parameter value of 12 for the instruction) and place them in eight even numbered locations in a fourth destination vector register, alternating X and Z components. At 2645, a fourth VPSET40DDD instruction may be executed to extract the last four Y and W components from the third and fourth source vector registers (in accordance with an offset parameter value of 12 for the instruction) and place them in the eight odd numbered locations in the fourth destination vector register, alternating Y and W components. In this example, following the execution of the four pairs of VPSETEVEND and VPSETODDD instructions, each of the first, second, third, and fourth destination vector registers may store the data elements of multiple four-element data structures that were extracted from the same position within each of the four source vector registers in contiguous locations. At 2650, in one embodiment, the contents of the four destination registers may be written out (in order) to contiguous locations in memory.
[00256] FIGURE 26B further illustrates the example method 2600 shown in FIGURE 26A. In this example, prior to execution of the sequence of vector instructions described above, vector register ZMMl (2602) stores data elements representing all of the X components for sixteen XYZW data structures, vector register ZMM2 (2404) stores data elements representing all of the Y components for the sixteen XYZW data structures, vector register ZMM3 (2406) stores data elements representing all of the Z components for the sixteen XYZW data structures, and vector register ZMM4 (2408) stores data elements representing all of the W components for the sixteen XYZW data structures. Following the execution of the sequence of instructions, which are shown in FIGURE 26B, vector register ZMM5 (2612) stores one fourth of the data elements from the source vector registers. These data elements have been assembled into four complete XYZW data structures, each containing a respective data element from the same one of the first four positions within each source vector register. Similarly, vector register ZMM6 (2414) stores the second one-fourth of the data elements (extracted from the next four positions within each source vector register), assembled into four additional XYZW data structures, vector register ZMM7 (2416) stores the third one- fourth of the data elements (extracted from the next four positions within each source
vector register), assembled into four additional XYZW data structures, and vector register ZMM8 (2418) stores the remaining data elements (extracted from the last four positions within each source vector register), assembled into the final four XYZW data structures represented in the original source data.
[00257] In other embodiments of the present disclosure, other sequences of VPSET3 and/or VPSET4 operations may be executed to extract data elements of different types from separate source vector registers and to reorganize them as collections of data structures having multiple different types of elements. For example, in one embodiment, a vector GET and vector SET operation may reorganize source data elements to produce data structures having a different number of data elements (other than 3 or 4). In other embodiments of the present disclosure, other sequences of VPSET3 and/or VPSET4 operations may be executed to extract vectors of data elements of the different types for different numbers of data structures.
[00258] While several examples describe forms of the VPSET3 or VPSET4 instructions that operate on packed data elements that are stored in extended vector registers (ZMM registers), in other embodiments, these instructions may operate on packed data elements that are stored in vector registers having fewer than 512 bits. For example, if the source and/or destination vectors for a VPSET3 or VPSET4 instruction include 256 bits or fewer, the VPSET3 or VPSET4 instruction may operate on a YMM register or an XMM register.
[00259] In several of the examples described above, the source data elements of each component type are relatively small (e.g., 32 bits) and there are few enough of them that all of them can be stored in a single ZMM register that is one of the source vector registers for a VPSET3 or VPSET4 instruction. In other embodiments, there may be enough data elements of each component type that (depending on the size of the data elements) they may fill multiple ZMM destination registers. For example, there may be more than 512 bits worth of X values, more than 512 bits worth of Y values, and so on. In one embodiment, the source data for each data structure component type may be packed into multiple ZMM registers for the use of one or more multiple VPSET3 or VPSET4 instructions. In other embodiments, there may be few enough data elements of each component type that (depending on the size of the data elements) they may fit into XMM or YMM destination registers.
[00260] As illustrated in the examples above, unlike a standard SET instruction that may take data from a source operand and store it to a destination operand unchanged, the VPSET3 and VPSET4 operations described herein may be used to extract data elements from multiple source vector registers and to reorganize the extracted data elements prior to storing the data to its destination operand. Several examples above describe the use of VPSET3 and VPSET4 instructions to extract data elements that represent the constituent components of multiple data structures (such as arrays) and then to store them in memory. In other embodiments, these operations may, more generally, be used to extract packed data elements from the same positions within multiple source vector registers and to permute them dependent on the source vector registers from which they were extracted and/or the positions from which they were extracted when storing the contents of the source vector register to a destination location, regardless of how (or even whether) the data elements are related to each other.
[00261] Embodiments of the mechanisms disclosed herein may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or a combination of such implementation approaches. Embodiments of the disclosure may be implemented as computer programs or program code executing on programmable systems comprising at least one processor, a storage system (including volatile and non-volatile memory and/or storage elements), at least one input device, and at least one output device.
[00262] Program code may be applied to input instructions to perform the functions described herein and generate output information. The output information may be applied to one or more output devices, in known fashion. For purposes of this application, a processing system may include any system that has a processor, such as, for example; a digital signal processor (DSP), a microcontroller, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a microprocessor.
[00263] The program code may be implemented in a high level procedural or object oriented programming language to communicate with a processing system. The program code may also be implemented in assembly or machine language, if desired. In fact, the mechanisms described herein are not limited in scope to any particular programming language. In any case, the language may be a compiled or interpreted language.
[00264] One or more aspects of at least one embodiment may be implemented by representative instructions stored on a machine-readable medium which represents various logic within the processor, which when read by a machine causes the machine to fabricate logic to perform the techniques described herein. Such representations, known as "IP cores" may be stored on a tangible, machine-readable medium and supplied to various customers or manufacturing facilities to load into the fabrication machines that actually make the logic or processor.
[00265] Such machine-readable storage media may include, without limitation, non- transitory, tangible arrangements of articles manufactured or formed by a machine or device, including storage media such as hard disks, any other type of disk including floppy disks, optical disks, compact disk read-only memories (CD-ROMs), compact disk rewritables (CD-RW s), and magneto-optical disks, semiconductor devices such as read-only memories (ROMs), random access memories (RAMs) such as dynamic random access memories (DRAMs), static random access memories (SRAMs), erasable programmable read-only memories (EPROMs), flash memories, electrically erasable programmable read-only memories (EEPROMs), magnetic or optical cards, or any other type of media suitable for storing electronic instructions.
[00266] Accordingly, embodiments of the disclosure may also include non- transitory, tangible machine-readable media containing instructions or containing design data, such as Hardware Description Language (HDL), which defines structures, circuits, apparatuses, processors and/or system features described herein. Such embodiments may also be referred to as program products.
[00267] In some cases, an instruction converter may be used to convert an instruction from a source instruction set to a target instruction set. For example, the instruction converter may translate (e.g., using static binary translation, dynamic binary translation including dynamic compilation), morph, emulate, or otherwise convert an instruction to one or more other instructions to be processed by the core. The instruction converter may be implemented in software, hardware, firmware, or a combination thereof. The instruction converter may be on processor, off processor, or part-on and part-off processor.
[00268] Thus, techniques for performing one or more instructions according to at least one embodiment are disclosed. While certain exemplary embodiments have been
described and shown in the accompanying drawings, it is to be understood that such embodiments are merely illustrative of and not restrictive on other embodiments, and that such embodiments not be limited to the specific constructions and arrangements shown and described, since various other modifications may occur to those ordinarily skilled in the art upon studying this disclosure. In an area of technology such as this, where growth is fast and further advancements are not easily foreseen, the disclosed embodiments may be readily modifiable in arrangement and detail as facilitated by enabling technological advancements without departing from the principles of the present disclosure or the scope of the accompanying claims.
[00269] Some embodiments of the present disclosure include a processor. In at least some of these embodiments, the processor may include a front end to receive an instruction, a decoder to decode the instruction, a core to execute the instruction, and a retirement unit to retire the instruction. To execute the instruction, the core may include a first source vector register to store multiple data elements, the data elements being of a first type, a second source vector register to store multiple data elements, the data elements being of a second type different from the first type, a first logic to extract a respective first data element from a first position within each of the first and second source vector registers, the first position being dependent on an encoding for the instruction or a parameter for the instruction, a second logic to assemble the respective first data elements to be extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a first tuple of data elements of different types, and a third logic to store the data elements of the first tuple in a destination vector register identified in the instruction at destination positions dependent on the encoding for the instruction or the parameter for the instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the first tuple may include three data elements of different types, and the core may further includes a third source vector register to store multiple data elements, the data elements being of a third type, a fourth logic to extract a respective first data element from the third source vector register, and a fourth logic to assemble the data element to be extracted from the third source vector register into the first tuple of data elements. In any of the above embodiments, the parameter of the instruction on which the first position is dependent may indicate that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from a lowest- order position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers, a
position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position, or a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position, and the encoding for the instruction may indicate that the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in contiguous locations in the destination vector register. In any of the above embodiments, the first tuple may include three data elements of different types, and the parameter of the instruction on which the first position is dependent may represent an identifier of one of three iterations during which respective data elements are to be extracted from the first, second, and third source vector registers by execution of a respective instance of the instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the parameter of the instruction on which the first position is dependent may indicate that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from a lowest- order position within each of the first and second source vector registers, a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position, a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position, or a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a third offset distance from the lowest-order position, and the encoding of the instruction is to indicate that the destination positions at which the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in the destination vector register are even numbered locations with the destination vector register, or odd numbered locations with the destination vector register. In any of the above embodiments, the respective first data elements to be assembled into the first tuple may represent two data elements of a data structure to include at least three data elements of different types. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the core may further include a fourth logic to extract a respective second data element from a second position within each of the first and second source vector registers, the second position being adjacent to the first position, a fourth logic to assemble the respective second data elements to be extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a second tuple of data elements of different types, and a fifth logic to store the data elements of the second tuple in the destination vector register at destination positions dependent on the encoding for the instruction or the parameter for the instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the destination vector register may be one of the source
vector registers. In any of the above embodiments, the first source register may also be the destination register. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the core may further include a fourth logic to apply a masking operation when the data elements to be extracted from the first source vector register and the second source vector register are stored in the destination vector register such that, for each of one or more bits in a mask register identified in the instruction that are set, a data element that is to be stored in the destination vector register is to be stored to the destination vector register, and for each of one or more bits in the mask register identified in the instruction that are not set, a data element that would otherwise have been stored to the destination vector register is not to be stored to the destination vector register. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the core may include a fourth logic to apply a masking operation when the data elements to be extracted from the first source vector register and the second source vector register are stored in the destination vector register such that, for each bit that is not set in a mask register identified in the instruction, the masking operation replaces a data element that would otherwise be stored in the destination vector with zeros. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the core may include a fourth logic to apply a masking operation when the data elements to be extracted from the first source vector register and the second source vector register are stored in the destination vector register such that, for each bit that is not set in a mask register identified in the instruction, the masking operation preserves the current value in the location in the destination vector register at which a data element would otherwise have been stored. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the core may include a fourth logic to determine the number of data elements in each tuple, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the core may include a fourth logic to determine the number of tuples for which to extract data elements from the source vector registers, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the core may include a fourth logic to determine the size of the data elements to be extracted from each of the tuples stored within the first source vector register, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the core may include a Single Instruction Multiple Data (SEVID) coprocessor to implement execution of the
instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the processor may include a vector register file that includes the source vector register.
[00270] Some embodiments of the present disclosure include a method. In at least some of these embodiments, the method may include, in a processor, receiving a first instruction, decoding the first instruction, executing the first instruction, and retiring the first instruction. Executing the first instruction may include extracting a respective first data element from a first position within a first source vector register identified in the first instruction, the first source vector register storing data elements of a first type, and the first position being dependent on an encoding for the first instruction or a parameter for the first instruction, extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a second source vector register identified in the first instruction, the second source vector register storing data elements of a second type different than the first type, assembling the respective first data elements extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a first tuple of data elements of different types, and storing the data elements of the first tuple in a destination vector register identified in the first instruction at destination positions that are dependent on the encoding for the first instruction or the parameter for the first instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the first tuple may include three data elements of different types, the method may further include extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a third source vector register identified in the first instruction, the third source vector register storing data elements of a third type different than the first type and the second type, assembling the data elements extracted from the third source vector register into the first tuple of data elements, the parameter of the first instruction on which the first position is dependent indicates that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from a particular one of a lowest-order position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position, or a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position, and the encoding for the first instruction indicates that the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in contiguous locations in the destination vector register. In any of the disclosed embodiments, the first tuple may include three data elements of different types, and the
parameter of the first instruction on which the first position is dependent may represent an identifier of one of three iterations during which respective data elements are to be extracted from the first, second, and third source vector registers by execution of a respective instance of the first instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the parameter of the first instruction on which the first position is dependent may indicate that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from a particular one of a lowest-order position within each of the first and second source vector registers, a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position, a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position, or a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a third offset distance from the lowest-order position, and the encoding of the first instruction may indicate that the destination positions at which the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in the destination vector register are even numbered locations with the destination vector register, or odd numbered locations with the destination vector register. In any of the above embodiments, the respective first data elements to be assembled into the first tuple may represent two data elements of a data structure to include at least three data elements of different types. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the method may further include extracting a respective second data element from a second position within each of the first and second source vector registers, the second position being adjacent to the first position, assembling the respective second data elements extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a second tuple of data elements of different types, and storing the data elements of the second tuple in the destination vector register at destination positions dependent on the encoding for the first instruction or the parameter for the first instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the destination vector register may be one of the source vector registers. In any of the above embodiments, the first source register may also be the destination register. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the method may include applying a masking operation to the destination vector when it is stored to the destination vector register such that for each of one or more bits in a mask register identified in the first instruction that are set, a data element that is to be stored in the destination vector register is to be stored to the destination
vector register, and for each of one or more bits in the mask register identified in the first instruction that are not set, a data element that would otherwise have been stored to the destination vector register is not to be stored to the destination vector register. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the method may include applying a masking operation to the destination vector when it is stored to the destination vector register such that for each bit that is not set in a mask register identified in the first instruction, the masking operation replaces two or more data elements that are placed next to each other in the destination vector with zeros. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the method may include applying a masking operation to the destination vector when it is stored to the destination vector register such that, for each bit that is not set in a mask register identified in the first instruction, the masking operation preserves the current values in locations in the destination vector register at which two or more data elements that are placed next to each other in the destination vector would otherwise have been written. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the method may include determining the number of data elements in each of the data structures, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the first instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the method may include determining the number of data structures for which to extract data elements from the source vector registers, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the first instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the method may include determining the size of the data elements to be extracted for each of the data structures from the source vector registers, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the first instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the processor may include a Single Instruction Multiple Data (SIMD) coprocessor that implements execution of the first instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the method may further include, prior to executing the first instruction, executing a second instruction, including loading data elements of a first type into the first source vector register, and executing a third instruction, including loading data elements of a second type into the second source vector register. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the method may include executing a fourth instruction, including loading data elements of a third type into the third source vector register. In combination with any of the above
embodiments, the method may include executing a fifth instruction, including loading data elements of a fourth type into the fourth source vector register.
[00271] In combination with any of the above embodiments, executing the first instruction may further include extracting at least two additional data elements from respective positions within each of the first and second source vector registers and a third source vector register identified in the first instruction, the respective positions being contiguous with the first position, assembling the additional data elements extracted from each of the respective positions within the first, second, and source vector registers into an additional tuple of data elements, storing at least one of the additional tuples of data elements in positions contiguous with the first position in the first destination vector register, the number of additional tuples stored in the first destination vector register being dependent on the amount of space available in the first destination vector register, and storing a subset of the data elements of a given one of the additional tuples in the first destination vector register. In any of the above embodiments, the method may further include executing a second instruction, including extracting at least three data elements from respective positions within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers beginning at a second position, the second position being dependent on a parameter for the second instruction, assembling the data elements extracted by the second instruction into tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction, storing, in a second destination vector register identified in the second instruction, a subset of the data elements of the given tuple assembled by the first instruction other than the subset of the data elements of the given tuple stored in the first destination vector register, storing, in the second destination vector register, at least one of the tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction, the number of tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction stored in the second destination vector register being dependent on the amount of space available in the second destination vector register, and storing, in the second destination vector register, a subset of the data elements of a second given one of the tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the method may further include executing a third instruction, including extracting at least three data elements from respective positions within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers beginning at a third position, the third position being dependent
on a parameter for the third instruction, assembling the data elements extracted by the third instruction into tuples of data elements assembled by the third instruction, storing, in a third destination vector register identified in the third instruction, a subset of the data elements of the second given tuple assembled by the second instruction other than the subset of the data elements of the second given tuple stored in the second destination vector register, and storing, in the third destination vector register, at least one of the tuples of data elements assembled by the third instruction, the number of tuples of data elements assembled by the third instruction stored in the third destination vector register being dependent on the amount of space available in the third destination vector register. In combination with any of the above embodiments, storing the data elements of the first tuple in the destination vector register may include storing the data elements of the first tuple that were extracted from the first and second source vector registers in even numbered positions in the destination vector register, dependent on the encoding of the first instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the method may further include executing a second instruction, including, extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a third source vector register identified in the second instruction, the third source vector register storing data elements of a third type, and the first position being dependent on a parameter for the second instruction, extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a fourth source vector register identified in the second instruction, the fourth source vector register storing data elements of a fourth type, and the first position being dependent on a parameter for the second instruction, assembling the respective first data elements extracted from the third and fourth source vector registers into the first tuple of data elements, and storing the data elements of the first tuple that were extracted from the third and fourth source vector registers in odd numbered positions in the destination vector register, dependent on the encoding of the second instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the method may include, for each given one of a second data element type, a third data element type, and a fourth data element type, executing a respective pair of instructions. In any of the above embodiments, executing the first instruction of the pair of instructions may include extracting a respective data element of the given data element type from a position within each of the first and second source vector registers that is dependent on
a parameter for the first instruction of the pair of instructions, and storing the data elements of the given type that were extracted from the first and second source vector registers in even numbered positions in a destination vector register identified in the first instruction of the pair of instructions, dependent on the encoding of the first instruction of the pair of instructions. In any of the above embodiments, executing the second instruction of the pair of instructions may include extracting a respective data element of the given data element type from a position within each of the third and fourth source vector registers that is dependent on a parameter for the second instruction of the pair of instructions, and storing the data elements of the given type that were extracted from the third and fourth source vector registers in odd numbered positions in a destination vector register identified in the second instruction of the pair of instructions, dependent on the encoding of the second instruction of the pair of instructions.
[00272] Some embodiments of the present disclosure include a system. In at least some of these embodiments, the system may include a front end to receive an instruction, a decoder to decode the instruction, a core to execute the instruction, and a retirement unit to retire the instruction. To execute the instruction, the core may include a first source vector register to store multiple data elements, the data elements being of a first type, a second source vector register to store multiple data elements, the data elements being of a second type different from the first type, a first logic to extract a respective first data element from a first position within each of the first and second source vector registers, the first position being dependent on an encoding for the instruction or a parameter for the instruction, a second logic to assemble the respective first data elements to be extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a first tuple of data elements of different types, and a third logic to store the data elements of the first tuple in a destination vector register identified in the instruction at destination positions dependent on the encoding for the instruction or the parameter for the instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the first tuple may include three data elements of different types, and the core may further includes a third source vector register to store multiple data elements, the data elements being of a third type, a fourth logic to extract a respective first data element from the third source vector register, and a fourth logic to assemble the data element to be extracted from the third
source vector register into the first tuple of data elements. In any of the above embodiments, the parameter of the instruction on which the first position is dependent may indicate that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from a lowest- order position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers, a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position, or a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position, and the encoding for the instruction may indicate that the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in contiguous locations in the destination vector register. In any of the above embodiments, the first tuple may include three data elements of different types, and the parameter of the instruction on which the first position is dependent may represent an identifier of one of three iterations during which respective data elements are to be extracted from the first, second, and third source vector registers by execution of a respective instance of the instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the parameter of the instruction on which the first position is dependent may indicate that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from a lowest- order position within each of the first and second source vector registers, a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position, a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position, or a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a third offset distance from the lowest-order position, and the encoding of the instruction is to indicate that the destination positions at which the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in the destination vector register are even numbered locations with the destination vector register, or odd numbered locations with the destination vector register. In any of the above embodiments, the respective first data elements to be assembled into the first tuple may represent two data elements of a data structure to include at least three data elements of different types. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the core may further include a fourth logic to extract a respective second data element from a second position within each of the first and second source vector registers, the second position being adjacent to the first position, a fourth logic to assemble the respective second data elements to be extracted from the first and second source vector registers
into a second tuple of data elements of different types, and a fifth logic to store the data elements of the second tuple in the destination vector register at destination positions dependent on the encoding for the instruction or the parameter for the instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the destination vector register may be one of the source vector registers. In any of the above embodiments, the first source register may also be the destination register. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the core may further include a fourth logic to apply a masking operation when the data elements to be extracted from the first source vector register and the second source vector register are stored in the destination vector register such that, for each of one or more bits in a mask register identified in the instruction that are set, a data element that is to be stored in the destination vector register is to be stored to the destination vector register, and for each of one or more bits in the mask register identified in the instruction that are not set, a data element that would otherwise have been stored to the destination vector register is not to be stored to the destination vector register. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the core may include a fourth logic to apply a masking operation when the data elements to be extracted from the first source vector register and the second source vector register are stored in the destination vector register such that, for each bit that is not set in a mask register identified in the instruction, the masking operation replaces a data element that would otherwise be stored in the destination vector with zeros. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the core may include a fourth logic to apply a masking operation when the data elements to be extracted from the first source vector register and the second source vector register are stored in the destination vector register such that, for each bit that is not set in a mask register identified in the instruction, the masking operation preserves the current value in the location in the destination vector register at which a data element would otherwise have been stored. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the core may include a fourth logic to determine the number of data elements in each tuple, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the core may include a fourth logic to determine the number of tuples for which to extract data elements from the source vector registers, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the core may include a fourth logic to
determine the size of the data elements to be extracted from each of the tuples stored within the first source vector register, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the core may include a Single Instruction Multiple Data (SEVID) coprocessor to implement execution of the instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the system may include a processor. In any of the above embodiments, the system may include a vector register file that includes the source vector register.
[00273] Some embodiments of the present disclosure include a system for executing instructions. In at least some of these embodiments, the system may include means for receiving a first instruction, decoding the first instruction, executing the first instruction, and retiring the first instruction. The means for executing the first instruction may include means for extracting a respective first data element from a first position within a first source vector register identified in the first instruction, the first source vector register storing data elements of a first type, and the first position being dependent on an encoding for the first instruction or a parameter for the first instruction, means for extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a second source vector register identified in the first instruction, the second source vector register storing data elements of a second type different than the first type, means for assembling the respective first data elements extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a first tuple of data elements of different types, and means for storing the data elements of the first tuple in a destination vector register identified in the first instruction at destination positions that are dependent on the encoding for the first instruction or the parameter for the first instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the first tuple may include three data elements of different types, the system may further include means for extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a third source vector register identified in the first instruction, the third source vector register storing data elements of a third type different than the first type and the second type, means for assembling the data elements extracted from the third source vector register into the first tuple of data elements, the parameter of the first instruction on which the first position is dependent indicates that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from a particular one of a lowest-order position within each of the first, second, and third
source vector registers a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position, or a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position, and the encoding for the first instruction indicates that the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in contiguous locations in the destination vector register. In any of the disclosed embodiments, the first tuple may include three data elements of different types, and the parameter of the first instruction on which the first position is dependent may represent an identifier of one of three iterations during which respective data elements are to be extracted from the first, second, and third source vector registers by execution of a respective instance of the first instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the parameter of the first instruction on which the first position is dependent may indicate that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from a particular one of a lowest-order position within each of the first and second source vector registers, a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position, a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position, or a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a third offset distance from the lowest-order position, and the encoding of the first instruction may indicate that the destination positions at which the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in the destination vector register are even numbered locations with the destination vector register, or odd numbered locations with the destination vector register. In any of the above embodiments, the respective first data elements to be assembled into the first tuple may represent two data elements of a data structure to include at least three data elements of different types. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the system may further include means for extracting a respective second data element from a second position within each of the first and second source vector registers, the second position being adjacent to the first position, means for assembling the respective second data elements extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a second tuple of data elements of different types, and means for storing the data elements of the second tuple in the destination vector register at destination positions dependent on the encoding for the first instruction or the parameter for the first instruction. In any of the
above embodiments, the destination vector register may be one of the source vector registers. In any of the above embodiments, the first source register may also be the destination register. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the system may include means for applying a masking operation to the destination vector when it is stored to the destination vector register such that for each of one or more bits in a mask register identified in the instruction that are set, a data element that is to be stored in the destination vector register is to be stored to the destination vector register, and for each of one or more bits in the mask register identified in the instruction that are not set, a data element that would otherwise have been stored to the destination vector register is not to be stored to the destination vector register. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the system may include means for applying a masking operation to the destination vector when it is stored to the destination vector register such that for each bit that is not set in a mask register identified in the first instruction, the masking operation replaces two or more data elements that are placed next to each other in the destination vector with zeros. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the system may include means for applying a masking operation to the destination vector when it is stored to the destination vector register such that, for each bit that is not set in a mask register identified in the first instruction, the masking operation preserves the current values in locations in the destination vector register at which two or more data elements that are placed next to each other in the destination vector would otherwise have been written. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the system may include means for determining the number of data elements in each of the data structures, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the first instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the system may include means for determining the number of data structures for which to extract data elements from the source vector registers, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the first instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the system may include means for determining the size of the data elements to be extracted for each of the data structures from the source vector registers, dependent on a parameter value or encoding for the first instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the processor may include a Single Instruction Multiple Data (SEVID) coprocessor that implements execution of the first instruction.
[00274] In combination with any of the above embodiments, the means for executing the first instruction may further include means for extracting at least two additional data elements from respective positions within each of the first and second source vector registers and a third source vector register identified in the first instruction, the respective positions being contiguous with the first position, means for assembling the additional data elements extracted from each of the respective positions within the first, second, and source vector registers into an additional tuple of data elements, means for storing at least one of the additional tuples of data elements in positions contiguous with the first position in the first destination vector register, the number of additional tuples stored in the first destination vector register being dependent on the amount of space available in the first destination vector register, and means for storing a subset of the data elements of a given one of the additional tuples in the first destination vector register. In any of the above embodiments, the system may further include means for executing a second instruction, including means for extracting at least three data elements from respective positions within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers beginning at a second position, the second position being dependent on a parameter for the second instruction, means for assembling the data elements extracted by the second instruction into tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction, means for storing, in a second destination vector register identified in the second instruction, a subset of the data elements of the given tuple assembled by the first instruction other than the subset of the data elements of the given tuple stored in the first destination vector register, means for storing, in the second destination vector register, at least one of the tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction, the number of tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction stored in the second destination vector register being dependent on the amount of space available in the second destination vector register, and means for storing, in the second destination vector register, a subset of the data elements of a second given one of the tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction. In any of the above embodiments, the system may further include means for executing a third instruction, including means for extracting at least three data elements from respective positions within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers beginning at a third position, the third position being dependent
on a parameter for the third instruction, means for assembling the data elements extracted by the third instruction into tuples of data elements assembled by the third instruction, means for storing, in a third destination vector register identified in the third instruction, a subset of the data elements of the second given tuple assembled by the second instruction other than the subset of the data elements of the second given tuple stored in the second destination vector register, and means for storing, in the third destination vector register, at least one of the tuples of data elements assembled by the third instruction, the number of tuples of data elements assembled by the third instruction stored in the third destination vector register being dependent on the amount of space available in the third destination vector register. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the means for storing the data elements of the first tuple in the destination vector register may include means for storing the data elements of the first tuple that were extracted from the first and second source vector registers in even numbered positions in the destination vector register, dependent on the encoding of the first instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the system may further include means for executing a second instruction, including, means for extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a third source vector register identified in the second instruction, the third source vector register storing data elements of a third type, and the first position being dependent on a parameter for the second instruction, extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a fourth source vector register identified in the second instruction, the fourth source vector register storing data elements of a fourth type, and the first position being dependent on a parameter for the second instruction, means for assembling the respective first data elements extracted from the third and fourth source vector registers into the first tuple of data elements, and means for storing the data elements of the first tuple that were extracted from the third and fourth source vector registers in odd numbered positions in the destination vector register, dependent on the encoding of the second instruction. In combination with any of the above embodiments, the system may include means for executing a respective pair of instructions for each given one of a second data element type, a third data element type, and a fourth data element type. In any of the above embodiments, the means for executing the first instruction of the pair of instructions may include means for
extracting a respective data element of the given data element type from a position within each of the first and second source vector registers that is dependent on a parameter for the first instruction of the pair of instructions, and means for storing the data elements of the given type that were extracted from the first and second source vector registers in even numbered positions in a destination vector register identified in the first instruction of the pair of instructions, dependent on the encoding of the first instruction of the pair of instructions. In any of the above embodiments, the means for executing the second instruction of the pair of instructions may include means for extracting a respective data element of the given data element type from a position within each of the third and fourth source vector registers that is dependent on a parameter for the second instruction of the pair of instructions, and means for storing the data elements of the given type that were extracted from the third and fourth source vector registers in odd numbered positions in a destination vector register identified in the second instruction of the pair of instructions, dependent on the encoding of the second instruction of the pair of instructions.
Claims
1. A processor, comprising:
a front end to receive an instruction;
a decoder to decode the instruction;
a first source vector register to store multiple data elements, the data elements to be of a first type;
a second source vector register to store multiple data elements, the data elements to be of a second type different from the first type;
a core to execute the instruction, including:
a first logic to extract a respective first data element from a first position within each of the first and second source vector registers, the first position based on at least one parameter for the instruction;
a second logic to assemble the respective first data elements to be extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a first tuple of data elements of different types;
a third logic to store the data elements of the first tuple in a destination vector register identified in the instruction at destination positions based on a first parameter for the instruction; and
a retirement unit to retire the instruction.
2. The processor of Claim 1, wherein:
the first tuple is to include three data elements of different types;
the processor further includes:
a third source vector register to store multiple data elements, the data elements to be of a third type; and
a fourth logic to extract a respective first data element from the third source vector register;
the core further includes:
a fifth logic to assemble the data element to be extracted from the third source vector register into the first tuple of data elements;
a second parameter for the instruction is to indicate that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from:
a lowest-order position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers;
a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position; or
a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position; and
a third parameter for the instruction is to indicate that the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in contiguous locations in the destination vector register.
3. The processor of Claim 1, wherein:
the first tuple is to include three data elements of different types; and a second parameter for the instruction is to represent an identifier of one of three iterations during which respective data elements are to be extracted from the first, second, and third source vector registers by execution of a respective instance of the instruction.
4. The processor of Claim 1, wherein:
a second parameter for the instruction is to indicate that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from:
a lowest-order position within each of the first and second source vector registers;
a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position;
a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position; or
a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a third offset distance from the lowest-order position; and
a third parameter for the instruction is to indicate that the destination positions at which the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in the destination vector register are:
even numbered locations with the destination vector register; or odd numbered locations with the destination vector register.
5. The processor of Claim 1, wherein:
the respective first data elements to be assembled into the first tuple are to represent two data elements of different types of a data structure, the data structure to include at least three data elements of different types.
6. The processor of Claim 1, wherein the core further includes:
a fourth logic to extract a respective second data element from a second position within each of the first and second source vector registers, the second position to be adjacent to the first position;
a fifth logic to assemble the respective second data elements to be extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a second tuple of data elements of different types; and
a sixth logic to store the data elements of the second tuple in the destination vector register at destination positions based on a second parameter for the instruction.
7. The processor of Claim 1, wherein:
the core further includes a fourth logic to apply a masking operation when the data elements to be extracted from the first source vector register and the second source vector register are stored in the destination vector register;
for each of one or more bits in a mask register identified in the instruction that are set, a data element that is to be stored in the destination vector register is to be stored to the destination vector register; and
for each of one or more bits in the mask register identified in the instruction that are not set, a data element that would otherwise have been stored to the destination vector register is not to be stored to the destination vector register.
8. The processor of Claim 1, wherein:
the destination vector register is one of the source vector registers.
9. The processor of Claim 1, wherein the core further includes:
a fourth logic to determine the number of data elements in each tuple, dependent on a parameter for the instruction.
10. The processor of Claim 1, wherein the core further includes:
a Single Instruction Multiple Data (SIMD) coprocessor to implement execution of the instruction.
11. A method, comprising, in a processor:
receiving a first instruction;
decoding the first instruction;
executing the first instruction, including:
extracting a respective first data element from a first position within a first source vector register identified in the first instruction, the first source vector register storing data elements of a first type, and the first position based on at least one parameter for the first instruction;
extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a second source vector register identified in the first instruction, the second source vector register storing data elements of a second type different than the first type;
assembling the respective first data elements extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a first tuple of data elements of different types; and
storing the data elements of the first tuple in a destination vector register identified in the first instruction at destination positions based on a first parameter for the first instruction; and
retiring the first instruction.
12. The method of Claim 11, wherein:
the first tuple is to include three data elements of different types;
the method further includes:
extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a third source vector register identified in the first instruction, the third source vector register storing data elements of a third type different than the first type and the second type; and
assembling the data elements extracted from the third source vector register into the first tuple of data elements;
a second parameter for the first instruction indicates that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from a particular one of:
a lowest-order position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers;
a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position; or
a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position; and
a third parameter for the first instruction is to indicate that the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in contiguous locations in the destination vector register.
13. The method of Claim 11, wherein:
a second parameter for the first instruction indicates that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from a particular one of:
a lowest-order position within each of the first and second source vector registers;
a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position;
a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position; or
a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a third offset distance from the lowest-order position; and
a third parameter of the first instruction is to indicate that the destination positions at which the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in the destination vector register are:
even numbered locations with the destination vector register; or odd numbered locations with the destination vector register.
14. The method of Claim 11, further comprising:
extracting a respective second data element from a second position within each of the first and second source vector registers, the second position being adjacent to the first position;
assembling the respective second data elements extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a second tuple of data elements of different types; and
storing the data elements of the second tuple in the destination vector register at destination positions based on a second parameter for the first instruction.
15. The method of Claim 11, wherein:
executing the first instruction further comprises:
extracting at least two additional data elements from respective positions within each of the first and second source vector registers and a third source vector register identified in the first instruction, the respective positions being contiguous with the first position;
assembling the additional data elements extracted from each of the respective positions within the first, second, and source vector registers into an additional tuple of data elements;
storing at least one of the additional tuples of data elements in positions contiguous with the first position in the first destination vector register, the number of additional tuples stored in the first destination vector register based on the amount of space available in the first destination vector register; and
storing a subset of the data elements of a given one of the additional tuples in the first destination vector register;
the method further comprises:
executing a second instruction, including:
extracting at least three data elements from respective positions within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers beginning at a second
position, the second position being based on at least one parameter for the second instruction;
assembling the data elements extracted by the second instruction into tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction;
storing, in a second destination vector register identified in the second instruction, a subset of the data elements of the given tuple assembled by the first instruction other than the subset of the data elements of the given tuple stored in the first destination vector register;
storing, in the second destination vector register, at least one of the tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction, the number of tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction stored in the second destination vector register being based on the amount of space available in the second destination vector register; and
storing, in the second destination vector register, a subset of the data elements of a second given one of the tuples of data elements assembled by the second instruction; and
executing a third instruction, including:
extracting at least three data elements from respective positions within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers beginning at a third position, the third position being based on at least one parameter for the third instruction;
assembling the data elements extracted by the third instruction into tuples of data elements assembled by the third instruction;
storing, in a third destination vector register identified in the third instruction, a subset of the data elements of the second given tuple assembled by the second instruction other than the subset of the data elements of the second given tuple stored in the second destination vector register; and
storing, in the third destination vector register, at least one of the tuples of data elements assembled by the third instruction, the number of tuples of data elements assembled by the third instruction stored in the third destination vector register being based on the amount of space available in the third destination vector register.
16. The method of Claim 11, wherein:
storing the data elements of the first tuple in the destination vector register includes storing the data elements of the first tuple that were extracted from the first and second source vector registers in even numbered positions in the destination vector register, based on a second parameter of the first instruction; and
the method further comprises:
executing a second instruction, including:
extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a third source vector register identified in the second instruction, the third source vector register storing data elements of a third type, and the first position being based on a first parameter for the second instruction;
extracting a respective first data element from the first position within a fourth source vector register identified in the second instruction, the fourth source vector register storing data elements of a fourth type, and the first position being based on a second parameter for the second instruction;
assembling the respective first data elements extracted from the third and fourth source vector registers into the first tuple of data elements; and
storing the data elements of the first tuple that were extracted from the third and fourth source vector registers in odd numbered positions in the destination vector register, based on a third parameter of the second instruction; and for each given one of a second data element type, a third data element type, and a fourth data element type, executing a respective pair of instructions, wherein:
executing the first instruction of the pair of instructions includes:
extracting a respective data element of the given data element type from a position within each of the first and second source vector registers based on at least one parameter for the first instruction of the pair of instructions; and
storing the data elements of the given type that were extracted from the first and second source vector registers in even numbered positions
in a destination vector register identified in the first instruction of the pair of instructions, based on a first parameter for the first instruction of the pair of instructions; and
executing the second instruction of the pair of instructions includes:
extracting a respective data element of the given data element type from a position within each of the third and fourth source vector registers based on at least one parameter for the second instruction of the pair of instructions; and
storing the data elements of the given type that were extracted from the third and fourth source vector registers in odd numbered positions in a destination vector register identified in the second instruction of the pair of instructions, based on a first parameter for the second instruction of the pair of instructions.
17. The method of Claim 11, further comprising:
applying a masking operation to the destination vector when it is stored to the destination vector register such that:
for each of one or more bits in a mask register identified in the first instruction that are set, a data element that is to be stored in the destination vector register is stored to the destination vector register; and
for each of one or more bits in the mask register identified in the first instruction that are not set, a data element that would otherwise have been stored to the destination vector register is not stored to the destination vector register.
18. A system, comprising:
a front end to receive an instruction;
a decoder to decode the instruction;
a first source vector register to store multiple data elements, the data elements to be of a first type;
a second source vector register to store multiple data elements, the data elements to be of a second type different from the first type;
a core to execute the instruction, including:
a first logic to extract a respective first data element from a first position within each of the first and second source vector registers, the first position based on at least one parameter for the instruction;
a second logic to assemble the respective first data elements to be extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a first tuple of data elements of different types;
a third logic to store the data elements of the first tuple in a destination vector register identified in the instruction at destination positions based on a first parameter for the instruction; and
a retirement unit to retire the instruction.
19. The system of Claim 18, wherein:
the first tuple is to include three data elements of different types;
the system further includes:
a third source vector register to store multiple data elements, the data elements to be of a third type; and
a fourth logic to extract a respective first data element from the third source vector register;
the core further includes:
a fifth logic to assemble the data element to be extracted from the third source vector register into the first tuple of data elements;
a second parameter for the instruction is to indicate that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from:
a lowest-order position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers;
a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position; or
a position within each of the first, second, and third source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position; and
a third parameter for the instruction is to indicate that the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in contiguous locations in the destination vector register.
20. The system of Claim 18, wherein:
the first tuple is to include three data elements of different types; and a first of the instruction is to represent an identifier of one of three iterations during which respective data elements are to be extracted from the first, second, and third source vector registers by execution of a respective instance of the instruction.
21. The system of Claim 18, wherein:
a second parameter for the instruction is to indicate that the respective first data elements are to be extracted from:
a lowest-order position within each of the first and second source vector registers;
a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a first offset distance from the lowest-order position;
a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a second offset distance from the lowest-order position; or
a position within each of the first and second source vector registers at a third offset distance from the lowest-order position; and
a third parameter for the instruction is to indicate that the destination positions at which the data elements of the first tuple are to be stored in the destination vector register are:
even numbered locations with the destination vector register; or odd numbered locations with the destination vector register.
22. The system of Claim 18, wherein:
the respective first data elements to be assembled into the first tuple are to represent two data elements of a data structure to include at least three data elements of different types.
23. The system of Claim 18, wherein the core further includes:
a fourth logic to extract a respective second data element from a second position within each of the first and second source vector registers, the second position to be adjacent to the first position;
a fifth logic to assemble the respective second data elements to be extracted from the first and second source vector registers into a second tuple of data elements of different types; and
a sixth logic to store the data elements of the second tuple in the destination vector register at destination positions based on a second parameter for the instruction.
24. The system of Claim 18, wherein the core further includes:
a fourth logic to apply a masking operation when the data elements to be extracted from the first source vector register and the second source vector register are stored in the destination vector register such that:
for each of one or more bits in a mask register identified in the instruction that are set, a data element that is to be stored in the destination vector register is to be stored to the destination vector register; and
for each of one or more bits in the mask register identified in the instruction that are not set, a data element that would otherwise have been stored to the destination vector register is not to be stored to the destination vector register.
25. A apparatus, including means for performing any of the methods of Claims 11-17.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
EP16876291.2A EP3391234A4 (en) | 2015-12-18 | 2016-11-15 | Instructions and logic for set-multiple-vector-elements operations |
CN201680074188.1A CN108369573A (en) | 2015-12-18 | 2016-11-15 | The instruction of operation for multiple vector elements to be arranged and logic |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US14/974,224 | 2015-12-18 | ||
US14/974,224 US20170177350A1 (en) | 2015-12-18 | 2015-12-18 | Instructions and Logic for Set-Multiple-Vector-Elements Operations |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2017105715A1 true WO2017105715A1 (en) | 2017-06-22 |
Family
ID=59057873
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2016/061958 WO2017105715A1 (en) | 2015-12-18 | 2016-11-15 | Instructions and logic for set-multiple-vector-elements operations |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US20170177350A1 (en) |
EP (1) | EP3391234A4 (en) |
CN (1) | CN108369573A (en) |
TW (1) | TWI720056B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2017105715A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN113076139A (en) * | 2018-11-09 | 2021-07-06 | 英特尔公司 | System and method for executing instructions for conversion to 16-bit floating point format |
Families Citing this family (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP3336691B1 (en) | 2016-12-13 | 2022-04-06 | ARM Limited | Replicate elements instruction |
EP3336692B1 (en) * | 2016-12-13 | 2020-04-29 | Arm Ltd | Replicate partition instruction |
CN109032672A (en) * | 2018-07-19 | 2018-12-18 | 江苏华存电子科技有限公司 | Low latency instruction scheduler and filtering conjecture access method |
US10725788B1 (en) * | 2019-03-25 | 2020-07-28 | Intel Corporation | Advanced error detection for integer single instruction, multiple data (SIMD) arithmetic operations |
CN110632850A (en) * | 2019-09-03 | 2019-12-31 | 珠海格力电器股份有限公司 | Data regulation and control method and device |
US20230069890A1 (en) * | 2021-09-03 | 2023-03-09 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Processing device and method of sharing storage between cache memory, local data storage and register files |
CN115826910B (en) * | 2023-02-07 | 2023-05-02 | 成都申威科技有限责任公司 | Vector fixed point ALU processing system |
Citations (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20030014458A1 (en) | 1995-09-05 | 2003-01-16 | Fischer Stephen A. | Method and apparatus for storing complex numbers in formats which allow efficient complex multiplication operations to be performed and for performing such complex multiplication operations |
GB2411978A (en) | 2004-03-10 | 2005-09-14 | Advanced Risc Mach Ltd | Using multiple registers to shift and insert data into a packed format |
US20080022069A1 (en) * | 2004-12-28 | 2008-01-24 | Hong Jiang | Register file regions for a processing system |
US20080077772A1 (en) * | 2006-09-22 | 2008-03-27 | Ronen Zohar | Method and apparatus for performing select operations |
US20090172348A1 (en) * | 2007-12-26 | 2009-07-02 | Robert Cavin | Methods, apparatus, and instructions for processing vector data |
US20120047350A1 (en) * | 2009-05-01 | 2012-02-23 | John Lancaster | Controlling simd parallel processors |
US20120254588A1 (en) * | 2011-04-01 | 2012-10-04 | Jesus Corbal San Adrian | Systems, apparatuses, and methods for blending two source operands into a single destination using a writemask |
US20150121039A1 (en) | 2001-10-29 | 2015-04-30 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for shuffling data |
Family Cites Families (15)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5838984A (en) * | 1996-08-19 | 1998-11-17 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Single-instruction-multiple-data processing using multiple banks of vector registers |
US5933650A (en) * | 1997-10-09 | 1999-08-03 | Mips Technologies, Inc. | Alignment and ordering of vector elements for single instruction multiple data processing |
US7149878B1 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2006-12-12 | Mips Technologies, Inc. | Changing instruction set architecture mode by comparison of current instruction execution address with boundary address register values |
GB2409062C (en) * | 2003-12-09 | 2007-12-11 | Advanced Risc Mach Ltd | Aliasing data processing registers |
GB2409059B (en) * | 2003-12-09 | 2006-09-27 | Advanced Risc Mach Ltd | A data processing apparatus and method for moving data between registers and memory |
US9436468B2 (en) * | 2005-11-22 | 2016-09-06 | Intel Corporation | Technique for setting a vector mask |
US8667250B2 (en) * | 2007-12-26 | 2014-03-04 | Intel Corporation | Methods, apparatus, and instructions for converting vector data |
GB2485774A (en) * | 2010-11-23 | 2012-05-30 | Advanced Risc Mach Ltd | Processor instruction to extract a bit field from one operand and insert it into another with an option to sign or zero extend the field |
CN104011643B (en) * | 2011-12-22 | 2018-01-05 | 英特尔公司 | Packing data rearranges control cord induced labor life processor, method, system and instruction |
WO2013095563A1 (en) * | 2011-12-22 | 2013-06-27 | Intel Corporation | Packed data rearrangement control indexes precursors generation processors, methods, systems, and instructions |
CN104081336B (en) * | 2011-12-23 | 2018-10-23 | 英特尔公司 | Device and method for detecting the identical element in vector registor |
CN107562444B (en) * | 2012-12-26 | 2020-12-18 | 英特尔公司 | Merging adjacent gather/scatter operations |
US9471308B2 (en) * | 2013-01-23 | 2016-10-18 | International Business Machines Corporation | Vector floating point test data class immediate instruction |
US9875214B2 (en) * | 2015-07-31 | 2018-01-23 | Arm Limited | Apparatus and method for transferring a plurality of data structures between memory and a plurality of vector registers |
US9858704B2 (en) * | 2016-04-04 | 2018-01-02 | Intel Corporation | Reduced precision ray traversal with plane reuse |
-
2015
- 2015-12-18 US US14/974,224 patent/US20170177350A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2016
- 2016-11-14 TW TW105137016A patent/TWI720056B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2016-11-15 WO PCT/US2016/061958 patent/WO2017105715A1/en unknown
- 2016-11-15 CN CN201680074188.1A patent/CN108369573A/en active Pending
- 2016-11-15 EP EP16876291.2A patent/EP3391234A4/en not_active Withdrawn
Patent Citations (8)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20030014458A1 (en) | 1995-09-05 | 2003-01-16 | Fischer Stephen A. | Method and apparatus for storing complex numbers in formats which allow efficient complex multiplication operations to be performed and for performing such complex multiplication operations |
US20150121039A1 (en) | 2001-10-29 | 2015-04-30 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus for shuffling data |
GB2411978A (en) | 2004-03-10 | 2005-09-14 | Advanced Risc Mach Ltd | Using multiple registers to shift and insert data into a packed format |
US20080022069A1 (en) * | 2004-12-28 | 2008-01-24 | Hong Jiang | Register file regions for a processing system |
US20080077772A1 (en) * | 2006-09-22 | 2008-03-27 | Ronen Zohar | Method and apparatus for performing select operations |
US20090172348A1 (en) * | 2007-12-26 | 2009-07-02 | Robert Cavin | Methods, apparatus, and instructions for processing vector data |
US20120047350A1 (en) * | 2009-05-01 | 2012-02-23 | John Lancaster | Controlling simd parallel processors |
US20120254588A1 (en) * | 2011-04-01 | 2012-10-04 | Jesus Corbal San Adrian | Systems, apparatuses, and methods for blending two source operands into a single destination using a writemask |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
See also references of EP3391234A4 |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN113076139A (en) * | 2018-11-09 | 2021-07-06 | 英特尔公司 | System and method for executing instructions for conversion to 16-bit floating point format |
EP3889768A1 (en) * | 2018-11-09 | 2021-10-06 | INTEL Corporation | Systems and methods for performing instructions to convert to 16-bit floating-point format |
US11372643B2 (en) | 2018-11-09 | 2022-06-28 | Intel Corporation | Systems and methods for performing instructions to convert to 16-bit floating-point format |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN108369573A (en) | 2018-08-03 |
EP3391234A4 (en) | 2019-08-07 |
EP3391234A1 (en) | 2018-10-24 |
TWI720056B (en) | 2021-03-01 |
TW201729077A (en) | 2017-08-16 |
US20170177350A1 (en) | 2017-06-22 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
EP3391195B1 (en) | Instructions and logic for lane-based strided store operations | |
EP3394723B1 (en) | Instructions and logic for lane-based strided scatter operations | |
US10338920B2 (en) | Instructions and logic for get-multiple-vector-elements operations | |
US20170177363A1 (en) | Instructions and Logic for Load-Indices-and-Gather Operations | |
US20170177364A1 (en) | Instruction and Logic for Reoccurring Adjacent Gathers | |
WO2017112176A1 (en) | Instructions and logic for load-indices-and-prefetch-gathers operations | |
US20170177360A1 (en) | Instructions and Logic for Load-Indices-and-Scatter Operations | |
US20170177350A1 (en) | Instructions and Logic for Set-Multiple-Vector-Elements Operations | |
US10152321B2 (en) | Instructions and logic for blend and permute operation sequences | |
US10705845B2 (en) | Instructions and logic for vector bit field compression and expansion | |
US20170185402A1 (en) | Instructions and logic for bit field address and insertion | |
US20170177351A1 (en) | Instructions and Logic for Even and Odd Vector Get Operations | |
WO2017105709A1 (en) | Instruction and logic for permute with out of order loading | |
WO2017105712A1 (en) | Instruction and logic for permute sequence | |
US20160378481A1 (en) | Instruction and logic for encoded word instruction compression | |
US20170177348A1 (en) | Instruction and Logic for Compression and Rotation | |
US20170177354A1 (en) | Instructions and Logic for Vector-Based Bit Manipulation |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 16876291 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |